Home

Manual completo de Usuario DHIS2

Contents

1. lanzamos una tabla de reporte aparece una ventana de par metros que nos solicita introducir valores para los par metros seleccionados Los par metros posibles son Mes de Reporte y Unidad Organizativa y es posible que uno de ellos o ambos aparezcan en la ventana Despu s de seleccionar los valores hemos de pinchar en el bot n Obtener Reporte Services dm 2 Kenya HIS Maintenance Report Report table parameters Standard Report Dataset Report Data Completeness Report Static Report Distribution Report Tally Sheet Generator Report Table Chart Chart Pivot Table Pivot Table E Kilifi Malindi E Kwale County Lamu County Mombasa County E Taita Taveta County E Tana River County z Exportar Ver opciones Cuando una tabla de reporte est preparado se muestra en una vista HTML La tabla de reporte puede exportarse en PDF para imprimir y guardar c modamente en Excel CSV y tambi n en el formato est ndar de reporte Jasper mostrando un cuadro y una gr fica m s bonicos o como un archivo de dise o Jasper de modo que se puedan realizar modificaciones futuras en el dise o del reporte antes de cargarlo en la aplicaci n DHIS como un reporte est ndar ver la secci n Crear reportes est ndar dm P Kenya HIS Maintenance Services Report Standard Report Dataset Report Data Completeness Report Immunization Numbers Static Report Distribution Report Tally Sheet
2. Save Cancel HIV patients starting ART a m gt gt gt Provide a name for the data dictionary in the Name field and a description of its contents Data elements and indicators can be added or removed from the dictionary Click Save if you are creating a new data dictionary or Add if you are editing the contents of an existing data dictionary 4 1 8 Traducciones DHIS 2 provides functionality for translations of database content like data elements data element groups indicators indicator groups validation rules and more These elements can be translated to any number of locales A locale represents a specific geographical political or cultural region To add a translation click the Translate icon next to the element you would like to translate Start by selecting the desired locale from the Locale select box In the Translate screen select your locale and enter values for the avaliable 34 Elementos de datos Traducciones element properties The reference property values are shown on the right These values are the values which have been entered in the regular add or update user interface for the current object Translations can be enabled by selecting the desired locale under Database Language under User General Settings in the Settings module 35 Sets de datos y formularios de entrada de Sets de datos datos Capitulo 5 Sets de datos y formulario
3. Cap tulo 15 Utilizando el Sistema de Informaci n Geogr fica SIG 15 1 Un vistazo al m dulo SIG Accecemos al m dulo SIG en el enlace Servicios gt SIG del men superior La imagen siguiente muestra la portada del SIG w 0080 0880 Ts NGOO OA EJ Extcis Map layers aj 1 3 Base layers A amp _ OpenStreetMap gt lt E 2 D Google Hybrid y J Y Google Streets amp Overiays E L Thematic layer 1 E O Thematic layer 2 B Facility layer J Symbol layer Greenland 5 wms overlay 2 Vector overtay Cursor position aj Lon 71 92049 Lat 70 49531 Feature data aj No feature selected _ Thematic layer 1 legend a _ Thematic layer 2 legend ombia AM Pa lt MA E Brasil 3 PE at L A Ro Brat i 10 F AL AO if En el lado derecho hay un panel nombrado Capas Hay tres capas b sicas mapa de fondo OpenStreetMap y Google Maps Pincharemos en el texto para abrir un men contextual que nos permita ajustar la opacidad transparencia del fondo Las otras capas se describen con detalle m s adelante en este cap tulo Las cuatro capas superiores son capas de vectores que el usuario tiene a su disposici n para el mapeado tem tico Podemos usar este rbol de capas para mostrar ocultar capas si marcamos desmarcamos la casilla correspondiente El panel siguiente llamado Posici n de Cursos nos indica a qu longitud y latitud est situado el puntero del mouse El panel de
4. 114 Import and export Importing data from DHIS 1 4 There are three separate options for importing data e Import This option will import the contents of the import file directly into the database e Preview This option will enable a preview of the contents of the import file In the preview one can get an overwiev of the data to be imported discard unwanted elements and match import elements to existing ones Analysis This option will enable an analysis of the contents of the import file The analysis will search for and examine anomalies in the data like violations of unique names constraints and invalid indicator formulas This is useful when importing from external applications where data constraints might be less rigid than in DHIS 2 e NOTE We highly recommend always using the Preview option when importing data to make sure you keep control over any changes to your metdata and databases being out of synch on data elements or orgunit names 17 3 1 1 Preview before importing Before doing the import into your database it is highly recommended to preview the data to make sure no changes to the metdata data element and or orgunit names have taken place at the source DHIS 2 installation Select Preview in the Type field in the Import window In the preview window it isIMPORTANT to look for New and Updates in metadata DO NOT just click the Import all button without carefully reviewing the information in the preview window Importin
5. 13 4 2 5 Sorting Often you will be making reports where the first column is organisation unit names However it can be a problem that the list of organisation units are not sorted alphabetically This can be fixed in iReport through a few simple steps In the report inspector right click on the name of the report by default this is dpt and select Edit query 90 Setting up report functionality Designing Standard reports in iReport A Report query window will appear Click on the Sort options button A Sorting window as show below will appear Here we can add our sorting options Click the Add field button Another small window will show up with a drop down menu where you can choose Sort by organisationunitname to have the table sorted alphabetically by name Click OK Close OK to close the three windows The table should now be sorted 13 4 2 6 Changing indicator data element names By default the reports from DHIS 2 uses the short names for indicators and data elements in reports and charts In some cases these are not always very meaningful for third parties but with some work they can be given custom names through iReport This is useful for example if you are making a report with indicators as rows and periods as column or for charts with indicators To change the names of an indicator or data element we have to edit its expression or formula for example by right clicking the text box and choosing Edit expressi
6. Dispensary and the actual orgunits at level 3 The group set can as such provide additional information and dimensionality to the data analysis as data is easily filtered organised or aggregated by groups within a group set For this aggregation to work without any duplication in the data some rules are necessary A group set is always exclusive which means that an orgunit cannot be member of more than one group in a group set Therefore when creating a new organisational unit you will only be allowed to select a single organisational group membership for each group set Furthermore it is possible to define whether a group set is compulsory or not which will affect the completeness of the data when analysing data using group sets Compulsory means that ALL orgunits must be member of a group in that group set We recommend that you approach the orgunit grouping in the following sequence and one group set at a time 1 Define a new group set such as Location 2 Add new groups such as Urban Rural and Peri urban Once all groups have been defined return to the organisational unit group set and assign each of the desired groups to the group set 3 Go back to each group one by one go to edit mode and assign the orgunits that should be member of the group Should you follow this route you can place multiple organisation units at a time in a group However you must be careful not to place the same organisational units in two gr
7. Organisation units NS eS gt e NS gt a wo por ye y K C ai ar a e ye ye ae E Organisation unit groups E Chart options 14 2 Seleccionando el tipo de grafica El m dulo de visualizaci n proporciona siete tipos diferentes de gr ficos cada uno de ellos con caracter sticas distintas Podemos seleccionar el tipo de gr fico que deseamos pinchando en uno de los iconos en la barra superior derecha llamado Tipo de gr fico 1 Diagrama de barras es un gr fico que muestra la informaci n en forma de columnas rectangulares en vertical cuya longitud es proporcional a los valores que representa Es til por ejemplo para comparar los resultados de diferentes distritos 2 Diagrama de barras apiladas es un gr fico con columnas rectangulares en vertical donde las barras representan varias categor as que se muestran apiladas unas sobre otras Resulta til por ejemplo para mostrar tendencias o sumas de elementos de datos relacionados entre s 3 Diagrama de barras horizontales es igual que el diagrama de barras pero las barras se muestran horizontales creciendo de izquierda a derecha 4 Diagrama de barras horizontales apiladas es igual que el diagrama de barras apiladas pero las barras se muestran horizontales 97 Utilizando el Visualizador de Datos Seleccionando series categorias y filtros 5 Gr fico lineal es un gr fico que muestra la informaci n en forma de series de puntos conectados mediante lineas
8. 14 14 Guardando una gr fica como favorita 1 0 0 0 cece cece cece eee ce eece cece eene eens eeneeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 101 14 15 Compartiendo interpretaciones de los datos ooooccocccnccnnccnnconnconnccnncnnnconnconnconnconnrnnrcnarcnicnnn 101 14 16 Saliendo del m dulo de visualizaci n de datos ooocococnnccnncnnncnnccnnccnnccnnconnccnnccnnconnconncnnncnnnos 102 15 Utilizando el Sistema de Informaci n Geogr fica SIG oooocccoccnoconoconccnnncnnnononnnncnnncnnccnncnnncnnnconncnnnoos 103 15 Un vistazo al m dulo SIG ses n pi ap os tamesh E sf 103 15 2 Mapeado tem tico nuit il ii sti elles Metab agthat Aia db TER E S 104 15 21 Capa tem tica Ly A O 104 15 2 2 Capa de establecimientos s 0s csssssntvasssaunig sos doers assess oases PUTO doegeeag sav E TEE E eti 106 15 2 3 Capa d Simbolos osipi sieis e iran es ty pueecee lave EEEE ES EE EESE 106 15 3 Se Tram entas a O 107 15 3 1 Registro de vistas favoritas de Mapa ocoocccoccnnccnnccnnccnnconnconnconncnnnronnnnnronnrnnncnncinncinncnn 107 15 3 2 Registro desets de leyendas ciones savtedes estes sab etek sa Ep pardos 107 15 3 3 Exportando guardando im genes de mapas ooconoccnncnnccnncnnncnnncnnncnnccnnccnnccnnccnnconnconicnnnss 107 15 34 Medida d distancia 22 sess ranita ace 107 16 Setting ip GUS is cic sista E abo N E A weed lt E ees N ated 109 T6 COMe NO 109 16 2 Imports coordinates meiosis odas a Saget 109 17 Import and X port edecanes te
9. El m dulo de entrada de datos funciona siempre incluso si durante la introducci n de datos la conexi n a Internet no es estable Para utilizar esta funcionalidad deberemos entrar login en DHIS 2 en el servidor mientras la conexi n a Internet est activa pero si durante la introducci n de datos el enlace de comunicaciones entre tu computadora y el servidor se torna inestable no hay problema en continuar con la entrada de datos al formulario ya que son guardados localmente en tu computadora y luego ser n enviados al servidor cuando la conexi n a Internet haya mejorado Es decir los datos pueden introducirse y almacenarse localmente cuando estamos offline y luego ser cargados al servidor central cuando estamos online Esto significa que la estrategia de despliegue de DHIS 2 online se hace m s viable en aquellas zonas con un acceso a Internet poco estable As la utilizaci n total de ancho de banda se reduce enormemente ya que los formularios no se cargan del servidor en cada renderizaci n Cuando recuperamos la conexi n con el servidor a trav s de Internet se muestra un mensaje en la parte superior de la pantalla de entrada de datos Cuando la conexi n a Internet falla por alguna raz n durante el proceso de entrada de datos la aplicaci n DHIS 2 lo detecta y nos avisar de que los datos ser n guardados localmente das La entrada de datos puede continuar de forma normal Una vez que hayas introducido todos los datos necesa
10. TB cases detected C T Smear positive TB Smear negative TB Extra Pulmonary TB patients Re treatment TB patients TB patients tested for HIV TB patients HIV ve TB HIV patient on CPT TB Defaulters TB patient completed treatment TB deaths 15 24yrs gt 25yrs VCT clients Counselled VCT clients Tested VCT clients HIV ve 5 2 3 Custom Forms When the form you want to design is to complicated for the default or section forms then your last option is to use a custom form This takes more time but gives you full flexibility in term of the design DHIS2 uses a built in HTML editor FcK Editor for the form designer and you can either design the form in the UI or paste in your HTML directly using the Source window in the editor A complete reference for use of the editor can be found here One of the big advantages of custom forms is that they can be created to mimic existing paper aggregation forms This makes data entry much easier for users and should reduce the number of data elements which are incorrectly entered as they are more easily identifiable when entering data from a paper form Once a custom form has been added to a dataset it will be available in data entry and used automatically Nota Custom forms are preferentially displayed over section forms If a dataset has both a section form and a custom form the custom form will be displayed during data entry Users will not be able to select which method
11. District raw data will be used Just to repeat if we had not specified that District level was an aggregation level then the facility data and district data would have been added together and caused duplicate double population data for districts and all levels above 13 1 2 Data mart The purpose of the data mart is to provide pre processed data to external data analysis and reporting tools The data mart consists of two tables aggregateddatavalues and aggregatedindicatorvalues in the DHIS 2 database The values in the data mart are aggregated versions of the raw data found in the datavalue table as well as calculated indicator values Aggregation can take place over time e g from monthly data to aggregated quarterly values or along the organisation unit hierarchy levels e g from PHU data to aggregated district totals The data mart can store all kinds of such aggregated values The data mart is as such just a processed copy of the data values and it can be emptied and regenerated at any time and the tables are read only tables The metadata in the two data mart tables are referenced by internal identifiers such as dataelementid organisationunitid which refer to the tables like dataelement and organisationunit see How to make use of the data mart in external tools for more on this 13 1 2 1 The data mart export process The DHIS2 Data Mart handles the aggregation of data across multiple dimensions organisation unit hierarchy orgun
12. Orgunits are added one by one as either root unit or a child of a selected unit The left side menu represents the current organisational hierarchy and if you select a unit there you will see its children listed in the main list of orgunits in the middle of the screen When an orgunit is selected in the left side menu you can also add new child units to it To locate an orgunit in the hierarchy you can either navigate through the tree by expanding the branches click on the symbol or search for it by opening the search field click the green symbol above the root of the hierarchy In search you can either search for the orgunit name or its code both will only show exact matches case insensitive To add a new orgunit first select its parent and then click on the Add new button in the top right corner of the list of orgunits To add a new root orgunit make sure no orgunit is selected in the menu and click on Add new The details of adding a new orgunit are explained in Secci n 3 2 1 1 Editando unidades organizativas 3 2 1 1 Editando unidades organizativas To edit the properties of an existing orgunit first select its parent if any in the left side menu then locate the orgunit in the listed orgunits and finally click on the Edit button next to the name of the orgunit that you want to modify The following properties can be defined in the Edit or Create new window e Nombre Define the precise name of the orgunit in thi
13. Podemos introducir periodos agregados o en bruto es decir podemos solicitar un reporte trimestral o anual incluso si ese set de datos se recoge mensualmente El tipo de periodo de un set de datos la frecuencia de recogida de datos se define en el men de Mantenimiento de set de datos Para ello hay que seleccionar primero el tipo de periodo mensual trimestral anual etc en el desplegable que hay junto a los botones Anterior y Siguiente y entonces seleccionamos uno de los periodos disponibles en la lista desplegada abajo Utilizamos los botones Anterior y Siguiente para movernos al a o anterior o posterior Utilizar los datos solo para la unidad seleccionada Podemos usar esta opci n si queremos obtener un reporte para una Unidad Organizativa con hijos otras unidades por debajo en la jerarqu a pero solo queremos mostrar ahora los datos recogidos directamente en este unidad y no todos los datos recogidos por todas las subunidades Si queremos generar un reporte agregado t pico para una Unidad Organizativa no utilizaremos esta opci n Reportando Unidad Organizativa Aqu podemos seleccionar la Unidad Organizativa para la que queremos el reporte Esto puede ser en cualquier nivel de la jerarqu a porque los datos se agregar n en este nivel autom ticamente salvo si hemos seleccionado la opci n anterior Una vez hemos terminado de rellenar los criterios de reporte pinchamos en Generar El reporte aparecer en una vista HTML con forma
14. United Kingdom iv Name Abortion Abortion Short name Abortion Abortion Description Save Cancel Add locale Details Language code o o Country code 7 The reference language is displayed in the upper right portion of the dialogue Choose a locale to translate the data element into by selecting an option from the locale drop down menu Specify the name short name and description in the target language Press Save to save your changes The Details section of this dialogue will allow you add a new locale if it is not already present in the database There are two options e Language code 28 Elementos de datos Grupo de elementos de datos Refers to the ISO 639 1 two letter code language code Refer to this web page for a detailed listing of language codes e Country code Refers to the ISO 3166 1 alpha 2 code A complete listing is available here The combination of these two codes together forms a locale code which is composed of the combination of the location and language A very comprehensive discussion of the technical standard RFC 3066 is available here This page provides a very comprehensive list of recognised locale codes 4 1 1 3 Eliminando un elemento de datos Simply press the delete button to delete a data element Note that this operation is only possible if there is no data attached to the data element itself The user will be prompted to ensure that the data element should be dele
15. V5 Introduction escri iii A se los dad weekly 163 22 1 1 Quick Background escotes cierta ndvvcoseaavss NE ISTOS EEEE PIORA SVEO TESPA i nS 163 22 1 2 Getting started with DHIS Tracker 00 0 0 cece cece cc ence eeceeeceeeeeeeeaeeea esau sean ecaeeegs 163 22 1 2 1 Person registration eins ploteo a E a E AE EE bende deeeatiasesboow ats 164 22 1 2 2 Program enrollment rii er da Gos dla Uda eae Le a 164 221 203 Treatment Case podi lil dies gaye 164 22 ASDA REPO o rien 164 2222 User pude oi tati coi dildos ide 164 22 2 1 Persons and Programs maintenance ooconoccnccnnncnnnnnncnnocnnccnnconnccnnconnconnconncnnnrnnncnnrcnircnos 165 22 2 1 1 Person attribute socorro step ost sae ebay nn tonos Irati sir 165 22 2 1 2 Person attribute STOUP omo ccomsionisonoteniss Dones T Sarees ses sevtaassseSea bdr ani n 166 22 2 1 3 Person identifier typ irm oresar in des een TE E EEEE EEE SS 166 22 2 1 4 Relationship type siisii stiir si ereere aes Te i e Ea ES TGE ds 166 22 2 1 5 Program and Program stage ooocoocccocnnoccnocnnccnnconnconnconnconnconnconncnnncnnnnnnronaranicnnos 166 22 2 1 6 Aggregation query builder sissid scctisnssssccengsbidse sep rior diodo nenas rog cbancaeeses 169 22 2 1 7 Validation criteria 3 2 e555 bie onse r gediuestee Gases iodee shes seas aaa Moose 170 22 2 1 8 Schedule automated message reminder ooooccnncnncnnncnnncnnccnnccnnconnconnccnnccnnconncnnncos 171 22 2 1 9 Schedule Automated Aggregation 2
16. la unidad organizativa y el periodo relevantes en las diferentes variantes de graficacion Para guardar los datos de la tabla din mica en nuestra computadora local pincharemos en el bot n de Descargar Excel que contendr un documento de hoja de c lculo con una p gina correspondiente a cada periodo 12 11 Utilizando la gesti n con datamart Datamart es un set de tablas de la base de datos DHIS que se utilizan en todas las herramientas de reporte y de an lisis para importar los datos almacenados en el sistema Datamart se genera en base a los datos registrados Este interfaz de usuario para la gesti n permite controlar el proceso de conversi n de los datos registrados en bruto en datos agregados y copiarlos en el datamart 76 Utilizando la funcionalidad de Reporte Utilizando la gesti n con datamart La pantalla de gesti n de datamart permite seleccionar tipos de periodo fecha de inicio y fecha de fin que controlar n qu periodos se incluyen en el proceso del datamart Por defecto se incluyen todos los elementos de datos indicadores y unidades organizativas El proceso de datamart puede demorar un tiempo considerable y utiliza de forma extensiva los recursos del servidor DHIS2 de modo que es recomendable iniciar este tipo de procesos en un momento en que sea viable en entornos de producci n Los procesos de datamart se pueden planificar como tareas habituales en el m dulo de administraci n de datos 77 Setting
17. lt ns OBS_VALUE DATAELEMENT DE002 value 36 gt lt ns OBS_ VALUE DATAELEMENT DE003 value 34 gt lt ns OBS_VALUE DATAELEMENT DE004 value 12 gt lt ns OBS_VALUE DATAELEMENT DE005 value 5 gt lt ns Section gt lt ns Group gt lt ns DataSet gt lt CrossSectionalData gt One thing to note is that the SDMX HD metadata for dataelements orgunits and datasets are identified using codes rather than vids Assuming these coded datasets are present in the DHIS2 server then this can be posted for example using the curl command below curl d sdmxdatavalueset xml http server base url api dataValueSets H Content Type application sdmxt xml u admin district v 23 7 Example Sending large bulks of data values The previous example showed us how to send a set of related data values sharing the same period and organisation unit This example will show us how to send large bulks of data values which don t necessarily are logically related Again we will interact with the with http apps dhis2 org demo api dataValueSets resource This time we will not specify the dataSet and completeDate attributes Also we will specify the period and orgUnit attributes on the individual data value elements instead of on the outer data value set element This will enable us to send data values for various periods and org units lt dataValueSet xmlns http dhis2 org schema dxf 2 0 gt lt dataValue da
18. para el alojamiento de los servicios de aplicaciones El aspecto de crear capacidad local para la administraci n de servidor es compatible con esta opci n ya que un equipo local TIC puede asumir la tarea de mantenimiento del servidor alojado externamente Una alternativa para combinar las ventajas del alojamiento externo con la necesidad de hosting local y propiedad f sica es usar un proveedor de hosting externo para el sistema de transacci n primario y copiar mirror este servidor a un servidor local no cr tico que se use para solo lectura como el an lisis de datos y que se acceda por una intranet 1 5 Diferencias entre datos agregados y datos de paciente en un SIS Los datos de paciente son datos relativos a un paciente individual como son su diagn stico nombre edad historial m dico previo etc Estos datos generalmente se basan en la interacci n individual entre el paciente y el trabajador de salud Por ejemplo cuando un paciente visita un centro de salud pueden registrarse gran variedad de detalles como la temperatura del paciente su peso y diversos tests sangu neaos Si este paciente obtiene un diagn stico de Anemia deficiente Vitamina B12 no especificado correspondiente al c digo CIE 10 D51 9 esta interacci n concreta puede registrarse como una instancia de Anemia en un sistema de informaci n agregada Los datos de paciente son importantes cuando queremos hacer un seguimiento longitudinal del progreso de un paciente e
19. periods string No last12Months Names of relative lastMonth periods to include in lastQuarter chart last4Quarters lastSixMonth last2SixMonths this Year last5 Years organisationunits string Yes Identifiers of organisation units to include in chart series string No data period Dimension to use as organisationunit chart series category string No data period Dimension to use as organisationunit chart category filter string No data period Dimension to use as organisationunit chart filter orgUnitIsParent boolean No false true Whether the chart should display the 189 Web API Example Embedding charts with the Visualizer chart plug in Param Type Required Options default first Description children of the selected org units skipAnimation boolean false true Whether the initial chart animation should be displayed showData boolean false true Whether to display data on the chart trendLine boolean false true Whether to display trend line s on the chart hideLegend boolean false true Whether to hide the chart legend hideSubtitle boolean false true Whether to hide the chart title userOrganisationUnit boolean false true Whether the user of the current user should be included in the chart userOrganisationUnitChib tean false true Whether the child org units o
20. which is working offline say at the health facility level to another one say at the district level where the data would need to be imported This feature of exporting and importing is thus a crucial function of a HMIS This feature also helps us overcome the dependency on Internet to some degree as data updates can be transferred via USB key where there is no connectivity or through email where there is limited Internet connectivity DHIS 2 provides robust export import functionality to fulfil these needs 17 2 Exporting data In the case on on line data entry all data is saved into one database only In an offline deployment each deployment will have a separate database in their local system So the data will be stored in their local database In an offline deployment after the data entry is finished it will need to be manually sent to the next level of where the application is running In an on line application however that is not required as all data is stored at a central location using the Internet 17 2 1 Exporting from DHIS 2 The export option can be made use of by selecting it as follows The import or export is available only when the selected organisation source destination has defined datasets This is because datasets help to define which data is to be or is being exported Further which specific data elements get exported is determined by the composition of the dataset being exported If there are no datasets defined for an
21. 12 Gerehun CHC Malaria new cases Malaria Dec 09 32 Tugbebu CHP Malaria new cases Malaria Dec 09 23 21 3 The organisation unit dimension Organisation units in DHIS2 can be either any type of health facility like Community Health Centres or referral hospitals or an administrative unit like MoHS Sierra Leone Bo District or Baoma Chiefdom Orgunits are represented in a default hierarchy following the health system at large and are therefore assigned an organisational level E g Sierra Leone has 4 levels National District Chiefdom and PHU and all orgunits are linked to one of these levels An orgunit hierarchy in DHIS can have any number of levels Normally data is collected at the lowest level at the PHUs and then data values are linked to individual PHUs When designing reports at higher levels with data aggregated by chiefdom or district the DHIS will use the hierarchy structure to sum up all the health facilities data for any given unit at any level The orgunit level capturing the data always represents the lowest level of detail 154 Data dimensions in DHIS2 Organisation unit group sets and groups that is possible to use in data analysis and the organisational levels define the available levels of aggregation along a geographical dimension 21 3 1 Organisation unit group sets and groups While PHU is the lowest geographical level for disaggregation in DHIS2 there are ways to flexibly group organisation
22. 2 Ap ndice A Gu a para la Documentaci n de DHIS2 A 1 Una panor mica del sistema de documentaci n de DHIS 2 DHIS2 es un sistema web de gesti n de informaci n agregada que est en continuo desarrollo Dada la naturaleza modular del sistema su distribuci n y foco en los usuarios su naturaleza global de desarrollo es presico un sistema de documentaci n integral Previamente ya se ha considerado una discusi n profunda sobre la necesidad de documentar DHIS2 Store2007 DocBook es un sistema exhaustivo basado en XML para crear libros art culos y otros documentos t cnicos bajo el soporte de OASIS A 2 Introducci n Una de las principales ventajas de DocBook es que hay una separaci n total entre el contenido y la presentaci n DocBook es un formato puro XML y est bastante documentado En realidad con solo un peque o conjunto de sus funcionalidades se podr a lograr mucho mayor calidad de documentaci n para DHIS Hay cerca de 400 elementos de marcado distintos que cubren pr cticamente todos los niveles de necesidades en la documentaci n t cnica pero en realidad con unas pocas docenas de estos elementos se puede lograr una buena calidad de documentaci n en DHIS 2 tanto para formatos impresos como para formatos digitales como HTML o sistemas integrados de ayuda en la propia aplicaci n Entonces hay un amplio margen de posibilidades en t rminos de qu editor se puede usar para crear ficheros DocBook Aqu hay una list
23. 4 Aggregation operators methods for aggregation 13 1 1 4 1 Sum The sum operator simply calculates the sum of all data values that are contained within a particular aggregation matrix For instance 1f data is recorded on a monthly basis at the district level and is aggregated to provincial quarterly totals all data contained in all districts for a given province and all weeks for the given quarter will be added together to obtain the aggregate total 13 1 1 4 2 Average When the average aggregation operator is selected the unweighted average of all data values within a given aggregation matrix are calculated It is important to understand how DHIS 2 treats null values in the context of the average operator It is fairly common for some organisational units not to submit data for certain data elements In the context of the average operator the average results from the number of data elemements that are actually present therefore NOT NULL within a given aggregation matrix If there are 12 districts within a given province but only 10 of these have submitted data the 80 Setting up report functionality Data mart average aggreate will result from these ten values that are actually present in the database and will not take into account the missing values 13 1 1 5 Advanced aggregation settings aggregation levels 13 1 1 5 1 Aggregation levels The normal rule of the system is to aggregate all raw data together when movin
24. 5 2 Z Assign organisation units to datasets This function will allow you to assign individual organisational units to a dataset Only organisational units which have been assigned to a dataset will be allowed to enter data into the dataset __ Edit dataset This will allow you to edit existing datasets for instance when you need to add or remove data elements and indicators to a given dataset A Translate Allows you to translate the name of a dataset to a different language Create or edit a custom data entry form Refer to for detailed information of how to use this function Edit compulsory data elements This dialog will allow you to add or remove data elements which will be marked as compulsory during data entry ii Delete Completely removes a dataset from the system Aviso Any dataset which is deleted from the system is irrevocably lost All data entry forms and sectrion forms which may have been developed will also be removed Ensure that you have made a backup of your database before deleting any dataset in case you need to restore it at some point in time Information Display some informative information about the dataset including the number of data elements the frequency and which data entry form has been assigned to the dataset Formularios de entrada de datos Once you have assigned a dataset to an orgunit that dataset will be made available in Data Entry under Services for the orgunits you have ass
25. All Data Elements and Indicators must be assigned to at least one group so these Indicators need to be allocated to their correct Data Element and Indicator Group Go to Maintenance gt Indicator Groups and allocate each of the Orphaned Indicators to its correct group 18 2 8 Invalid indicator numerators Violations of this rule may be caused by an incorrect reference to a deleted or modified data element Review the indicator and make corrections to the numerator definition 123 Data Administration Invalid indicator denominators 18 2 9 Invalid indicator denominators Violations of this rule may be caused by an incorrect reference to a deleted or modified data element Review the indicator and make corrections to the denominator definition 18 2 10 Indicators violating exclusive group sets Some indicators have been allocated to several indicator groups that are members of the same indicator group set All group sets in DHIS are defined as exclusive which means that an indicator can only be allocated to one indicator group within that group set Go to Maintenance gt Data elements and indicators gt Indicator groups to review each indicator identified in the integrity check Either remove the indicator from all groups except the one that it should be allocated to or see if one of the groups should be placed in a different group set 18 2 11 Organisation units with cyclic references Organisation units cannot be both p
26. Destacar datos ofrece informaci n r pida sobre las unidades organizativas sobre las que colocamos el puntero en nuestros mapas tem ticos Y finalemnte hay un panel de leyenda para todas las capas tem ticas El dibujo abajo muestra la barra de herramientas de mapas je OOO ayn 008080 Tos 600 a Los botones de Mapas en el lado izquierdo son Ampliar Reducir Ampliar extensi n visible todos los datos del mapa tem tico se cuadran en la p gina principal Los botones de Capas en el lado izquierdo son Capa Tem tica 1 Capa Tem tica 2 Capa de Establecimientos Capa de S mbolos Los botones de Herramientas en el lado izquierdo son Vistas favoritas de mapa Predefinir sets de leyenda Exportar mapa a PNG Medir distancias en mapa Los ltimos botones son Configuraci n de Administrador y Ayuda 103 Utilizando el Sistema de Informaci n Mapeado tem tico Geogr fica SIG 15 2 Mapeado tem tico Esta secci n describe las cuatro capas vectoriales que el usuario puede usar para mapeado tem tico Capa Tem tica 1 Capa Tem tica 2 Capa de Establecimientos y Capa de S mbolos 15 2 1 Capa tem tica 1 y 2 mp OOO an GGOO Ts NGOO OA EQ ExtGiS Map layers but amoan _ eae oS Sa A Y Natonal Park rey T Gy Base layers o EN Thematic layer 1 x Natonal Park lA amp O OpenStreetMap 1 gt Yabelo Wildife z Data options Organisation unit level IET Stephanie
27. E mail and the Interface language Logout to log out the application Desktop version navigate to the desktop version of DHIS2 for administration This require a lot of resources from the client mobile for example the sufficient memory to load the pages Not recommended for the normal GPRS 3G phones The list above will be explained in details 1 Aggregate Reporting Entries for aggregate data with defined assigned dataset by organisation units Click on the Aggregate Reporting then choose an Organisation Unit from the list and the list of the datasets will be appeared for entering aggregate data See the below example Step 1 Select an Organisation Unit from the list Step 2 Select a Dataset entry form from the list Step 3 Select a period based on the period type of the chosen dataset from the list Step 4 Entering the data Step 5 Save the data entered after completing the data choose the option for data completeness if having 2 Tracking Find Add Person Visit Schedule Person Registration Anonymous 2 1 Find Add Person find person based on Name Phone Number or ID and Organization unit e Step 1 insert Name Phone Number or ID and select the Organization Unit then click Search e Step 2 select a person Then all the information of that person will be displayed e Step 3 choose the next program stage for entering the data To view all the program stages click on the name of that program
28. Enter Enter value for BCG dose give date data element as 2012 01 18 3 For Tom no enter any data value for Birth Details stage Aviso Before entering data value for the stage choose Report Date as 2012 01 18 From Services menu go to Individual Records option and click on it Select Manual person aggregation option to run Number of children BCG Builder to get data value and save it into database 22 2 1 7 Validation criteria Validation criteria section provides a mechanism for defining criteria for persons when enrolling a program To access the validation criteria maintenance module from Maintenance menu go to Persons and Programs option and click on it Select Validation Criteria option to create a new program To create a new validation criterion click the Add new button Fill all fields with read asterisk and click Add button You can assign facilities to a validation criterion in the Validation Criteria Management list of available validation criteria are shown by clicking the blue folder icon the first icon under Operations corresponding to the validation 170 DHIS TRACKER Individual records module criterion you would like to assign Click the Move selected button to add the selected programs to the validation criterion Click the Remove selected button to remove programs from the group that have been selected in the right panel Finally click the Save button to save changes or the Cancel butto
29. Generator DPT3 doses Measles doses DPT1 doses Report Table Period Organisation unit Fully immunised pe October2010 Bamba Medical Clinic 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Chart October 2010 Uzima MC Kilifi 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Chart October 2010 o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Clinic Pivot Table October 2010 ae po 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 aro October 2010 Mtwapa Dispensary 153 0 127 0 153 0 117 0 pees rats October 2010 Vipingo Health Centre 76 0 102 0 76 0 107 0 October 2010 Union Medical 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 October 2010 a SIL EL EE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 October 2010 Michaela Denis MC 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 October2010 Ganze Dispensary 29 0 0 0 29 0 76 0 October 2010 A 20 0 0 20 0 0 Clinic Chumani Medical October2010 Gann 20 8 0 20 9 0 71 Utilizando la funcionalidad de Reporte Utilizando reportes de set de datos 12 4 Utilizando reportes de set de datos Los reportes de sets de datos son un tipo de vista lista para imprimir de la pantalla de entrada de datos que se han rellenado bien con datos en bruto o bien con datos agregados Estos reportes solo estan disponibles para sets de datos que tienen formularios de entrada de datos personalizados y no para los formularios por defecto o por secciones Podemos acceder a los reportes de sets de datos en el Men Reportes en el desplegable de Servicios Entonces aparecer una ventana de Criterios de b squeda donde deberemos rellenar los detalles del reporte Set de Datos Los sets de datos que queremos mostrar Periodo de Reporte
30. Sanctuary A O Google Hybrid e r 2 Y Google Streets Favorite y Level Province Riftvalley v ry ay depo Gaine A Ubenge ap value type MU Parent organisation unit pss Aa Ces El D Thematic layer 2 Indicator group Antenatal y SK a Budjala BS Kenya _ Facility layer Indicator ANC 1 Coverage y E O Central Symbol layer 4 3 E Coast i heise Period type Monthly y B Ga Eastem 5 wms overlay 2 Vector overiay 42 Period J 2011 Nairobi ar rerio january v 5 C Nairobi peepee y B NorthEastem Legend options Lon 22 63884 Lat 9 79489 3 ann oe gt g Legend type Automatic B Rift Valley e j 4 a NW a 7 B C Westem p E yeoende Method Equal intervals y E No feature selected IN Classes 5 y P o La Low cobr FF0000 Thematic layer 1 legend gt High color FFFF00 E ANC 1 Coverage January 2011 Province Riftvalley Kenya Low point size 5 Oshw 0 0 189 4 s Pd High point size 20 gt 18 9 37 8 1 N gosi Game 37 8 56 7 1 o serva jungu KO resize Ee raphe V u 755 944 1 Ai ES Tera Los dos paneles de capas tem ticas nos permiten incorporar nuestros datos al mapeado tem tico Para ello seleccionamos una combinaci n de indicador elemento de datos periodo mapa luego el nivel de unidad organizativa y finalmente la unidad padre para definir el l mite Si nuestra base d edatos tiene coordenadas de estas unidades organizativas entonces estas aparecer n en el mapa P
31. Utilizaremos el bot n Cerrar para cerrar el listado sin a adir ning n gr fico nuevo y el bot n Limpiar para vaciar un rea de gr fica Estas gr ficas se actualizar n cada vez que abramos el panel de control mostrar n autom ticamente los datos de la unidad organizativa asociada al usuario y actualizar n los datos cuando haya nuevos periodos disponibles 73 Utilizando la funcionalidad de Reporte Utilizando el resumen de las tasas de reporte 12 8 Utilizando el resumen de las tasas de reporte Kenya HIS Dashboard Insert Close Clear Map views ANC1 Coast Fully Immunised Coast Insert Close Clear Reports Immunisation cumulative coverage chart Life cycle OPD top 10 new cases Total PMTCT Safe delivery overview Insert Close Clear Report ta tables E E El El El Maintenance ANC Utilization BCG lt 1y Coverage Trend Family Planning Attendance FP Province Chart 2010 Fully immunised lt 1 year coverage province HIV test rate maternity HIV Testing and prov of HIV intervention to TB patient st rate maternity by Immunisation overview Malaria incidence firmed new cases 1000 pop iew Maternity HIV Rate Services Log out Insert Close Clear Fully immunised lt 1 year coverage province 2010 30 4 254 20 4 154 10 5 o CAL SE o E OS E PS EE m FIC Coverage Measles lt 1y coverage Kenya M
32. Visit Schedule Visit Schedule provides for the user at a facility or in an area a list of upcoming visits to better plan for daily weekly activities Program Tracking Support the work practices around tracking persons within a health program that have not shown up for a scheduled visit stage e g that are lost to follow up Multiple Individual records Enter data for multiple program stages and persons for a program The entry screen gives an overview of the stage status Single event with registration The data to register is defined by a single event with registration program Single event without registration Register Single events without registration The data to register is defined by a single event without registration program Program summary View the summary report to get an overview of the services provided for a program Tabular report Use an interactive reporting tool for tracker data using tabular presentation with dynamic filters for each person attribute data element Person aggregation 171 DHIS TRACKER Individual records module Generate routine data values from patient data by month or other intervals if desired and organisation unit 22 2 2 1 Person registration The first step in the tracking is the registration of person case in the application In the registration process the details which are related to the personal information identification contract and location details amp health pr
33. aggregation operator sum Reducing the number of data values will improve system performance Clear dataset completeness This function removes aggregated dataset completeness values This data is produced and used by report tables Prune periods This function removes all periods which have no registered data values Reducing the number of periods will improve system performance 18 6 Resource tables Resource tables are supporting tables that are used during analysis of data One would typically join the contents of these tables with the data value table when doing queries from third party applications like Microsoft Excel Simply select the tables that should be regenerated and press Generate tables Regeneration of the resource tables should only be done once all data integrity issues are resolved Organisation unit structure orgunitstructure This table should be regenerated any time there have been any changes made to the organisational unit hierarchy This table provides information about the organisation unit hierarchy It has one row for each organisation unit one column for each organisation unit level and the organisation unit identifiers for all parents in the lineage as values Exclusive organisation unit groupset structure normalized orgunitgroupsetstructure This table provides information about the which organisation units are member of which organisation unit group sets Data element group set structure _dataelementg
34. and click confirm Then select the data element to keep and click confirm again Finally verify the selection and click merge In the situation where data exists for the data element to eliminate and not for the one to keep the data will be moved to the one to keep When data exists for both data elements the data which was updated last will be used When data exists only for the one to keep no action will be taken The data element to eliminate will eventually be deleted except when it is a multidimensional data element and has other data registered 18 10 Data statistics The data statistics module provides an overview of the number of objects stored in the DHIS2 database dm P Data Administration District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Services Help Log out Data Statistics Data Browser Data Integrity Type _ Number Data Archive Data elements 755 Beneficiary Data Archive Data element groups 28 Maintenance Resource Table indicator ty 7 Sql View Indicators 79 Organisation Unit Merge Indicator groups 6 Duplicate Data Elimination Data sets 17 Data Statistics a s Data Locking Data dictionaries 1 Zero Value Storage Organisation units 2676 Organisation Unit Pruning Validation rules 54 Min Max Value Generation Periods 41 A Users 40 System Administration Dlls 194440 Cache Statistics Agprepdled dain values 103111 Aggregated indicator values 6600 Number of objects o 500 1 000 1 500 2 000 2 500 Org
35. aplicaci n Dada la naturaleza abstracta de la aplicaci n este manual no sirve como una gu a paso a paso detallada de c mo utilizar la aplicaci n en cada circunstancia sino m s bien ofrece ilustraciones y ejemplos de c mo DHIS2 puede implementarse en varias situaciones mediante ejemplos generalizados Antes de implementar DHIS2 en un nuevo despliegue recomendamos fuertemente la lectura de la Gu a de Implementaci n de DHIS2 un manual distinto de este tambi n disponible en dhis2 org 1 2 Las caracter sticas clave y el prop sito de DHIS 2 Las caracter sticas clave y el prop sito de DHIS2 pueden resumirse como sigue e Ofrecer una soluci n SIS exhaustiva focalizada en principios de almacenamiento de datos y en una estructura modular que puede personalizarse f cilmente para las distintas necesidades de los sistemas de salud y sostiene la idea de un SIS integrado a todos los niveles de la jerarqu a de salud e Capacidad para personalizar y adaptar localmente mediante el interfaz de usuario No es preciso programar c digo para empezar a utilizar DHIS2 en un nuevo despliegue pa s regi n distrito etc e Ofrecer herramientas de entrada de datos que pueden ser del tipo de listas o tablas est ndar o que pueden ser personaliadas para replicar los formularios en papel Ofrecer diferentes tipos de herramientas para la validaci n de los datos y para la mejora de la calidad de los datos e Ofrecer reportes f ciles de usar
36. are several actions we need to take First enter a name for the new Standard Report Second for design click Choose File and find the jrxml file you have edited in iReport Then we select the report table that we used as a basis for the report in iReport Click add and it should move to the Selected report tables area Finally click save The report is now available as a Standard Report in DHIS 2 13 4 2 11 Some final guidelines e Use the same version of iReport and DHIS 2 s version of Jasper reports See the About page in DHIS 2 for the Jasper version in use e Use report tables with cross tab dimensions as your data source for your report designs This will make it a lot easier to design reports where you need to put specific indicators periods or orgunits on columns e Learn from others there are many DHIS 2 report designs for Jasper on launchpad see http bazaar launchpad net DHIS 2 devs core DHIS 2 trunk files head resources 95 Utilizando el Visualizador de Datos Un vistazo al Visualizador de Datos Capitulo 14 Utilizando el Visualizador de Datos 14 1 Un vistazo al Visualizador de Datos El m dulo de visualizaci n de datos permite que los usuarios puedan crear f cilmente an lisis de datos y visualizaciones din micas mediante gr ficos o tablas de datos Para el an lisis podemos seleccionar libremente el contenido por ejemplo indicadores periodos y unidades organizativas Este m dulo se acced
37. arriba en la jerarqu a produciendo ficheros de intercambio de datos que se env an electr nicamente por email o f sicamente por correo convencional o viajes del personal Notemos que aunque haya una conexi n reducida a Intenret para enviar emails puede no ser suficiente para que el sistema sea online Esta forma de despliegue tiene el beneficio claro de que funciona cuando no disponemos de una conectividad de Internet apropiada Por otro lado hay algunos retos significativos en esta forma de desplique que se describen a continuaci n e Hardware Tener en funcionamiento sistemas aut nomos requiere un hardware m s avanzado en t rminos de instalar servidores y suministro el ctrico fiable generalmente a nivel de distrito en todo el pa s Esto requiere una financiaci n apropiada para la adquisici n de equipos y la planificaci n de mantenimiento a largo plazo e Plataforma software Las instalaciones locales implican una necesidad importante de mantenimiento De la experiencia de HISP el mayor reto son los viruses y otros malwares que tienden a infectar las instalaciones locales a largo plazo La raz n principal para esto es que los usuarios utilizan dispositivos de memoria externa USB para transportar los ficheros de intercambio de datos y documentos entre computadoras privadas otras computadoras de red y el sistema en el que funciona la aplicaci n DHIS Mantener sofware antivirus y parches de sistema operativo actualizados en un entorno offl
38. assign it a name Each attribute should have a unique name Check the tick box Mandatory if the object should always have the dynamic attribute Next select which object or objects the attribute should be assigned to Lastly select the value type You can choose from Text Yes No Date Number Integer Positive integer and Negative integer If the value supplied for the attribute does not match the value type an error will result Finally click Save to save the attribute The dynamic attribute will now be present in the object which you assigned it to in the respective Edit screen of each the object 18 19 Scheduling Data mart jobs can be automatically scheduled to run on regular intervals Simply select the aggregation period types organisation unit group set aggregation level and strategy to configure how the scheduled job should run Pressing Start will enable the scheduled job to run at a pre determined time or can be run immediately by pressing Execute now Scheduling management Aggregation period types Monthly Bimonthly Quanerly Six monthly Yearly Organisation unit group set aggregation level Facility Data mart task strategy Last 6 months daily 6 to 12 months weekly Stop C Execute now 131 Settings User settings Capitulo 19 Settings The settings module provides a set of application configuration options There are two main groups of settings the sys
39. browser based data entry e J2ME GPRS 3G client one client for facility reporting and one for program tracking DHIS mobile includes two separate J2ME clients supporting GPRS as a transport One clients supports facility aggregate reporting and the second client supports name based program tracking These clients are split into separate applications to make deployment easier Some health workers may have both applications installed on their phone Both of these clients support offline storage of data Secci n 20 3 J2ME GPRS 3G Client An active GPRS 3G connection is required in order to send data to the DHIS2 database but data can be entered offline and transmitted when a connection is present This client is intended primarily for low end devices which support J2ME applications although the offline supports adds some memory requirements which limits the handset selection While the solution is primarily tested on Nokia phones it also works on several other J2ME capable handsets The facility reporting J2ME client is described in Secci n 20 3 2 J2ME GPRS 3G facility reporting client The name based program tracking J2ME client is described in Secci n 20 3 3 J2ME GPRS 3G program reporting client e Legacy J2ME client with SMS transport DHIS2 can also be used with an earlier J2ME client that uses SMS as a transport This client requires some manual configuration on the server side and is not supported by the
40. called Coordinates Here you may fill in its coordinates directly geojson format which is useful if you just want to update a couple of units An example point facility coordinate 29 341 11 154 An example polygon area coordinates string 29 343 11 154 28 329 11 342 28 481 10 239 29 833 10 412 However if you are going to e g add coordinates for all units at a certain level you don t want to do that manually This is where the automatic GML import comes into play and the following section explains the preferred way of using it 4 Importante The only co ordinate reference system supported by DHIS2 is EPSG 4326 also known as geographic longitude latitude Coordinates must be stored with the longitude east west position proceeding the latitude north south position If your vector data is in a different CRS than EPSG 4326 you will need to reproject the data first before importing into DHIS2 16 2 Importing coordinates Step 1 Simplify generalize your geographical data The boundaries in geographical data files are usually very accurate too much so for the needs of a web based GIS This usually does not affect the performance when using GIS files on a a local system but it is usually necessary to optimize the geographical data for the web based GIS system of DHIS2 All geographical data needs to be downloaded from the server and rendered in a browser so if the data is overly complex the performance of the DHI
41. ce cece nace ee ceneeeeeeeeceeeeaeeeaeeea esau tena eeaes 58 9 0 Anialisis de HUECOS rei vids codeereaen newt nE ace gee neded onus nsagwedaws EES NEA SE ASNE hens 59 9 7 Analisis de Seguimiento cin iii ada 59 10 Configurando la funcionalidad de Calidad de Datos oocccoonccnnccnnnoccnnccnnnnccnnnacnnnccnnnnconnnrcnnnccnnnnccnncnnnns 61 10 11 Objetivos de aprendizaje si e A E di 61 10 2 Una panor mica al chequeo de calidad de datos ooooocccccnnccnnconnccnnccnnconnconnconncnnoconannnccnnrcninnnn 61 10 3 Chequeos de calidad de datos ceimsidai tia ile dio dar dit 61 10 4 Chequeo de calidad de datos en cualquier punto de la entrada de datos ooooccoccncccnccnnccnnconnconncono 61 10 4 1 C mo fijar manualmente el rango de valores m nimo y M XIMO ooccoccnnccnnccnnccnnccnnconncnnncos 62 10 4 2 Valores generados MiN MAaX cocoooccoccnncnnncnnccnnconnconncon noo nooo neceueeeeeeeeeeceeseeesaeseaeeea esau eeaseeags 62 10 5 Regla de Validaci n sesos ts mt ts troceado porra sailed castes 62 10 6 Grupo de reglas de validaci n ooooccoccnoccnnconnconnconeconncnnncnnncnnronnronnrnnncnnccnncrnncrnnconnconncnnncnnnss 62 A O Sasadeas tevinayshoaeees 63 11 1 Mantenimiento de indicadores s enr sesei iei ant E E E EEEo ron seca eese seas EEEE ES EnS 63 WT e NO 63 11 12 Tipos de IMdicadoreS init oda DES EA dada lios 66 111 3 Grupos de mdi Cad Ores siestas edit lle dicto 66 11 1 4 Editor de grupos de indicadores
42. consume services from other applications and perform transformations on data Because integration requirements are always dependent on particular contexts the integration engine is designed to be configurable on site 24 1 Introduction The integration engine is configured by defining routes A route defines a particular message flow from an external system into DHIS2 Routes may consist of timers http client requests transformations message processors loggers etc Routes can be defined in XML or in Java XML routes have the advantage that they can be easily configured and loaded into a running DHIS2 instance More complex routes might require the greater expressiveness of the Java language Routes written in Java need to be made available on the classpath of the web application on application startup Some sample routes are shown in the sections following Disclaimer please do not experiment with these routes on a production server Be sure to test routes thoroughly on a test instance before deploying to production These routes update metadata and data automatically 24 2 Synchronising orgunits an XML route One use case which motivated the inclusion of the integration engine into DHIS2 is the need to synchronise orgunits In this example we present a simple XML route which allows one DHIS2 instance to update it s orgunits from another DHIS2 instance The unavoidable long lines in the route listing may not render well in the DHIS2 user
43. continuing as options This way it will be easy to get the total number of family planning clients which is the major value to look at in data analysis and from there you can easily get the details on method or how many new clients there are 162 DHIS TRACKER Introduction Capitulo 22 DHIS TRACKER 22 1 Introduction 22 1 1 Quick Background Conventionally Public Health Systems have been recording and reporting aggregated data of the services provided across various health programmes Though this is crucial in monitoring reach and availability of public health services but it lacks tracing the persons being provided these services and quality of these ones For example the aggregate report will show that 300 pregnant women registered for ANC and 120 women given IFA tablets or 90 women given TT injection In an aggregate system it is not possible to ascertain that if a particular pregnant woman registered for ANC has also been given IFA and TT as data only shows aggregate numbers To understand the quality of services given to each pregnant woman registered for ANC immunization cycle of each child or treatment of each leprosy person etc it is important that treatment information of each person is maintained as an individual case The DHIS tracker module also known as DHIS Community Module is an integrated module in DHIS2 built to support community health systems and facilitate a smooth integration between the community h
44. data element categories Place of Service and Age simplified for readability compared to the actual database table Organisation Data Element Place of service Age Period Value Unit Gerehun CHC Measles doses Fixed lt ly Dec 09 12 given Gerehun CHC Measles doses Outreach lt ly Dec 09 4 given Gerehun CHC Measles doses Fixed gt l y Dec 09 4 given Gerehun CHC Measles doses Outreach gt ly Dec 09 2 given 153 Data dimensions in DHIS2 Data element group sets Organisation Data Element Place of service Age Period Value Unit Tugbebu CHP Measles doses Fixed lt ly Dec 09 10 given Tugbebu CHP Measles doses Outreach lt ly Dec 09 4 given Tugbebu CHP Measles doses Fixed gt ly Dec 09 3 given Tugbebu CHP Measles doses Outreach gt ly Dec 09 1 given 21 2 2 Data element group sets While the data element categories and their options described above dictated the level of detail disaggregation at the point of data collection and how data values get stored in the database the data element group sets and groups can be used to add more information to data elements after data collection E g if looking at a lot of data elements at the same time in a report you would want to group these based on some criteria e g if looking at all the data captured in a form for immunisation and nutrition you might want to separate or group data elements along a programme dimension c
45. de Salud y diversos niveles y nodos debajo Cada nodo en esta jerarqu a es lo que en DHIS 2 llamamos unidad organizativa El dise o de esta jerarqu a determinar las unidades geogr ficas de an lisis disponibles a los usuarios al momento en que los datos son registrados y agregados en esta estructura Solo puede haber una jerarqu a organizativa en el sistema de modo que deberemos considerar cuidadosamente c mo estructurarla Es posible modelar jerarqu as adicionales tales como l mites administrativos paralelos al Sector Salud utilizando grupos organizativos y sets de grupo pero la jerarqu a organizativa es el veh culo principal para la agregaci n de datos en una dimensi n geogr fica Normalmente las jerarqu as organizativas nacionales en Salud P blica tienen entre 4 y 6 niveles pero DHIS soporta cualquier cantidad de niveles La jerarqu a se construye con relaciones padre hijo por ejemplo una unidad Pa s o Ministerio de Salud la ra z puede tener 8 unidades hijo provincias y cada provincia en nivel 2 puede tener a su vez 10 15 distritos como nodos hijo Generalmente los establecimientos de salud estar n colocados en el nivel m s bajo pero tambi n podemos colocarlos en niveles m s altos como suceder con los hospitales provinciales o nacionales de modo que es posible tener rboles organizativos asim tricos ej un nodo hoja puede estar colocado en el nivel 2 mientras la mayor a de nodos hoja se encuentran en el nive
46. debe haberse registrado para todos los elementos de datos de todos los establecimientos de salud e Coherencia Los datos deben ser coherentes con otros datos introducidos en meses o a os anteriores al tiempo que permiten cambios en la reorganizaci n incremento en la carga de trabajo etc y coherentes tambi n con aquellos de otros establecimientos de salud similares e Puntualidad Todos los datos de las unidades organizativas que reportan deben ser registrados en la fecha prevista 9 2 Chequeos de calidad de los datos El chequeo de calidad de los datos puede realizarse de diversas formas A continuaci n se citan algunas 1 En el momento de la entrada de datos la aplicaci n puede chequear los datos introducidos para verificar si estos caen entre los rangos m nimo y m ximo de ese elemento de datos bas ndose en todos los datos ya registrados anteriormente 2 Es posible definir varias reglas de validaci n que pueden lanzarse una vez que el usuario ha finalizado ya la entrada de datos El usuario puede chequear tambi n los datos introducidos para un periodo particular y unidad es organizativa s frente a las reglas de validaci n as como mostrar los fallos obtenidos para dichas reglas de validaci n 3 An lisis de sets de datos como por ejemplo examinando huecos en los datos 4 Triangulaci n de los datos que consiste en comparar el mismo dato o indicador de diferentes fuentes 9 3 Lanzando un an lisis de reglas de
47. duplication of data entry is taking place and that e g data entered at level 4 are not about the same services visits that are reported by orgunit children at level 5 NOTE that in some cases you want to have duplication of data in the system but in a controlled manner E g when you have two different sources of data for population estimates both level 5 catchment population data and another population data source for level 4 based on census data because sum of level 5 catchments is not always the same as level 4 census data Then you can specify using advanced aggregation settings see further down that the system should e g not add level 5 population data to the level 4 population data and that level 3 2 1 population data aggregates are only based on level 4 data and does not include level 5 data 13 1 1 2 2 How data gets added together How data is aggregated depends on the dimension of aggregation see further down 79 Setting up report functionality Types of data and aggregation Along the orgunit level dimension data is always summed up simply added together Note that raw data is never percentages and therefore can be summed together Indicator values that can be percentages are treated differently re calculated at each level never summed up Along the time dimension there are several possibilities the two most common ways to aggregate are sum and average The user can specify for each data element which method to use b
48. ee SEE ES E Ra 31 4 1 6 Combinaciones de categor as de elementos de datos cece cece eeeceeeceeece teen seen eens eenes 33 4 1 7 Diccionafios de datos ssion e a E E E E R E E E E NEE RAE E 34 4 1 8 Trad ctione Sii iaa A E 34 5 Sets de datos y formularios de entrada de datos coooccconoccnncccnnnccnnnnccnnncnnnnccnnnncnoncrnnnnccnnnrnnnnccnnnccnnncnnns 37 Dil Sets de datos acco ss sessg sca o ei siesta ses E natig sek scivadsssobeg ies tans dhs Stag sad Soh ba oG sa EE Natta ssh seta 37 51 1 Gesti n de sets de atos cscccs tes ceestkyeccesi any e n nE lec does nes los EEEE TE 37 5 2 Formularios de entrada de datos irsi isise srona nees nap Sos SEE TE SEESE ES ETRA SESER EEPE ERTES 38 52 l Section LOMMS sosna T otaran es p e SE e O dee ESE E E p E E O ETE EE eins 38 9 2 2 Adding a new section form sissen pini O 38 52 3 Custom ROMMS menta ibi 40 5 2 4 Data Set assipnment Editor y pne o ea nade dvesyeemnce Sy eet eheh permed foraneos 41 6 User MAA Md ii A A aha E IS TOS 43 6 1 Creating new users cand Toles tooodo eie tilde lit tedio 43 6 1 1 User maintenance pc dia ida eae a eats 43 6 12 User role Dante rosita OU ste IRA age uyoea eben E EE AER 43 671 3 Usermanagement ii A AE eee ee eet at 45 6 1 4 User group management 0 0 0 0 eee ccee eee cee ca nono ron nono nro EEEE ESETET IN EEE 46 6 1 5 User by organisation UNI eones satis dolencia dsl seaag ans A TIE GES 46 Je Padel de control Dashboard
49. el formato deseado No hemos incluido aqu la lista completa de herramientas capaces de transformar DocBook pero a continuaci n damos algunos ejemplos Las ltimas generaciones de documentaci n est n disponibles en el sitio web de DHIS2 La ltimas versiones est n disponibles mediante el servidor de integraci n continua ubicado aqu A 9 1 Generar la documentaci n con Apache maven Para transformar los ficheros de documentaci n fuente en distintos formatos como HTML y PDF necesitaremos instalar el programa de Apache Maven Podremos obtener una copia aqu o instal ndolo mediante el gestor de paquetes en Linux En el terminal ejecutaremos el comando mvn clean package en Windows MacOSX o Linux desde el directorio dhis2 docbook docs Maven comenzar a descargar los componentes necesarios para convertir los documentos en HTML PDF y RTF Cuando el proceso haya terminado hemos de ser pacientes la primera vez ya que hay muchos componentes que descargar podremos generar todo tipo de documentos en el directorio dhis2 docbook docs target docbkx y los subdirectorios correspondientes A 9 2 Generar la documentaci n con xmlto xmlto es una utilidad disponible en plataformas Linux para convertir documentos de DocBook en diversos formatos Es posible encontrar m s informaci n sobre este paquete aqu Si por alguna raz n no queremos utilizar Apache Maven podremos instalar xmlto mediante el gestor de paquetes Despu s de instalar x
50. element in the centre panel and then press the Move right button To L lt J add data elements to the group select them from the leftmost panel and click the Move left button Press the Update data element group member button to save your changes 4 1 4 Sets de grupo de elementos de datos Data element group sets allow multiple data element groups to be categorised into a set Data element group sets are used during analysis and reporting to combine similar data element groups into a common theme To access the data element group set maintenance module choose Maintenance gt Data elements and Indicators gt Data Element Group Set Similar to the other data element maintenance modules new data element group sets can be added by pressing 30 Elementos de datos Categorias de elementos de datos the Add new button Other operations include Edit Translate Delete and Information similar to the other modules in this section Existing data element group set members can be edited by clicking the Edit button of the desired data element group set as seen below dm P District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Services Help Log out Data Element Update Data Element Group Set Main DE groups Data Element j Data Element Group Detalis J Data Element Group Editor Name Main DE groups Y Data Element Group Set Data Element Category Data Element
51. elemento de datos y unidad organizativa se abrir un mensaje pop up que te informar cuando el valor est fuera de rango y tambi n ahora el valor quedar sin guardar hasta que hayas introducido un valor correcto o hayas actualizado el rando e introducido nuevamente el valor Campos deshabilitados Cuando un campo est deshabilitado aparece en color gris significa que el campo no deber a rellenarse As el cursor saltar autom ticamente al siguiente campo abierto Historial de datos Si pinchamos dos veces en cualquier campo de entrada del formulario se abrir una ventala de historial de datos que muestra en un diagrama de barras los ltimos 12 valores registrados para dicho campo una combinaci n de unidad organizativa elemento de datos y opci n de categor a Esta ventana muestra tambi n el rango m ximo y m nimo y permite ajustar dicho rango para la combinaci n espec fica de unidad organizativa y elemento de datos 52 Entrada de datos Validando los datos en el formulario Data Entry Bbanisation Unit Bamba Medical Clinic Data Set Integrated RH HIVAIDS Malaria TB amp Nutrition IY Bamba Medical Clinic October 2010 Le gt New ANC clients default null null Period ce ee October 2010 y Use Section Form O Use Default Form Family Planning Removals Reproductive Health DHIS 2 Google Chrome O localhost 8180 New
52. en un s lo click con gr ficas y tablas para los indicadores seleccionados o reportes resumen utilizando el dise o de las herramientas de recolecci n de datos Tambi n es posible la integraci n con Qu es DHIS2 Utilizaci n de DHIS2 en el SIS registro procesado interpretaci n y an lisis de los i le dise o d TA y iR o BIRT itiend l datos m s reportes personalizados de forma flexible y accesibles a todos los usuarios e An lisis de datos flexible y din mico en tiempo real en la herramienta de Visualizador de Datos y en el m dulo SIG e Un panel de control dashboard para cada usuario con acceso r pido a las herramientas relevantes de monitoreo y evaluaci n incluidas las gr ficas de indicadores y enlaces a los reportes favoritos mapas y otros recursos clave en el sistema e Interfaces de usuario sencillas de utilizar para la gesti n de metadatos por ejemplo para a adir o editar sets de datos o establecimientos de salud No es necesaria la programaci n de c digo para poner en marcha el sistema en un nuevo despliegue e Funcionalidad para dise ar y modificar las f rmulas calculadas de los indicadores e M dulo de gesti n de usuarios para las contrase as seguridad y control fino de acceso roles de usuario e Es posible enviar mensajes a los usuarios del sistema de cara a obtener retroalimentaci n y avisos Los mensajes tambi n pueden entregarse en formato de email y como SMS e Los usuarios
53. enfoque de despliegue online plantea la cuesti n de d nde y c mo alojar el servidor que ejecutar la aplicaci n DHIS 2 T picamente hay varias opciones posibles 1 Alojamiento interno en el Ministerio de Salud 2 Alojamiento en un centro gubernamental de datos 3 alojamiento a trav s de una compa a externa de hosting La raz n principal para elegir la primera de las opciones es a menudo la motivaci n pol tica de tener propiedad f sica de la base de datos Muchos perciben esto como algo importante de cara a poseer y controlar los datos Existe tambi n el deseo de desarrollar capacidad local para la administraci n del servidor relacionada con la sostenibilidad del proyecto Esto suele darse en iniciativas lideradas por donantes que perciben as la misi n m s concreta y servicial Qu es DHIS2 Diferencias entre datos agregados y datos de paciente en un SIS En cuanto a la segunda opci n en algunos lugares se construye un centro gubernamental de datos con la visi n de promover y mejorar el uso y acceso a los datos p blicos Otra raz n puede ser que la proliferaci n de entornos internos de servidos demanda muchos recursos y es m s eficiente establecer una infraestructura y capacidad centralizadas Sobre el alojamiento externo hay recientemente un movimiento hacia la externalizaci n de la operaci n y administraci n de recursos inform ticos a proveedores externos donde se accede a esos recursos a trav s de la r
54. estructura del directorio de documentaci n ha sido creada para facilitar la generaci n de documentos en cualquier idioma Si queremos crear un nuevo conjunto de documentos en un determinado idioma simplemente crearemos un nuevo directorio en la carpeta dhis2 docbook docs src docbkx y lo llamaremos XX reemplazando las x por el c digo de idioma Deberemos asegurarnos de utilizar un c digo ISO 639 1 para el idioma en el que escribiremos los documentos Hay una lista completa de estos c digos aqu A adiremos una nueva subcarpeta para las im genes Deberemos tambi n generar una copia del fichero pom xml en el directorio dhis2 docbook docs y lo nombraremos XX pom xml y adaptaremos a nuestro rbol nuevo de directorios ver los ficheros pom xml y es pom xml como ejemplo Si no est s seguro de c mo hacer los cambios necesarios en este fichero pregunta en la lista de correo primero ya que estos ficheros pom controlan la generaci n de toda la documentaci n A 9 C mo generar la documentaci n Una de las ventajas cruciales del formato DocBook es que la documentaci n fuente puede transformarse en gran variedad de formatos como HTML HTML truncado XHTML PDF y muchos otros Hay variedad de herramientas 201 Gu a para la Documentaci n de DHIS2 Generar la documentaci n con Apache maven capaces de realizar esta transformaci n B sicamente las p ginas XML fuente se transforman utilizando las p ginas de estilo XSL de DocBook en
55. fijar manualmente el rango de valores m nimo y m ximo If you are using the default entry screen click on the element for which you want to set the min max value A pop up window will appear in which you can enter the vaules On subsequent data entry if the value entered does not fall within the set min max range the text box will change colour to red The user will also get a pop up as shown below This change in colour is a prompt to check the data entered and make necessary correction On the data entry screen the users also have the option to add a comment on how the discrepant figure might be explained if required This you can do by using the drop down menu of the comment box In case you are using the custom data entry screen which is displayed when you deselect the default data entry form option on the top right corner of the screen In this case the minimum and maximum values can be added by double clicking on the data entry box instead of the data element 10 4 2 Valores generados min max It is possible to generate the min max value element wise using the DHIS2 In such case you merely need to click on the Generate min max button near the upper right corner In case of default data entry screen the min and max values when generated will appear on the left and right side of the data entry box In case you deselect the default data entry form the generated values will appear on the top right end of the screen 10 5 Re
56. first of the indicators in the Series expression window Remember to put the name in quotes In the category expression along the x axis we want the months so we use the button next to the field to open the Expression editor and add periodname In the value expression we add the actual data values for our first indicator Use the Expression editor again to do this When we are finished the window should look like the one below only with different names according to the indicator You can then Click OK to close the window Follow the same steps to add a series for the other indicators Close the window and the data for the line chart should be ready However some additional adjustments might be needed most of these can be found in the Line chart properties panel For example when making a month by month chart as we have in example there is often not enough space for the month names along the category axis This can be fixed by rotating the labels by for example 40 degrees by using the property Category Axis Tick Label Rotation Many other options are available to give the chart the desired look 94 Setting up report functionality Designing Standard reports in iReport 13 4 2 10 Adding the Report to DHIS 2 We can now switch to DHIS 2 and import our report Go to the Report Module in DHIS 2 and select Standard Report In the Standard Report screen click Add new or edit an existing one In the following screen there
57. from level s There are three levels Selected Children Only and All Finally click Generate button The result is get based on the date of enrollment of each person who registered the selected organisation unit and enrolled in the selected program in the interval from start date and end date what health provider entered Click on an event box to display records for this event Click on the person box to display the details and history of the selected person The color highlight the status of the stages e PURPLE Data entered and uncompleted stages e RED Stages open but no data entered while the date estimated for closing completing is over e YELLOW Coming stages e GREEN Compete stages e GREY Skipped stages 22 2 2 4 2 Tabular report This is an interactive reporting tool for tracker data using tabular presentation with dynamic filters for each person attribute data element To access the tabular report function from the Services menu go to the Individual Records option and click on it Select Tabular report option below Reports header on left menu to proceed To start the first step is to select a program in the list Follow these steps 1 Select a program from list in the left panel The system will be load person attributes and identifiers which belongs to the selected program and not belong to any program Choose start date and end date The event list is loaded with report date between the two dates Select
58. fuentes de esta documentaci n incluyen una copia de la licencia que tambi n est disponible online http www gnu org licenses fdl html Manual completo de Usuario DHIS2 Contents Acerca deesta Guia sis oss nan deg ees es a esas vote sss ate cued EEEE eeu ses oteea ge KI Oe sE PESES AEE E Aip YEERE E TE xi hii QUE es DEIS il A E O E O N E eee eu E AN S 1 Tl Antecedentes de DHIS 2 siii en s a dese ae debe E a e a E e Eas 1 1 2 Las caracter sticas clave y el prop sito de DHIS 2 ooooocccnccnnconnconnconnconncnnncnnncnnccnnconnrnnncnnccnncnnno 1 1 3 Utilizaci n de DHIS2 en el SIS registro procesado interpretaci n y an lisis de los datos 2 14 Antecedentes iecnologic0s ssiri a e E E E E A Rien etht ber ob eeu os eh Hees 3 LAA DHIS2 Como platatorinarssscc ese sccwse read a sot gewyeaeeny ve aos need E EEE dra 3 1 4 2 Comprendiendo la independencia de plataforma cece eee cece ce eeceeeeeeeeneeea tena sean eenes 4 1 4 3 Estrategias de despliegue conectado online o desconectado offline oocooccoccoccncnnrcncnoo 4 1 4 3 1 Despliegue Offline Desconectado ococoocccnocccnnccnnnccnnnoconnnononnccnnnncconccnnnncinnnccnnness 5 1 4 3 2 Despliegue Online Conectado ocooocoocccncnnccnnccnnccnnconnconncconccnnconncnnnconncnnnnnnnnnaronase 5 t 4 3 3 Desplieg e H brido sci sachs cscs stag pos IT 6 1 4 3 4 Alojamiento del servidor oooccooconoconccnnccnnccnnnonoron
59. guionizadas itemizedlist y las listas numeradas numberedlist Otros elementos clave son la captura de pantalla screenshot y las tablas table A 3 Primeros pasos con Launchpad Actualmente el sistema de documentaci n es parte del c digo fuente alojado en Launchpad Launchpad es una plataforma colaborativa que permite que muchas personas trabajen en proyectos software de forma colaborativa Para que esto sea posible es necesario un sistema de control de versiones que maneje todos los cambios realizados por m ltiples usuarios Launchpad utiliza el sistema de control de fuentes llamado Bazaar Aunque se sale del alcance de este documento describir las caracter sticas de Bazaar los usuarios que deseen crear documentaci n necesitar n al menos cierta comprensi n de c mo funciona el sistema En la siguiente secci n se detalla una gu a breve al respecto 199 Gu a para la Documentaci n de DHIS2 Obtenci n de la fuente de documentos Para comenzar a adiendo o editando la documentaci n lo primero es sincronizar el c digo fuente Si no disponemos a n de un identificador para loguearnos en Launchpad necesitaremos obtener uno Esto podemos hacerlo aqu Una vez nos hemos registrado en Launchpad podemos solicitar acceso al archivo de documentadores de DHIS aqu La solicitud deber esperar a ser aprobada por el grupo de administradores Cuando nos hayan concedido acceso al grupo podemos subir los cambios al archivo de do
60. ies 47 7 1 Poniendo en marcha el panel de control eheee naa a aa AEEA STIS RE SPRA EREE 47 7 2 Mensajes y retroalimentaci n ssr serso o e EEE EE E TEREE S E kS 48 82 Entrada de A NO 51 S L ODJOIVOS is IA Sed A E E E eee 51 8 2 Entrada de datos con DAIS 2 cotos cre E A desert EE EEE REE paved systeuemassse seeds 51 8 2 1 Selecci n del formulario de entrada de datos ooocooccccccnccnnccnnconnconnccnnconoconaconoconocnnccnncnnn 51 8 2 2 Introduciendo datos sesei oot cs pose a a Rac dany nnew ae gudhce pedacito finan del iia 52 8 2 3 Validando los datos en el formulario 20 0 0 cece cece cc eeceeece ence eeeeeeceeeeeeeeaeeea esau sean eeges 53 8 2 4 Entrada de datos en desconexi n Offline 0 cece ce cec nec ee eee e ee ee eens cece ee eeeeneeeeaeeeeneaeen ones 54 9 Utilizando la funcionalidad de Calidad de Datos ooocccoccnnconnconoconncnnncnnncnoronoronccnnconnccnnccnnconnconncnnncnnnss 55 9 1 Un vistazo a los chequeos de calidad de datos oocoocccoccnnccnnconnconoconoconocnnncnnronnconccnnconnccnnccnnions 55 9 2 Chequeos de calidad de los datos coooccosooto testar citrico da eeatgassd EE E tin pias bas 55 9 3 Lanzando un an lisis de reglas de validaci n ooocccoccnnccnnconnconnconoconcnnncnnocnnrcnnronncnnccnnccnniccnnioos 55 9 4 An lisis de outliers valores at piCOS asena aus naa aE E A a EAEE RAEI PE ETPA TEN 57 9 5 An lisis de outliers en rangos Max Min 0 0 0 0 cee cece cece cece
61. in a similar way by interacting with the http app dhis2 org demo api interpretations reportTable reportTableId For report tables you can also provide an optional ou query parameter to supply an organisation unit identifier in the case where the report table has an organisation unit report parameter curl d This table reveals poor data quality http apps dhis2 org demo api interpretations reportTable xIWpSo5jjT1 o0u O6uvpzGd5pu H Content Type text plain u admin district v 23 12 Example Embedding reports in web pages In this example we will see how we can build a simple web page where dynamic data such as tabular reports is pulled from the DHIS Web API A full example on how this can done is available at http apps dhis2 org portal The Web API contains several resources which are useful for data analysis report reportTable chart map and document Dispatching GET requests to the mentioned resources will return meta data information such as name and the date it was last updated All these resources have an associated data resource which produces a data view of related aggregated data also known as reports charts and maps You can follow the links or simply append data to the URL to arrive at it This information can be represented in a variety of formats including HTML PDF Excel PNG and Jasper as we will see in the next section We start as usual at the Web API entrypoint at http apps dhis2 org demo api We
62. indicadores as como a lo largo del tiempo por ejemplo mensual trimestral anualmente Las tablas de reportes son fuentes de datos personalizadas para los reportes est ndar y se pueden definir de manera flexible en el interfaz de usuario y posteriormente acceder a ellas con dise adores externos de reportes como Report o BIRT Estos dise os de reporte se pueden configurar para ser accesibles f cilmente one click con unos par metros predefinidos de modo que los usuarios puedan lanzar los mismos reportes por ejemplo cada mes cuando se introducen nuevos datos y tambi n pueden ser relevantes a usuarios a todos los niveles ya que la unidad organizativa puede seleccionarse al momento de lanzar el reporte 2 5 7 SIG En el m dulo integrado de SIG podemos mostrar f cilmente nuestros datos en mapas tanto en pol gonos reas como en puntos establecimientos de salud y tanto los elementos de datos como los indicadores Si a adimos al sistema las coordenadas de nuestras unidades organizativas podemos r pidamente comenzar a trabajar con este m dulo Recomendamos ver la secci n SIG para m s detalles sobre c mo configurar este m dulo 2 5 8 Gr ficas y panel de control dashboard Una de las maneras m s sencillas de mostrar nuestros datos de indicadores es utilizar gr ficas Una pantalla de di logo amigable nos guiar a trav s de la creaci n de varios tipos de gr ficas con data de indicadores unidades organizativas y period
63. indicators to include in table dataelements string Yes Identifiers of data elements to include in table datasets string Yes Identifiers of data sets to include in table periods string No last1 2Months Names of relative lastMonth periods to include in lastQuarter table last4Quarters lastSixMonth last2SixMonths this Year last5 Years orgunits string Yes Identifiers of organisation units to include in table orgUnitIsParent boolean No false true Whether the table should display the 192 Web API Example Embedding report tables with the table plug in Param Type Required Options first default Description children of the selected org units crosstab string orgunit data periods Which data dimension should be crosstabulated and used as columns hiddenCols int Zero based index of the columns in the table which should be hidden useExtGrid boolean false true Whether the table should be rendered as plain HTML or as an Ext JS Grid el string Yes Identifier of HTML element to render the table in url string Yes Base URL of the DHIS server In the following are examples on how the table plug in can be used DHIS getTable inclslccirorss a UVA CECO periods last1l2Months orgunits ImspTQOPwCqd csoseitalos Masriods orgUnitIsParent true useExtGrid false callbac
64. informes que muestran c mo est n distribuidas las unidades en base a reas geogr ficas y a diversas propiedades como tipo o pertenencia El resultado obtenido aqu puede procesarse en un reporte basado en tablas o en una gr fica Lanzando un reporte de distribuci n Para lanzar un reporte primero seleccionaremos la unidad organizativa en la parte superior izquierda del rbol de unidades El reporte se basar en unidades organizativas ubicadas bajo la unidad seleccionada Entonces seleccionaremos el set de grupos de unidades organizativas que deseamos usar normalmente ser Tipo Pertenencia Urbano Rural aunque tambi n podemos definir este tipo de sets desde nuestro propio usuario A continuaci n pincharemos en Obtener Reporte para obtener una representaci n en tablas u Obtener Gr fica para ver el mismo resultado graficado 75 Utilizando la funcionalidad de Reporte Utilizando tablas din micas web Hise Kenya HIS Maintenance Services Organisation unit distribution report Select organisation unit E Kenya Central Coast Eastern Nairobi NorthEastern Type y Nyanza Rif Valley Getreport Getchart Western Download as PDF Download as Excel Download as CSV Type Kenya Organisation unit Dispensary Health Centre Hospital Nursing Home Private Medical Clinic Central 355 415 32 16 490 Coast 190 781 9 5 121 Eastern 7 42 4 2 12 Nairobi
65. invoke the following from the command line curl d datavalueset xml http apps dhis2 org demo api dataValueSets H Content Type application xml u admin district v The command will dispatch a request to the demo Web API set application xml as the content type and authenticate using admin district as username password If all goes well this will return a 200 OK HTTP status code You can verify that the data has been received by opening the data entry module in DHIS 2 and select the org unit data set and period used in this example The API follows normal semantics for error handling and HTTP status codes If you supply an invalid username or password 401 Unauthorized is returned If you supply a content type other than application xml 415 Unsupported Media Type is returned If the XML content is invalid according to the DXF namespace 400 Bad Request is returned If you provide an invalid identifier in the XML content 409 Conflict is returned together with a descriptive message In this example cURL will authenticate to the server through Basic authentication using our supplied username and password as credentials through the u flag In a real world scenario looking up identifiers constructing and dispatching XML messages would be the task of the client software application This software would probably interact with the more machine friendly XML and JSON resource representations and not the human friendly HTML representations
66. is simply a link to the the relevant resource together with a text expressing some insight about the data Currently an interpretation can be viewed by all users in the system 186 Web API Example Embedding reports in web pages We will start by writing an interpretation for the chart with identifier EDRN2VIbPdV To write chart interpretations we will interact with the http apps dhis2 org demo api interpretations chart chartld resource The interpretation will be the request body Based on this we can put together the following request using cCURL curl d This chart shows a significant ANC 1 3 dropout http apps dhis2 org demo api interpretations chart EbRN2VIbPdv H Content Type text plain u admin district v Second we will write a comment on the interpretation we just wrote By looking at the interpretation response you will see that a Location header is returned This header tells us the URL of the newly created interpretation and from that we can read its identifier This identifier is randomly generated so you will have to replace the one in the command below with your own To write a comment we can interact with the http apps dhis2 org demo api interpretations interpretationId comment like this curl d An intervention is needed http apps dhis2 org demo api interpretations J8sjHLkK8uY comment H Content Type text plain u admin district v You can also write interpretations for report tables
67. la expresi n Pulsando el icono de detalle podemos obtener m s informaci n sobre el fallo de validaci n Al pulsarlo se abrir una pantalla emergente que proporcione informaci n sobre los elementos de datos incluidos en las reglas de validaci n y sus correspondientes valores Esta informaci n podremos utilizarla para corregir datos err neos Tambi n podremos exportar los fallos de validaci n a un documento PDF pinchando en el bot n de Descargar PDF o a un documento de Microsoft Excel pinchando el bot n de Descargar MS Excel 56 Utilizando la funcionalidad de Calidad de An lisis de outliers valores at picos Datos dHis ey Kenya HIS Maintenance Services Log out Run validation Validation violations Start date 2010 10 01 _ Downloadas PDF Downloadas Excel End date 2010 12 31 _ Download as sv Done Organisation unit Period Left side description Value Operator Value Right side description Details Kilifi District Hospital October 2010 Pregnant women errolled for HIV care through PMTCT 11 0 gt 21 0 pregnant womens on ARVs Kilifi District Hospital October 2010 Inpatient counselled 440 0 gt 530 0 Inpatienttested Mt Harmony Clinic November 2010 Total ANC re visits 1 0 gt 20 ANC 4th visit completed O Jaribuni Dispensary December 2010 Total ANC re visits 13 0 gt 16 0 ANC 4th visit completed O Zion Community Clinic December 2010 ANC Tested Clients 9 0 gt 23 0 ANC clients tested
68. la tecla Tab o pinchando simplemente fuera del campo El sistema lanzar una alerta si despu s de modificarlo el valor sigue fuera de los valores m ximo y m nimo aunque el valor quedar guardado en cualquier caso Si el valor que queda introducido est fuera de rango veremos un fondo rojo en el campo de datos Si el valor est dentro el fondo quedar verde Pinchando en el icono de estrella podemos tambi n marcar cada outlier para posterior seguimiento An lisis de outliers en rangos Max Min El an lisis de outliers basado en valores m ximo y m nimo ofrece un mecanismo para detectar valores que quedan fuera de l mites m ximo y m nimo previamente definidos Estos valores l mite pueden ser definidos por el usuario o asignados autom ticamente por el sistema en el m dulo de administraci n de datos Para m s detalles revisa la secci n sobre An lisis de Outliers Std Dev 58 Utilizando la funcionalidad de Calidad de An lisis de Huecos Datos 9 6 An lisis de Huecos El an lsis de huecos proporciona un mecanismo para detectar huecos en los datos Hay huecos para elementos de datos y unidades organizativas concretas Un huevo es un periodo sin datos registrados que es precedido y seguido de periodos que s tienen datos registrados Este tipo de huecos indican generalmente errores en la captura u omisi n y pueden ser investigados con posterioridad Para m s detalles revisa la secci n sobre An lisis de Outliers St
69. left menu you can check show original lines to compare the result and you may want to give a different simplification method a try When you are happy with the result click export in the top right corner Then check the first of the four options called Shapefile polygons click create and wait for the download buttons to appear Now download the two files to your local computer being sure to rename the file so that you do not overwrite your existing original data Move on to the next step with your new simplified shapefile Step 2 Convert the shapefile to GML The recommended tool for geographical format conversions is called ogr2ogr This should be available for most Linux distributions sudo apt get install gdal bin For Windows go to http fwtools maptools org and download FWTools install it and open up the FWTools command shell During the format conversion we also want to ensure that the output has the correct coordinate projection called EPSG 4326 with geographic longitude and latitude For a more detailed reference of geographic coordinates please refer to this site If you have already reprojected the geographic data to the geographic latitude longitude EPSG 4326 system there is no need to explicitly define the output coordinate system assuming that ogr2ogr can determine the input spatial reference system Note that most shapefiles are using the EPSG 4326 system You can determine the spatial reference system by executin
70. lib folder e win32com dll Copy it to your java jreX bin folder Note You might need administrator privileges to do this If you still can t do it try starting Windows in Safe Mode e SMSserver conf Copy it to your DHIS2_HOME folder the folder where hibernate properties is located The settings in this file can also be modified from the Settings page in the mobile module in DHIS 2 In this file the manufacturer and the model of the GSM modem are specified Also make sure the PIN code for the SIM card in the GSM modem is turned off and set modem1 pin 0000 in the SMSserver conf or use the Settings page in the mobile module in DHIS 2 to set the pin to 0000 The port of the modem also needs to be specified in this file After the drivers are successfully installed and the modem is installed in a usb port you can find the port of the modem by opening Device Manager locate your modem and right click on it click on Properties and navigate to the Modem tab There you ll see which port is assigned to the modem Important Note that if you install the modem into another usb port another time the port will change and you will have to update the settings If you for some reason need to take the modem out of your computer make sure you ll install it in the same usb port as last time or else you ll have to update the SMSserver conf file e formIDLayout csv Copy it to your DHIS2_HOME mi folder If you have not yet deployed your lates
71. look for a relevant report table by following the reportTables link to http apps dhis2 org demo api reportTables We assume that we are interested in the District Maternal Health report and follow the link to http apps dhis2 org demo api reportTables xIWpSo5jjT1 This resource provides meta data information about the report table From here we can follow the link to the default data view of aggregated data which leads us to http apps dhis2 org demo api reportTables xIWpSo5jjT1 data As we can see we are provided with a report table in HTML format which is the default representation format for report tables As stated in the introduction there are three ways of indicating which resource representation format you prefer for the response The most suitable alternative for direct use in web pages is to append a file suffix to the URL We assume that we are interested in the PDF representation and indicate that by appending pdf to our URL http apps dhis2 org demo api reportTables xIWpSo5jj T1 data pdf Go ahead and try out all valid extensions for this resource which are html pdf xls and csv The report table can be parameterized with an organisation unit and a period by supplying a ou and pe query parameter accompanied with an organisation unit identifier and period string in the URL If not provided the Web API will use the top most organisation unit in the hierarchy and the last period for the report table content The or
72. lt 5 years amp Gbo J PHUF 1 Morbidity E PHUF 2 Children s preventive services Jaiama Bongor PHUF 3 Reproductive health services Kakua PHUF 4 Report on stocks PHU PHUF 5 Mortality oe PHUF 6 Staffing EHLugbu PMTCT monthly summary EHNiawa Lenga TB Facility reporting Form ESelenga TB HIV VCCT monthly summary EHTikonko EWalunia EWonde E HBombali HBonthe HKailahun Kambia gt X 8 2 2 Introduciendo datos Introducir datos es sencillo Comienza pinchando en el primer campo que aparece y escribe el valor que corresponda Mu vete al siguiente campo utilizando el bot n de tabulaci n Tab de tu teclado El bot n Shift Tab te devuelve al campo anterior Cuando introducimos los valores en cada campo estos son guardados inmediatamente en la base de datos y no se requiere pinchar en un bot n de guardar como sucede en otras aplicaciones Ver s un campo verde que indica que el valor se ha guardado en el sistema en el servidor en realidad Si tu conexi n a Internet es lenta es posible que demore un poco hasta que los valores se hayan guardado Validaci n de entrada Cuando escribes un valor incorrecto por ejemplo una letra en un campo que solo acepta valores num ricos se abrir un mensaje pop up que explica el problema y el campo que intentabas rellenar se colorear de amarillo y permanecer sin guardar hasta que hayas corregido este valor Si has definido un rango m nimo y m ximo para un campo una combinaci n de
73. manual This and other sample routes can be found in the resources section of the DHIS2 source code lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt route xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xSi schemaLocation http camel apache org schema spring camel spring 2 9 1 xsd xmlns http camel apache org schema spring id dataUpdater gt lt description gt Synch orgunits every 5 minutes lt description gt lt trigger every 5 minutes ooo gt lt from uri quartz everyHour cron 0 0 5 3F gt lt i filter required elements from metadata export gt lt setHeader headerName CamelHttpQuery gt lt constant gt assumeTrue false amp amp organisationUnits true amp amp organisationUnitGroups true amp amp or lt setHeader gt lt send http request gt lt E0 uri http apps dhis2 org demo api metaData xml httpClient authenticationPreemptive truesam lt log logName org hisp dhis camel loggingLevel INFO message Importing orgunits gt lt import to dhis2 component gt lt inOut uri dhis2 metadata gt lt log the import Sviqiieasy gt lt log logName org hisp dhis camel loggingLevel INFO message body gt lt route gt Some notes on the above e Note that the route has an id and a description These are important if you want the route to show up in the Import Export module 197 Integration Engine Loading an XML route e Camel componen
74. new role 43 User management User role management dm P District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Services Help Log out User User role management User User by Organisation Unit Filter by name User Role Filter Delete Current User f T User Group Role Description Operations Data user online Access the reports only Y MO District Online District Online 2 M0 No ofpages 1 Sizeofpage 50 Jumptopage 1 The following screen will open and here in the first text box you need to give Name of the Role such as Super User Admin User etc The second text box called Description gives more information about the type of User Role that is being created for e g State Admin User District Data Entry dm 2 District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Services Help Log out Create new user role Add Organisation Unit Add Organisation Unit Group Add Organisation Unit Group Set Next you will specify the particular data set s that are to be made available to the particular role You will also need to specify the type of authority to be given to the particular user For each of the three options namely Datasets Reports and Authorities user can select multiple options from the scroll down menu provided against each field A user can choose multiple options either by moving them one by one In order for particular users to be able to enter data you must add them t
75. o S EES ERSE S 85 13 2 5 Report table best practices 22 0 0 a e E e Es EE AT E EEE S EEC SER 85 13 3 Repoft table OULCOMIE zsir e e Soa denn goo Seow a a e de defi a E Ao a NESS 86 134 Standard Teports di IA ee BUR So Ss eat E A asc E EN 87 13 4 1 What 1s a Standard TEPOT costosos castor E E a a a pE Ea 87 13 4 2 Designing Standard reports in iReport ocooocnnncnnccnnccnccnnccnnconnconnconnconnconnconncnnncnnnonarenoss 87 13 4 2 1 Download and open the design file oooocnnncnnccnccnnccnnccnnccnnconnccnnccnnconnconaconncos 88 13 4 2 2 Editing the report issiria a eiea e AE rociera abriera EEE e 88 13 4 2 3 O A veuscos eu SEEI EEEE IEEE EEE EEE EEIN 89 13 4 2 4 Filtering the table TOWS sos ci tocas sopas sddeaadessboesdseeteansssrooaagsvedsaseysesvaagseebees 89 13 4 25 SOTING 3 0 3 956 O dekaeaee 90 13 4 2 6 Changing indicator data element names cee eee cece cee ce eeceeeeeeecaeeea essa sean eeaes 91 13 4 2 7 Adding horizontal totals iniciar indir da ios 91 13 4 258 Groups of table S n Saws Cede a See tis hs wok dos Shree Dip ey sea deeds seRese sone tense Seas 92 13 429 Charts E EEE E E tas 93 13 4 2 10 Adding the Report to DHIS 2 eenia eere eree en E a e eE 95 13 4 2 11 Some final guidelines nescence a a a E e E E K 95 14 Utilizando el Visualizador de Datos ocoocccoccnccnnccnnconnccnnccnncnnncnnncnnncnnnnnnrnnnronnrnnronncrnncrnncrnnconncnnncnnnss 97 14 1 Un vistazo al Visu
76. operator for receiving SMS one has to connect to all the operators whose subscribers should be able to send us messages The typical scenario is that the operator assigns a short number 4 or 5 digits to our service and forward the messages sent to this number to our your server The best is to have all operators assign the same number but this isn t necessarily automatic If connecting via an SMS gateway company they connect to all operators for us and typically put some additional charge on the message price Since there is a cost per number and per operator this may sometimes still be price efficient SMS gateway providers typically connect via HTTP or SMPP The simplest and cheapest would be if you already have some SMS connection greement that we could leverage I would be useful to get this interface up and running as soon as possible as this really might be the most complex integration point though in principle it really is quite simple to do when everything runs smoothly If you do not yet have such an agreement we can help you in the process Note that some operators offer long numbers as a service in addition to short numbers Then you get what looks like areal mobile number and it can be accessed by all other operators customers also This is often a very simple way of offering SMS as you do not need to connect to all operators But not many operators offer this It is quite relevant for the deployment if the users have subscri
77. organisation unit it indicates that no data values are registered for this level of organisation or lower To access the main Import Export module choose Services gt Import Export The exported data values are stored in an xml file The file name is defined by the name of the source organisation unit and the period to allow the receiving organisation unit to identify the source and the period of the export file The XML is placed in your home directory On Windows this is normally C Documents and Settings under the sub directories dhis import export 17 2 2 Exporting data to other DHIS 2 systems Once the data export screen is displayed select the Organisation unit period and dataset for which data export should be selected Finally click on the export option that will be available on the lower left side of displayed screen If there are no datasets defined for an organisation unit it indicates that no data values are registered for this level of organisation or lower A pop up save option will appear on the displayed screen see picture below prompting the saving of the exported data You may save the export folder on your desktop or any other folder by selecting the Save to Disk option from the pop up prompt 113 Import and export Exporting metadata to other DHIS 2 systems 17 2 3 Exporting metadata to other DHIS 2 systems 17 2 3 1 Metadata export Metadata is data about data In the context of DHIS 2 metad
78. organisation unitType group set It might belong to the Hospital or the Clinic or any other type group but it must belong to exactly one of them Go to Maintenance gt organisation unit gt Organisation unit groups to review each organisation unit identified in the integrity check Allocate all organisation units to exactly one group 18 2 15 Organisation units violating exclusive group sets Some organisation units have been allocated to several organisation unit groups that are members of the same organisation unit group set All group sets in DHIS are defined as exclusive which means that an organisation unit can only be allocated to one organisation unit group within that Group Set For instance one organisation unit cannot normally belong to the both the Hospital and Clinic groups but rather to only to one of them Go to Maintenance gt organisation unit gt Organisation unit groups to review each organisation unit identified in the integrity check Remove the organisation unit from all groups except the one that it should be allocated to 18 2 16 Organisation unit groups without group sets The organisation unit groups listed here have not been allocated to a group set Go to Maintenance gt Organisation unit gt Organisation unit group sets and allocate the Organisation unit group to the appropriate group set 124 Data Administration Validation rules without groups 18 2 17 Validation rules without groups A
79. password Surname First name E mail Phone number _ Available roles Selected roles Superuser a a District Online Data user online E Roles Organisation Unit Tree Selection amm Select at level National IA Un select at level Un select all Un select children Select in group Blood Bank lv Un select in group Select all Select children Kenya Organisation unit Add _ Cancel e Users must be assigned to at least one organisational unit Users are able to have access to all children of the organisational unit s which have been assigned to them For instance if a user has been assigned to District X 45 User management User group management which has several facilities contained in the district the user would have access to the district s data as well as all of the facilities contained within the district In order for users to be able to enter data for specific organisational units they must be assigned these units If a user is responsible for entering data for all facilities for a given district they should typically be assigned the district and all of the facilities contained within the district 6 1 4 User group management User groups allow you to send notifications to multiple users at the same time Simply click Add new from the User group screen provide a name for the group and add the desired users from the Available users list to the Group members list 6 1 5 User by org
80. period dimension When aggregating data on the period dimension there are two options for how the calculation is done 1 sum and 2 average which is specified per data element in the DHIS2 through the use of the aggregation operator attribute in the Add Edit Data Elements window 156 Data dimensions in DHIS2 Data collection vs data analysis Most of the data collected on a routinely basis should be aggregated by summing up the months or weeks e g you create a quarterly report on Measles immunisation by summing up the three monthly values for Measles doses given Other types of data that are more permanently valid over time like Number of staff in the PHU or an annual population estimate of Population under 1 year need to be aggregated differently These values are static for all months as long as there are valid data E g the estimated population under 1 calculated from the census data is the same for all months in a year or the number of nurses working in a PHU is the same for every month in the 6 months period the number is reported for This difference e g becomes important when calculating an annual value for the indicator morbidity service burden for a PHU The monthly headcounts are summed up for the 12 months to get the annual headcount while the number of staff for the PHU is calculated as the average of the two 6 monthly values reported through the 6 monthly staff report So in this example the data element OPD heah
81. period types as that would create overlap and duplication of data values If set up correctly the aggregation service in DHIS2 through datamart and report tables will aggregate the data together e g the monthly data from one part of the country woth quarterly data from another part of the country into a national quarterly report For simplicicty and to avoid data duplication we stronly advice to use the same period type for all orgunits for the same data elements when possible 21 4 2 Relative periods When creating reports within the DHIS report tables standard reports charts it is possible to make use of the relative periods functionality The simplest scenario is when you want to design a monthly report that can be reused every month without having to make changes to the report template to accomodate for the changes in period The relative period called reporting month allows for this and the user can at the time of report gemeration through a report parameter select the month to use in the report A slightly more advanced use case is when you want to make a monthly summary report for immunisation and want to look at the data from the current reporting month together with a cumulative value for the year so far The relative period called So far this year provides such a cumulative value relative to the reporting month selecting when running the report Other relative periods are the last 3 6 9 or 12 months periods which are cumulative val
82. permite buscar y localizar unidades organizativas en el mapa como muestra la imagen siguiente we OO 08809 710850 08 mar os g e Yabelo Wildife ana Stephanie Spare __ Locate organisation units on the map Tae Highightcoor 0000FF i color ae t Text fiter easy Features j R sery faune of b f NorthEastem 7 J Kaima y ar 7 1 k YKibombo Yo wm S Lusambs Qkasongo f o S San le Kampene Etiquetas abre la ventana de etiquetas y nos permite a adir etiquetado a las unidades organizativas en el mapa como muestra la imagen 000 e880 0800 OO and MAS guias E Labels Show hide feature labels Font size as Bold Y Italic e National de PAkagera Transparencia ajusta la capa de opacidad transparencia al 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 6 100 Los valores grandes de transparencia hacen la capa m s transparente de modo que la capa subyacente se hace m s visible Un nivel de transparencia cero nos da una capa totalmente opaca Historial facilita una lista de nuestras 10 selecciones y mapas m s recientes El listado es temporal y se borra cuando salimos de la aplicaci n 105 Utilizando el Sistema de Informaci n Geogr fica SIG 15 2 2 Capa de establecimientos Capa de establecimientos Esta capa muestra iconos que representan los establecimientos seg n su tipo Actualmente el nico grupo soportado es el Tipo Los pol gonos no se muestran en el mapa de modo que
83. pinchando Renombrar Podremos tambi n borrar gr ficas favoritas seleccion ndolas y despu s pinchando Borrar Estas gr ficas favoritas se pueden incluir posteriormente en nuestro panel de control personal Despu s de guardarlas navegamos al m dulo de panel de control dashboard y pinchamos en el enlace Insertar sobre las reas de gr ficas y seleccionamos nuestra gr fica preferida E y lt lt Update Favorites Download Data table Exit fa cmne glia Aii E lt Series Category Filter Sierra Leone ES Manage t x Data i Period M Organisation unit Y 2 Coverage MW ANC 3 Coverage Name ANC National dropout rate Indicators System Y Data elements Sort by Rename Delete Reporting rates suce ANC 1 and 2 coverage 2012 02 17 20 25 2 Relative periods ANC 1 3 Coverage 2012 04 28 00 25 AE quanto cal ANC Coverage by Facilty Type 2012 04 27 18 06 Limon Lant queres at moni ANC IPT 1 and 2 Coverage 2012 02 17 20 27 Last 3 months Last 4 quarters Last two 6 months ANC IPT BOG FIC by Facilty Type 2020408020 Y Last 12 months ANC LLITN Coverage 2012 02 17 21 17 12 02 17 17 es pa ANC National dropout rate 2012 02 17 17 06 This year abet one peral ANC Visit Data Area 2012 02 07 21 54 As Deliveries Indicators comparison 2012 02 17 21 20 pS Deliveries PHU delivery rates 2012 04 28 00 10 Delivery Births attended by skiled health personel 2012 02 17 21 20 an een Disease Mortality 2012 02 07 21 52 73 Organisati
84. positive O Kilifi District Hospital December 2010 Live births plus still births 187 0 gt 566 0 Deliveries Zion Community Clinic December 2010 ANC clients issued with Preventive ARVs 9 0 gt 23 0 ANC tested positives ves O Nuru Medical Clinic December 2010 Live Births 40 gt 5 0 Discharged alive Madamani Dispensary December 2010 Live Births 0 0 gt 1 0 Discharged alive O Jaribuni Dispensary December 2010 Total ANC clients 43 0 gt 73 0 Total IPT given at ANC Pingilikani Dispensary December 2010 Total ANC clients 55 0 gt 56 0 Total IPT given at ANC O Zion Community Clinic December 2010 Total ANC clients 63 0 gt 2323 0 ANC clients counselled PMTCT Kilifi District Hospital December 2010 Pregnant women errolled for HIV care through PMTCT 7 0 gt 18 0 pregnantwomens on ARVs Zion Community Clinic December 2010 PMTCT HIV tests 9 0 gt 23 0 PMTCTHIV Vipingo Health Centre December 2010 ANC clients issued with Preventive ARVs 40 gt 5 0 ANC tested positives ves O 9 4 An lisis de outliers valores at picos Podemos acceder al an lisis de outliers de desviaci n t pica en el men Servicios gt Calidad de Datos El an lisis de outliers basado en la desviaci n t pica ofrece un mecanismo para conocer qu valores est n num ricamente distantes del resto de los datos Los outliers pueden aparecer por casualidad pero a menudo representan un error de medida o una distribuci n fuertemente prolongada derivand
85. posteriormente el nico problema es cambiar las unidades organizativas que registran los datos los nodos hoja por ejemplo dividiendo o fusionando establecimientos de salud La agregaci n hacia arriba en la jerarqu a puede hacerse en base a la jerarqu a actual en cualquier momento y siempre reflejar los cambios m s recientes de la estructura organizativa Importante Dado que la informaci n m s reciente que est contenida en la jerarqu a de unidades organizativa es siempre utilizada para agregado es importante tener en cuenta que los cambios ah tales como la divisi n de distritos en subdistritos no se respetar posteriormente Por ejemplo si el Distrito A se subdivide en Distrito B y Distrito C Este es un proceso que en ocasiones sucede por razones pol ticas Los establecimientos que pertenecen al distrito A necesitar n ser reasignados a los distritos B y C seg n corresponda Sin embargo cualquier dato hist rico que se haya introducido antes de que la divisi n ocurra todav a quedar registrado como perteneciente a los distritos B y C y no al extinto distrito A Esta representaci n temporal de la jerarqu a organizativa en el tiempo se perder 21 Unidades organizativas Mantenimiento de la unidad organizativa 3 2 Mantenimiento de la unidad organizativa 3 2 1 Unidades organizativas This is where you can create organisation units from now on referred to as orgunits and build up the orgunit hierarchy
86. process before hitting the Move button you can click on the Reset button to unselect orgunit to move and the new parent 24 Elementos de datos Mantenimiento de elementos de datos Capitulo 4 Elementos de datos Cuando abrimos las opciones de Elementos de datos e Indicadores del men de Mantenimiento aparece la pantalla siguiente Services dm P District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Data Element Data Elements and Indicators Data Element Data Element Group Data Element Group Editor Data Element Group Set Data Element Category Data Element Category Combination Data Element Create modify view and delete data elements Data elements are phenomena for which will be captured and analysed Concept Data Element Group Indicator Create modify view and delete data element groups Groups are used for improved analysis Indicator Indicator Type Indicator Group Data Element Group Editor Easily add or remove data elements to and from data element groups as well as deleted data elements Indicator Group Editor Indicator Group Set Data Dictionary Data Element Group Set Create modify view and delete data element group sets Group sets are used for improved analysis Data Dictionary En el men lateral izquierdo o haciendo click en las secciones listadas en la zona central podemos acceder a las diversas secciones sobre elementos de datos Elemento de datos Grup
87. proper categories and category options are defined in the initial definition step as further changes to the category and its options will are not possible To access the data element category maintenance module press Maintenance gt Data Elements and Indicators gt Data Element Category The following screen will be displayed dm P District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Services Help Log out Data Element Data element category management Data Element Data Element Group Filter by name Data Element Group Editor Data Element Group Set T 3 _ Name a Operations Data Element Category Data Element Category Combination Age over under 1 7 u O Concept pe AR Age overlunder 15 WO Indicator m Age over under 5 Z MO Indicator gt Indicator Type ART Treatment age group A u O Indicator Group Indicator Group Editor Attendance 7 uw O Indicator Group Set s Cases and deaths WO Ea DIA Family Planing Change of methods 7 uw O Data Dictionary Financial Inf tion Z uw O Similar to the other data element maintains modules data element categories can be filtered by typing the name of the data element category or a portion of it into the Filter by name field To add a new data element category press the Add new button which will then display the following screen dm 2 District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Services Help Log out Create new data element category Details Name Tes
88. pueden compartir y discutir sus datos en gr ficas y reportes utilizando Interpretaciones favoreciendo una comunidad de usuarios con base activa en la informaci n e Funcionalidades de exportaci n importaci n de datos y metadatos apoyando la sincronizaci n de las instalaciones offline as como la interoperabilidad con otras aplicaciones e Integraci n con otros sistemas software utilizando el API Web de DHIS2 y el Motor de Integraci n e Existe la posibilidad de desarrollar e integrar nuevos m dulos para dar respuesta a necesidades espec ficas de los usuarios ya sea como parte del interfaz de usuario del portal de DHIS2 o como una aplicaci n externa acoplada que interact e a trav s del API Web de DHIS2 En resumen DHIS2 facilita una soluci n integral de SIS para las necesidades de reporte y an lisis de los usuarios de informaci n de salud a cualquier nivel 1 3 Utilizaci n de DHIS2 en el SIS registro procesado interpretaci n y an lisis de los datos El contexto amplio de un SIS puede entenderse integralmente mediante el ciclo de la informaci n presentado en la Figura 1 1 El ciclo vida de la informaci n plasma gr ficamente los distintos componentes etapas y procesos por los cuales los datos se recogen comprueban seg n calidad procesan analizan y utilizan The Information Cycle Essential data set Definitions Tools Information culture lt Quality Fesdback Collect oe ii Actions N arget p
89. referrals_age and mortality_age It doesn amp apos t make sense to use these while looking at these data together as in the examples above but e g if we only want to look at the only the new cases we can put the MobidityMortalityGroups field back up as a page field and there select the New cases group as a filter Then we can drag the Morbidity_age field down to the column area and we get the following view The following table illustrates the benefits of reusing data element categories across datasets and catecorycombinations The VCCT ART and PMTCT data are collected in three different datasets the first two with both gender and age breakdown and the PMTCT only age gender is given All three share the same age groups and therefore it is possible to viev data elements from all these three datasets in the same table and use the age dimension In the previous example with morbidity and mortality data this was not possible since new cases referrals and deaths all have different age groups In the table below PMTCT data has been removed from the table and the gender category added to the column area so that you can analyse the data for VCCT and ART by age and gender An optional subtotal for gender has also been added as well as a grand total for all age and gender 21 8 From paper for to multidimensional datasets lessons learned Typically the design of a DHIS 2 dataset is based on some requirements from a paper form that is already in use
90. search events by status and some criteria such as name identifiers or attributes click on Search button next to List All Persons A advanced search criteria is shown After to fill search key values click on Search button on this form to display result or click on Send message button to send a reminder message for person in result 22 2 2 3 Data entry 22 2 2 3 1 Multiple individual records The multiple individual records function is where individual data is manually registered in the DHIS database A list events for each person who enrolled into the selected program after clicking a multi events with registration To access the multiple individual records function from the Services menu go to the Individual Records option and click on it Select Multiple individual records option on left menu to proceed To start enter data the first step is to open a list events of person who enrolled a certain program by selecting a program in the list on the main page Follow these steps 1 Locate the organisation unit you want to register data for in the tree menu to the left Expand and close branches by clicking on the symbols A quick way to find an organisation unit is to use the search box just above the tree the green symbol but you need to write in the full name to get a match 175 DHIS TRACKER Individual records module The system loads multi events with registration which belong to the selected organisation unit 2 Selec
91. standard build of DHIS2 The client is a custom built J2ME mobile application The SMS support is separate from the SMS support used in other parts of DHIS2 The solution has mainly been deployed using GSM modems which are not good for high volume applications but can also be used as a basis for a more reliable SMSC connection Using SMS as a transport would be an appropriate solution where GPRS 3G is not available but GSM coverage is available Updating of forms to the client is not supported at this point in time and new data sets require a new application install This solution is described in Secci n 20 4 Legacy J2ME client with SMS transport 135 DHIS Mobile Mobile browser based data entry The DHIS mobile team is working on a hybrid GPRS and SMS solution that is based on the newer J2ME client and the new SMS support within the platform SMS connection When deploying SMS solutions the quality and stability of the SMS link is critical for the overall service quality For small demos and tests one can use phone modems to send and receive SMS but our experience is that for any larger installation one should connect to the mobile operator SMS infrastructure SMSC via more robust interfaces We can either connect directly to the mobile operator SMSC typically through a protocol called SMPP but sometimes using HTTP or other protocols or via a service provider called an SMS gateway provider When connecting directly to the
92. support and answer questions coming from end users Completeness notification recipients This setting defines a user group where the members will receive messages as notifications when a form has been marked as complete A typical use of this is when the forms are considered to be an order of some commodity and a group of users want to be notified when such orders are placed Omit indicator values with zero numerator value in data mart Defines whether aggregated indicator values with zero as the numerator value should be written to the indicator data mart table Having such values written is required for instance when connecting Excel pivot tables to the data mart as Excel will need the numerator data to correctly aggregate up in the organisation unit hierarchy If third party tools like Excel are not used with the application this will reduce the total number of values written to the data mart which again will improve performance and could safely be set to omit Disable data entry when data set completed This setting defines whether the data entry forms should be disabled and prevent from futher entry after they have been marked as complete Data analysis std dev factor Sets the number of standard deviations for use in the outlier analysis performed on the captured data in the data entry module The default value is 2 a high value will catch less outlier values than a low value Days after period end to qualify for timely data submission Set
93. system NOT to include facility data on population in any of the aggregations above that level as the level above in this case the districts have registered their population directly as raw data The district population data should then be used at all levels above and including the district level while facility level should use its own data 13 1 1 5 2 How to edit data element aggregation This is controlled through something called aggregation levels and at the end of the edit data element screen there is a tick box called Aggregation Levels If you tick that one you will see a list of aggregation levels available and selected Default is to have no aggregation levels defined then all raw data in the hierarchy will be added together To specify the rule described above and given a hierarchy of Country Province District Facility select Facility and District as your aggregation levels Basically you select where you have data Selecting Facility means that Facilities will use data from facilities given since this is the lowest level Selecting District means that the District level raw data will be used when aggregating data for District level hence no aggregation will take place at that level and the facility data will not be part of the aggregated District values When aggregating data at Province level the District level raw data will be used since this is the highest available aggregation level selected Also for Country level aggregates the
94. target for a link the HTML document var tul DHT TS TGE EV PndiiecaronS r Maca eno 1 periods last12Months orgunits ImspTOPwCga 1 Suos s ol A Sn lo cs a orgUnitIsParent true BOB Vscliss url base p apace asa aa ee O mene Cee The link HTML element can be defined in the body section of the document like below lt a id link1 gt Download as Excel lt a gt To view a complete working example please visit http apps dhis2 org portal table html 23 16 Example Working with SQL views Executing SQL Views and returning the results of these views has been made possible in version 2 9 of DHIS2 SQL Views are useful for presenting certain data views externally which may be more easily constructed with SQL than by combining the multiple objects of the Web API As an example lets assume we have been asked to provide a view of all organization units with their names parent names organization unit level and name and the coordinates listed in the database The view might look something like this SELECT ou name par name as parent ou coordinates ous level oul name from organisationunit ou NNER JOIN _orgunitstructure ous n ou organisationunitid ous organisationunitid ER JOIN organisationunit par on ou parentid par organisationunitid NER JOIN orgunitlevel oul on ous level oul level where ou coordinates IS NOT NULL ORDER BY oul level par name ou name We will use curl to firs
95. the data element to be aggregated at one or more levels When the user clicks on the Aggregation levels option a drop down menu appears which displays available aggregation levels The desired aggregation level is then selected by clicking the Add Selected button By default the aggregation will start at the lowest assigned organisation unit If e g Chiefdom is selected below it means that Chiefdom District and National aggregates will use Chiefdom the highest aggregation level available as the data source and PHU data will not be included PHU data will still be available for the PHU level but not included in aggregations to the levels above If District and Chiefdom are both selected then the District and National level aggregates will use District data as their source Chiefdom will use Chiefdom and PHU will use PHU Read more about aggregation levels in the Reporting chapter i the section on data sources for reporting After making the required changes click Save to institute them The Cancel button aborts all changes made 4 1 1 2 Traducci n de elementos de datos DHIS2 provides functionality to translate existing data elements into other languages Simply press the translate button b4 to get started The following dialogue will appear dm P District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Services Translate _ Details Locale Reference English United Kingdom 7 English
96. the file Levels Provide the number of levels in the orgunit hierarchy in your 1 4 database e g 5 Click Save and you will return to the DHIS 1 4 File Import window Import Type As with other imports you have the options to Import directly Preview or Analyse the import We recommend using the Analyse option first to check that the 1 4 database is OK and ready to be imported When importing a large database into a new blank DHIS 2 database we recommend using the Import option to save time For smaller incremental imports the Preview is OK Last Updated If you want the full import all the data in the 1 4 database you leave this field blank If you only want to do an incremental import into an already existing DHIS 2 database you can use this field to filter which data values to import Only values added or edited after the date you specify will be imported This filter makes use of the LastUpdated column in the RoutineData table in the DHIS 1 4 data file Import process When you are done selceting Method and LastUpdated you can begin the import by clicking on the Import button This process might take a long time depending on how many data values you are importing On a reasonable spec computer the import takes about 2 million records per 30 minutes 17 3 2 2 DHIS 1 4 XML Import Import thof XML data from DHIS 1 4 is also possible using the standard DHIS 1 4 export format Just be sure that the DHIS 1 4 export format has bee
97. trunk source code from https code launchpad net dhis2 devs core dhis2 trunk Build DHIS2 as normal by running mvn clean install to skip tests use mvn clean install Dtest false DfaillfNoTests false in the dhis 2 and dhis 2 dhis web folders Build the mobile modules by running mvn clean install in the dhis mobile folder 148 DHIS Mobile Install the GSM modem e Modify the dhis web portal pom xml file adding a dependency to dhis web mobile lt dependency gt lt groupId gt org hisp dhis lt groupld gt lt artifactId gt dhis web mobile lt artifactId gt lt version gt version lt version gt lt type gt war lt type gt lt dependency gt e Build the portal mvn clean install in the dhis web portal folder e Copy the dhis war file from dhis web portal target to the tomcat webapps folder Rename it if you want 20 4 2 Install the GSM modem e Driver for the GSM modem Plug in your modem and install the drivers You might have to use the manufacturer s provided drivers from a CD or their web page You might need administrator privileges to do this If you still can t do it try starting Windows in Safe Mode e comm jar Copy it to your java jreX 1lib ext folder If you ve got multiple installations of JRE you can find the path to the installation used by DHIS 2 by right clicking the Monitor Tomcat icon in the system tray then Configure gt Java e javax comm properties Copy it to your java jreX
98. up report functionality Data sources for reporting Capitulo 13 Setting up report functionality 13 1 Data sources for reporting 13 1 1 Types of data and aggregation In the bigger picture of HIS terminology all data in DHIS are usually called aggregated as they are aggregates e g monthly summaries of medical records or some kind of service registers reported from the health facilities Aggregation inside DHIS however which is the topic here is concerned with how the raw data captured in DHIS through data entry or import are further aggregated over time e g from monthly to quarterly values or up the organisational hierarchy e g from facility to district values 13 1 1 1 Terminology e Raw data refers to data that is registered into the DHIS 2 either through data entry or data import and has not been manipulated by the DHIS aggregation process All these data are stored in the table or Java object if you prefer called DataValue e Aggregated data refers to data that has been aggregated by the DHIS 2 meaning it is no longer raw data but some kind of aggregate of the raw data e Indicator values can also be understood as aggregated data but these are special in the way that they are calculated based on user defined formulas factor numerator denominator Indicator values are therefore processed data and not raw data and are located in the aggregatedindicatorvalue table object Indicators are calculated at any level of
99. validaci n Podemos acceder al An lisis de Reglas de Validaci n en el men Servicios gt Calidad de Datos Las reglas de validaci n se basan en una expresi n que define la relaci n entre varios elementos de datos Esta expresi n tiene una parte izquierda y una parte derecha y tambi n un operador en medio que define si la primera debe ser menor que igual que o mayor que la segunda La expresi n formula una condici n que garantiza el cumplimiento de determinados criterios l gicos Por ejemplo una regla de validaci n puede estipular que el n mero total de vacunas recibidas por ni os y ni as debe ser menor o igual al n mero total de ni os y ni a La funci n de an lisis de reglas de validaci n prueba las reglas dise adas para los datos registrados en el sistema Los fallos de validaci n son repotados en aquellos casos en los que la condici n definida mediante la expresi n de la regla de validaci n no se cumple esto es cuando la condici n es falsa Seleccionando qu datos debemos validar 55 Utilizando la funcionalidad de Calidad de Lanzando un an lisis de reglas de validaci n Datos En primer lugar introducimos una fecha de inicio y una fecha de fin para filtrar los datos que ser n incluidos en el an lisis Podemos utilizar el widget de fechas para seleccionar las fechas En segundo lugar escogemos incluir o bien todas las reglas de validaci n o bien las reglas de validaci n de un grupo concreto
100. we will use the DHIS 2 demo on http apps dhis2 org demo as basis and we recommend that you follow the provided links with a web browser while reading log in with admin district as username password We assume that we have collected case based data using a simple software client running on mobile phones for the Mortality lt 5 years data set in the community of Ngelehun CHC in Badjia chiedom Bo district for the month of January 2012 We have now aggregated our data into a statistical report and want to send that data to the national DHIS 2 instance The entry point for the Web API running on the demo instance is http apps dhis2 org demo api The entry point provides a convenient HTML page with links to all of the available resources in the Web API The resource which is most appropriate for our purpose of sending data values is the dataValueSets resource A data value set represents a set of data values which have a logical relationship usually from being captured off the same data entry form We follow the link to the HTML representation which will take us to http apps dhis2 org demo api dataValueSets The default representation is a HTML page which provides us with useful instructions on how to interact with this resources It tells us that we can use the POST verb to send values using a XML format defined by the http dhis2 org schema dxf 2 0 namespace lt dataValueSet xmlns http dhis2 org schema dxf 2 0 dataSet dataSetID com
101. will in the most cases be able to send the jar file the mobile application via Bluetooth from the computer to the phone When using a cable and also in some cases for phones with Bluetooth you might have to install some software to be able to communicate with the phone E g Nokia PC Suite for Nokia phones Once the mobile application is installed on the phone open it and navigate to the last page in the application Select settings and enter the number of the SIM card in the GSM modem This works both with and without country code If there are several GSM modems installed on several computers running DHIS 2 and you want to report to all of these you can enter the numbers of the SIM cards installed in these GSM modems as well in the remaining fields in your mobile application When clicking send the application will now send the registered data to all the registered numbers at the same time 20 4 5 Using the system Navigate to the Mobile module via Services gt Mobiles 20 4 5 1 Start the SMS Service From the start page DHIS2 go to Maintenance gt gt Mobile Configuration Then choosing the SMS Service Configuration The SMS Service Configuration main page with descriptions The above screen shot example with no gateway in the Gateways list If having no gateway registered clicking on the Reload Configuration or Start SMS Service will have no use and a warning message appeared see this screen shot example
102. will look something like this HTTP 1 1 200 OK Content Type application xml lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt dataValueSet xmlns http dhis2 org schema dxf 2 0 dataSet pBOMPrpglQX completeDate 2012 01 02 period 201201 orgUnit DiszpKrYNg8 gt lt dataValue dataElement eY5ehpbEsB7 period 201201 orgUnit DiszpKrYNg8 categoryOptionCombo bRowv6yZOF2 value 10003 gt lt dataValue dataElement Ix2HsbDMLea period 201201 orgUnit DiszpKrYNg8 categoryOptionCombo bRowv6yZOF2 value 10002 gt lt dataValue dataElement f7n9E0hX8qk period 201201 orgUnit DiszpKrYNg8 categoryOptionCombo bRowv6yZOF2 value 10001 gt lt dataValueSet gt The header tells us that the request was processed successfully and that we are receiving a response in XML format The XML message looks familiar it is the data values we sent in the previous section 23 9 Example Reading aggregated data values In order to read aggregated data values you can utilize the reportTables resource This resource lets you retrieve data from predefined report tables as well as custom data responses for any number of indicators data elements data sets periods and organisation units 23 10 Example Writing and reading messages DHIS 2 features a mechanism for sending messages for purposes such as user feedback notifications and general information to users Messages are delivered to the DHIS 2 m
103. y pueden ser enviados por todos aquellos usuarios que tengan acceso al m dulo de panel de control Para permitir la recepci n de mensajes de retroalimentaci n enviados desde el panel de control debemos activar la opci n de configuraci n Destinatario de retroalimentaci n que se encuentra en el cuadro de di logo de Mantenimiento gt Opciones de Sistema Debemos asegurarnos de definir un grupo de usuarios por ejemplo Destinatarios de retroalimentaci n con todos los usuarios que deber n recibir dichos mensajes Recomendamos revisar la secci n de este manual sobre Grupos de Usuarios para m s informaci n sobre c mo realizar esto Una vez se ha definido el grupo de usuarios cada vez que se env e un mensaje de retroalimentaci n aparecer como un mensaje en la cola de mensajes de DHIS2 de los destinatarios Tengamos en cuenta que los mensajes no se enviar n a las direcciones de email de los usuarios sino que solo aparecer n en la aplicaci n DHIS2 Para enviar un nuevo mensaje de retroalimentaci n sencillamente seleccionamos Escribir retroalimentaci n en el panel de control Se mostrar un campo para el asunto y para el texto del mensaje y al enviarse aparecer en la cola de mensajes de todos los usuarios especificados Es posible enviar mensajes a grupos espec ficos de usuarios asociados a unidades organizativas particulares Para escribir un nuevo mensaje a estos usuarios pinchamos en Mensajes en la pantalla del pan
104. you should have a clear idea of how it should look before you even make the report table as how the report table is designed has implications for how the report can be formatted in iReport For example what crosstab dimensions 87 Setting up report functionality Designing Standard reports in iReport are selected in the report table has consequences for what crosstabs are available for the standard report and it has consequences for what types of charts you can make 13 4 2 1 Download and open the design file Note If you have not created a report table yet you have to do so See section How to create report tables to do so Locate your desired report table and run it by clicking the green circle with a white arrow inside When the report is shown click the Download as JRXML button to download the design file Then open that file in the Jasper iReport Designer software 13 4 2 2 Editing the report You are now ready to edit the layout of the report The main iReport window consists of a Report Inspector to the left the report document in the middle a Palette area on the upper right hand side and a Properties area on the lower right hand side The Report Inspector are used for selecting and examining the various properties of the report and when selecting an item in the inspector the Properties panel changes to display properties relating to the selection The Palette is used for adding various elements e g text
105. 0 0 0 cece cece eee ceecceeece cece eeae eens eeneeenneennees 171 22 2 2 Individual records MOd ule ss iene eese Sows Tse oe es itinerarios 171 22 2 2 Person registration noes nee EE eee cede deed a Le eee pies 172 D232 222 TRACKING Gs ss thse cosets NO 175 D222 23 DAVE ii ee ee a Nee 175 2222 24 REPO tia arias Das 176 22 2 2 5 Manual person aggregatiON 5 2isessssecesgseesdeessssbtes dictan PETEERE arep EE PESES REO 178 23 Web API coca iaa ia tires 179 23 1 Introduction TN 179 23 2 Authentication cocina it oo KEE SEERE EES 179 23 3 Date and period forM t smise rnas enne aE EEEa aE E aA SPOE EE RERIN EEES E RESO ng EEE PEEES RESANS 179 23 4 Working with the meta data API oooocccncnnccnncnnncnnccnnccnnconnconnccnnconnconnconncnnnrnnrnnnronrnnccnncinninnns 180 23 3 Example Sending data values cser ne RA I E E R TEES 181 23 6 Example Sending data values using SDMX HD o oooccoccnncnnccnnccnnconnccnnccnnccnnconnconncnnncnnncnnnenaronoss 182 23 7 Example Sending large bulks of data values ooooccoocccnnoccnncccnnnccnnnocnnnccnnnnconnnncnnnccnnnnccnncnnns 183 23 8 Example Reading data Values cdi ate eevee tees Lt denia 184 23 9 Example Reading aggregated data Values ooooooccoccnnccnnccnnccnnccnnconnconaconoconoronrnnnronconccnnccnninno 185 23 10 Example Writing and reading messages ccooccoccnnconnconnccnnconnconnconncnnncnnnnnnrnnnronncnnconnccnniccnnioos 185 23 11 Example Writing interpretation
106. 0 1 1 0 0 NorthEastern 94 248 1 8 58 Nyanza 4 824 1 0 4 Rift Valley 713 249 44 27 166 Western 1 11 3 0 0 12 10 Utilizando tablas dinamicas web Una tabla din mica web es una herramienta para mostrar y jugar con datos de indicadores y de elementos de datos de forma sencilla y f cil Empezaremos en el cuadro de selecci n de datos abiertos seleccionando los tipos de datos que pueden ser elementos de datos o indicadores Seleccionamos a continuaci n uno de los grupos para filtrar o lo dejamos en Todos Seleccionamos una fecha de inicio una fecha de din y un tipo de periodo para indicar qu periodos queremos incluir en la tabla din mica Seguiremos seleccionando una unidad organizativa del rbol desplegable Los hijos del nivel inferior al de la unidad organizativa seleccionada tambi n ser n incluidos en la tabla din mica Para terminar pinchamos en Obtener datos Despu s de cargar una tabla din mica veremos que los indicadores o elementos de datos seg n corresponda aparecen en la parte superior como columnas mientras que los periodos y las unidades organizativas se combinan en filas Si queremos pivotar la tabla pinchamos en el bot n Pivotar y seleccionamos las nuevas dimensiones Estas dimensiones se mostrar n como columnas en la tabla al momento de pinchar el bot n Pivotar En la tabla din mica podemos tambi n pinchar en cualquier celda y obtendremos un men desde el cual tenemos la opci n de visualizar el indicador
107. 150 DHIS Mobile Using the system Add or Update Gateway Currently there are 4 gateway types Then fill in the information for the gateway the screen shot example with BulkSMS Gateway The information for the gateway is from the Gateway providers After adding successfully the gateway the service will automatically started 20 4 5 2 Sending SMS From the start page DHIS2 go to Maintenance gt gt Mobile Configuration Then navigate to Show send SMS form At this moment DHIS version 2 8 this is the one way sending out the SMS messages from the servers to the recipients with mobile phone numbers See the below example form to send out the messages to the recipients numbers individuals or mobile number of registered Organisation Unit or by mobile number of the users assigned with Organisation Unit man Below is an example screen shot with listing of phone numbers using between the numbers in the list 20 4 5 3 Receive Data and Import To receive and import data the SMS Service needs to be started 20 4 5 3 1 Automated import of messages When SMSs are sent from the phones while the SMS Service is running the messages will be processed automatically and the data will automatically be imported and stored in the database 20 4 5 3 2 Import pending messages If SMSs are sent from the phones to the SIM card in the GSM modem while the SMS Service is inactive the messages will be stored as xml files in t
108. 5 20 2 Mobile browser based data ntry vs1 555 ssc iis oeccgsesdeasas csoteosseetege saa aaa vedbeeaseastessseedeenssseeuas ses 136 20 2 1 Getting started with mobile browser data entry 0 0 0 0 cece cece cece cece ce eeee cena eeneeeneeennees 136 20 3 J2ME GPRS G Client so i onestean ee Pena ea e E aE arneses ati gest 141 20 3 1 Data connection availability 2 0 00 cece cence cence ence eeeeeeceeeeaeeeaeesaeeaeeeae een eeneeeenees 141 20 3 2 J2ME GPRS 3G facility reporting client oooocnnccnnccnnccnccnnocnnccnnccnnconnccnnccnnccnncnnncnnnoss 142 20 3 3 J2ME GPRS 3G program reporting Client oooooccnncnnccnnconnconnccnnccnnconnconoconconncnnccnaronoss 142 20 3 4 Detailed configuration of data sets and reporting forms coooccconccnnnccnnnnccnnncnnnnccnnnicinniccnns 142 20 3 4 1 The mapping of data sets to form layout on the phone cee cece ee eee ee eee 142 AS OF TOMS ae sages dy need seh e e death wondss tusead roby eameadeee Teter ens 143 20 3 4 3 Versioning Of data Sets 2 00 0 cece E EE E E ORE KEES 143 20 3 4 4 Lan Sua pe SUPPOLt ocres tit il Wer denn aE eaa aae 143 20 3 3 Mobile application Setup sti ii daa 143 20 3 5 1 Installation and initialization 0 eee cece ee ce ence eeceeeceeeeeeeeaeeeu esau sean eeaes 143 20 3 3 2 Logging in for regular USC n siirsi ss odes cssedsencseseteadssosecsassodscapeedsanasseesesasens 144 20 3 5 3 Facility Reporting Module 2 000 000 cece ceee cece cee
109. ANC clients Re Visit ANC Clients New ANC clients default dhis web mapping dhis web dataentry viewHistor Clients with Hb lt 7g al Clients given IPT 1st Dose Comment Min max limits z Clients given IPT 2nd Dose No comment F vaxina 7 Client completed 4 ANC Visit main fo Follow up Average si LLITNs distributed to ANC clients i gt nsemotason ANC clients counselled XK ANC clients Tested HIV ANC clients HIV ve Data element history ANC clients tested for syphilis E ANC clients Syphilis ve psp ANC clients issued with preventive ARVs so Infants tested for HIV at 6 wks Infants tested for HIV after 3 months gt Mothers HIV ve referred for follow up F Partners HIV ve referred for follow up as all Ws li Infants issued with preventive ARVS i AA oe ee ee es E ees 1 Mother counselled on infant feeding options Of e Op of fo 4 ES vy Of d ANC Partners Counselled ANC Partners Tested Seguimiento En la ventana de historial de datos hay tambi n una funci n para etiquetar o marcar un valor Por ejemplo imaginemos que un valor sospechoso que necesita ser investigado a fondo puede meterse en el sistema pero marcado para Seguimiento En el m dulo de Calidad de Datos podremos lanzar un an lisis de seguimiento y revisar todos los valores marcados para seguimiento as como editar dichos valores si posteriormente se demuestra que son incorrectos 8 2 3 Validand
110. Active Defines whether a given data element is active or not Data elements marked as inactive will not be displayed in the data entry screens Domain type Defines whether a data element is an aggregate or patient type of data element Value type Defines the type of data this data element will be used to record Currently there are four options number text yes no boolean and date Number type In order to increase the robustness of data entry DHIS2 supports several different number types During data entry users will be restricted to enter the defined number types only Each of the available options are described below 1 Number This number type supports any real value with a single decimal point an optional negative sign and no thousands separators 2 Integer Any whole number positive and negative including zero 3 Positive integer Any whole number greater than but not including zero 4 Negative integer Any whole number less than but not including zero Aggregation operator Defines the default aggregation operation that will be used on this data element Most data elements should have the SUM option set This includes all data elements which should be added together Other data elements such as staffing levels should be set to use the AVERAGE operator when values along the time dimension should not be added together but rather averaged URL A URL having an in depth description of the data element can be
111. All resources can be uniquely identified by a URI also referred to as URL All resources have a default representation You can indicate that you are interested in a specific representation by supplying an Accept HTTP header a file extension or a format query parameter So in order to retrieve the PDF representation of a report table you can supply a Accept application pdf header or append pdf or format pdf to your request URL 3 Interactions with the API requires correct use of HTTP methods or verbs This implies that for a resource you must issue a GET request when you want to retrieve it POST request when you want to create one PUT when you want to update it and DELETE when you want to remove it So if you want to retrieve the default representation of a report table you can send a GET request to e g reportTable iusj hYgF t where the last part is the report table identifier 4 Resource representations are linkable meaning that representations advertise other resources which are relevant to the current one by embedding links into itself This feature greatly improves the usability and robustness of the API as we will see later For instance you can easily navigate to the indicators which are associated with a report table from the reportTable resource through the embedded links using your preferred representation format While all of this might sound complicated the Web API is actually very simple to use We will proceed with a few practi
112. Category Combination _ Available Data Element Groups _ Group members Concept lt Filters gt EEE Opthalmic services a ART Target Dataelement ART Treatment Blood Safety Indicator DTC Indicator Type Environmental Health Indicator Group Family Planning Indicator Group Editor Growth Monitoring Indicator Group Set gt Human resources IDSR Data Dictionary n gt gt Inpatient Laboratory Data Dictionary lt lt Logistics Dose Balance Logistics Management Maternal Complications Maternity Safe Delivery Maternity PMTCT MCH ANC PMTCT OPD gt PAC Services Update Cancel Available data element groups are displayed in the left panel They can be moved into the selected data element group set by pressing the Move right gt button Data element groups that are currently members of the data element group set are displayed in the right hand panel They can be removed from the data element group set by clicking the desired data element group and pressing the Move ien A button The ordering of the data element groups can be set with the Move Up Al and Move Down Yon This ordering will be used in the datamart and reports to order the data element groups Press the Update button to save any changes and the Cancel button to discard all changes 4 1 5 Categor as de elementos de datos Data element categories can be used to disaggregate data elements into individual atomic components Data element c
113. Child Heath Program as the screen shot 2 2 Visit Schedule Choose An Organization Unit 137 DHIS Mobile Getting started with mobile browser data entry e Current Activity Plan the list of the beneficiaries registered enrolled not yet finish complete a many program and there is at least a program stage open for data entry Step 1 Choose a Person for entry Step 2 Choose a current and active program stage for entering the data You can also see the person s information ID gender Date of Birth and Blood Group by clicking on the Details on top of the list appeared The details information of the chosen person e All Activity Plan the list of all beneficiaries registered enrolled not yet finish complete a many program e Single Event 2 3 Person Registration Registry a new Person e Step 1 Entry personal information e Step 2 Enroll program for the person just been registered then click Enroll e Step 3 Entry required information for the chosen program then click Enroll Here is the result 2 4 Anonymous Entries for anonymous person based on specific programs 3 Messages Manage the messages and discussions from the server Message reply is available The number showed is the unread messages Click on that to view the list of the messages the unread messages are in bold and dark blue color Then you can pick up the message topic for the discussions by leaving the reply message see this
114. EE EI eyo Ra reS 199 A 4 Obtenci n de la fuente de documentos 0 0 0 0 cece cece eeeceee cece ce eece cena cena eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaeeages 200 Ass Editando la dOCUMENtACI N erotica Aroca atinado irte Iii 200 As6 Manejando Im genes yrnensis r ri Gack sn i 200 AT C mo enlazar dOCUMENtOS ceca iron e tech eeaecep EE R ashy ona gee Patada phone Ste ponen dip N 201 A 8 Manejando documentaci n en varios idiomas ocooccnnccnnccnnccnnconnconoconnconocnnonnnrnnnrnnncnnconnccnnicnnioos 201 A 9 C mo generar la documentaci n coocccoccnnccnnccnnconnconoconeconncnnnnnnronnronnrnnnonnronncrnncrnnconncnnncnnnnnnnss 201 A 9 1 Generar la documentaci n con Apache maven ooocooccnccnnccnnconnconnccnncnnnconeconncnnannnannnnonose 202 A 9 2 Generar la documentaci n CON XMItO ooocccccnncccnccnnconnconnconnconnconnconnconncnnnrnnncnnrenaronicnno 202 A 10 C mo subir los cambios a Launchpad ooocooccnnccnnccnnconnccnncnnnconnconncnnncnnncnnnrnnronnconccnnccnnccnninnns 202 Glosario de DHIS Z ociionica cidcid irte atest iden diia aries AR 203 SCLC a ashe cheer eatin o et o e ie 207 2 15 ix Acerca de esta Guia Acerca de esta Guia La documentaci n de DHIS2 es un esfuerzo colectivo y ha sido elaborada por el equipo de desarrollo y los usuarios Al mismo tiempo esta gu a quiere ser completa y sin embargo todav a falta incluir algunas funcionalidades En esta secci n se explican algunas de las convenciones utilizadas en e
115. En tercer lugar escogemos incluir o bien la unidad organizativa seleccionada nicamente o bien la unidad organizativa seleccionada con todos sus hijos unidades que cuelgan de ella Cuarto seleccionamos la unidad organizativa Para terminar pinchamos en el bot n Validar dm ey Kenya HIS Maintenance Services Help Log out Validation Rule Run validation Validation Rule Validation Rule Group Start date yyyy mm dd 2010 10 01 8 18 E End date yyyy mm dd 2010 10 31 Data Analysis Validation Rule Group All validation rules Validation Rule Analysis Std Dev Outlier Analysis Data source Use captured data Min Max Outlier Analysis Gap Analysis Follow Up Analysis 1d a Method Get updated aggregated data E Kenya 3 Central E Coast E Kilifi County E Kaloleni Bl Malindi Kwale County Lamu County Mombasa County E Taita Taveta County E Tana River County E Eastern El Nairobi El NorthEastern Resultados de validaci n El proceso de an lisis puede demorar un tiempo dependiendo de la cantidad de datos que est siendo analizada Si no hay fallos de validaci n veremos un mensaje que indique La validaci n finaliz con xito Si hubo fallos en la validaci n aparecer n mostrados en un listado Para cada fallo se muestra la unidad organizativa el periodo la descripci n y valor del lado izquierdo de la expresi n de validaci n el operador y la descripci n y valor del lado derecho de
116. IS2 DXF2 data format The listing below is a slighlty simplified illustration package org hisp dhis integration routes imports not shown public class SDMXDataln extends RouteBuilder Override public void configure throws Exception DescriptionDefinition desc new DescriptionDefinition desc setText Sdmx data input RouteDefinition sdmxDataIn from direct sdmxDataln COMVEMeEBOCW UO Jervas lemme Siticincg class ES SO coUe lt cranstonm eCross2cmro ASNE convertBodyTo java io InputStream class inOut dhis2 data orgUnit IdScheme CODE dataElement IdScheme CODE amp importStrategy NEW_AND_UPD i sdmxDataIn setDescription desc sdmxDataIn setId internal sdmx input Some notes on the above e The DHIS2 integration is configured to automatically scan and load java routes which are in the package org hisp dhis integration routes So any RouteBuilder classes like this found in the classpath will be automatically loaded e This example shows the use of an xslt transform The url xslt transform cross2dxf2 xsl will search for the xsl file amongst the classpath resources It is also possible to use an absolute file reference e The dhis2 data endpoint is a DHIS2 specific component which is available to the author of DHIS2 routes as a destination for importing DXF2 data 198 Gu a para la Documentaci n de DHIS2 Una panor mica del sistema de documentaci n de DHIS
117. Manual completo de Usuario DHIS2 2 15 2006 2014 Equipo de Documentaci n DHIS2 1182 Version 2 15 2014 12 03 16 01 32 Garant a ESTE DOCUMENTO HA SIDO FACILITADO POR LOS AUTORES EN EL ESTADO EN QUE SE ENCUENTRA Y SE RENUNCIAR RECURRIR A CUALQUIER TIPO DE GARANT A IMPL CITA O EXPL CITA INCLUYENDO DE FORMA NO LIMITANTE LAS GARANT AS IMPL CITAS DE COMERCIALIZACI N E IDONEIDAD PARA PROP SITOS PARTICULARES EN NING N CASO LOS AUTORES O COLABORADORES ASUMIR N RESPONSABILIDADES POR DA O ALGUNO DIRECTO INDIRECTO FORTUITO ESPECIAL EJEMPLAR O CONSIGUIENTE INCLUIDOS PERO NO RESTRINGIDOS A LA ADQUISICI N DE BIENES O SERVICIOS SUSTITUTIVOS P RDIDA DE USO DATOS O BENEFICIOS O INTERRUPCI N DE LA ACTIVIDAD PRODUCIDO EN MODO ALGUNO NI POR NINGUNA VINCULACI N EXIGIBLE YA SEA POR CONTRATO RESPONSABILIDAD ESTRICTA O AGRAVIO INCLUIDA NEGLIGENCIA O DE OTRO TIPO QUE PUEDAN SURGIR EN MODO ALGUNO DE LA UTILIZACI N DE ESTE MANUAL Y DE LOS PRODUCTOS EN L MENCIONADOS INCLUSO SI EXISTE ADVERTENCIA PREVIA SOBRE LA POSIBILIDAD DE TALES DA OS Licencia Se garantiza el permiso para copiar distribuir y o modificar este documento bajo los t rminos de la Licencia de Documentaci n Libre de GNU Versi n 1 3 o cualquier versi n posterior publicada por la Free Software Foundation sin Secciones Invariables Invariant Sections sin Textos de Portada Front Cover Texts y sin Textos de Contraportada Back Cover Texts Las
118. Mimo evo a AMEE eN periods thisYear organisationunits 06uvpzGd5pu fdc6u0vgojJi 1cB3eMKXaEfw jmIPB366vD6 series data category organisationunit filter period PDE Finally we include some div elements in the body section of the HTML document with the identifiers referred to in the plug in Javascript lt div id chartAl class chart gt lt div gt lt div id chartA2 class chart gt lt div gt lt div id chartB1 class chart gt lt div gt lt div td charteB2 cllasis cChart gt lt diy gt To see a complete working example please visit http apps dhis2 org portal chart html 23 14 Example Creating a chart carousel with the carousel plug in The chart plug in also makes it possible to create a chart carousel which for instance can be used to create an attractive front page on a Web portal To use the carousel we need to import a few files in the head section of our HTML page lt link rel stylesheet type t lt link rel stylesheet type t type text javascript type text javascript type text javascript SSCS lt script lt script xt css href http apps dhis2 org demo dhis web commons javascr xt css href http apps dhis2 org demo dhis web commons javascr src http ext3s public googlecode com svn tags ext3js 4 0 7 rele src http apps dhis2 org demo dhis web commons javascripts ext 1 src http apps dhis2 org demo dhis web commons javascripts plu
119. Not necessary to share all dimensions it helps to share only one as well much better than none e Disaggregation dimensions should add up to a total Different levels of dimensions 1 disaggregation and 2 grouping Disaggregation dimensions dictate how you collect and how detailed you store your data so plan these carefully The group dimension is more flexible and can be changed and added to even after data collection think of it as tagging e Think integrated data repository and not forms or programs when designing the metadata model and revising forms Use the same disaggregation for the same or similar data across forms Reuse definitions so that the database can integrate even though the forms might be duplicating STEP BY STEP APPROACH TO DESIGNING DATASETS 1 Identify the different tables or sub datasets in the paper form that share the same dimensions 2 For each table identify the dimensions that describe the data fields 3 Identify the key dimension the one that makes most sense to look at in isolation when the others are collapsed summed up This is your data element dimension the starting point and core of your multidimensional model sub dataset The data element dimension can be a merger of two or more dimensions if that makes more sense for data analysis The key is to identify which total that makes most sense to look at alone when the other dimensions are collapsed 4 For all other additional dimensions identify the
120. S2 GIS will be negatively impacted This optimization process can be described as follows Coordinates The number of significant decimal digits e g 23 02937874993774 should be shortened to fewer digits e g 23 03 Although this will result in some inaccuracies on the map given the usual scale at which maps in DHIS2 are produced gt 1 50 000 the loss of precision should not be noticeable Normally no more than four significant digits after the decimal point should be necessary Polygons In addition to shortening the number of significant digits the actual number of points should also be reduced to an optimal level Finding this optimal level may take a bit of experimentation Decreasing the precision of the points as well as the number of points through generalization will lead to degradation of the polygon However after a bit of experimentation an optimal level of generalization can be found where the accuracy of the polygon is visually acceptable and the performance of the GIS is optimal For polygons we need to make the boundary lines less detailed by removing some of the line points One possible method is the use of MapShaper which is an online tool which can be used to generalize geographical data To use 109 Setting up GIS Importing coordinates MapShaper simply upload your shapefile to the site Then at the center bottom you see a slider that starts at 0 It is usually acceptable to drag it up to about 80 In the
121. The logic of paper forms are not the same as the data element and data set model of DHIS e g often a field in a tabular paper form is described both by column headings and text on each row and sometimes also with some introductory table heading that provides more context In the database this is captured in one atomic data element with no reference to a position in a visual table format so it is important to make sure the data element with the optional data element categories capture the full meaning of each individual field in the paper form 159 Data dimensions in DHIS2 From tables to category combinations designing multidimensional data sets Another important thing to have in mind while designing datasets is that the dataset and the corresponding data entry form which is a dataset with layout is a data collection tool and not a report or analysis tool There are other far more sophisticated tools for data output and reporting in DHIS than the data entry forms Paper forms are often designed with both data collection and reporting in mind and therefore you might see things such as cumulative values in addition to the monthly values repetition of annual data the same population data reported every month or even indicator values such as coverage rates in the same form as the monthly raw data When you store the raw data in DHIS every month and have all the processing power you need within the computerised tool there is no need in fac
122. a ee Thematic layer 2 legend 2 i A ess Facility layer legend a E Show information sheet P Health Facility Central M lt O cose Relocate F 3 Admin Unit County Admin Unit District B Community Unit Dispensary ou EY Health Centre Hospital on gp Nursing Home af Private Medical Cinic 15 2 3 Capa de simbolos Esta capa muestra iconos que representan reas o pol gonos como provincias distritos etc en lugar de establecimientos o puntos Por tanto en esta capa no podremos seleccionar un nivel de establecimiento sino un nivel administrativo provincias distritos etc Para generar esta capa necesitamos crear un conjunto predefinido de im genes leyenda como se describe en Secci n 15 3 2 Registro de sets de leyendas wh mvn OGOGO tseO BGO OA EJ Ext Gis Map layers a 3 Base layers symbol ley x amp _ OpenStreetMap Data options Organisation unit level amp Google Hybrid dl M Google Streets Map value type Indicator y Level County Laikipia county Y Q Overlays Indicator group Antenatal y E Thematic layer 1 Parent organisation unit Indicator ANC 1 Coverage y B Thematic layer 2 Gj Kenya O Facility layer Period type Monthly y B C Central O O pe Period January 2011 y a O Coast B Eastem WS overlay Vector overiay Legend options Nairobi a0 3 Cursor position a Legend set Rainfall y B C NorthEastem B G Nyanza Lon 34 06498 Lat 10 99693 B O Rift Valley a Feature dat
123. a a B G Westem No feature selected Thematic layer 1 legend a Thematic layer 2 legend a i Facility layer legend a e banal D Resize Close A Symbol layer legend a La ANC 1 Coverage Sa January 2011 le County Laikipia county Kenya 00 10 13 amp 10 100 3 10 0 40 0 15 40 0 70 0 8 gt 70 0 90 0 5 90 0 100 0 1 100 0 115 8 2 106 Utilizando el Sistema de Informaci n Herramientas Geogr fica SIG 15 3 Herramientas Esta secci n describe las herramientas disponibles en el Sistema de Informaci n Geogr fica que se encuentran en la secci n Herramientas de la barra de herramientas del mapa 15 3 1 Registro de vistas favoritas de mapa Pinchamos en el bot n Vistas favoritas de mapa con un icono estrellado en la barra de herramientas para abrir el men contextual La primera opci n es Gestionar favoritos que abre una ventana donde podemos tipear el nombre del mapa y seleccionar la capa que queremos guardar Los administradores pueden chequear la casilla Sistema para hacer algunas vistas favoritas visibles a todos los usuarios En el cuadro inferior podemos borrar un favorito o a adirlo al panel de control de DHIS2 15 3 2 Registro de sets de leyendas Un ejemplo de utilizaci n de estos sets clave es la cobertura de vacunaci n crearemos primero las leyendas que formar n el set La primera puede ser Deficiente nombre 0 valor inicial 30 valor final rojo color Luego crea
124. a elementos de datos pero no ligados directamente a los valores de los datos lo que implica que podemos modificarlos y a adir nuevos grupos en cualquier momento sin interferir en los datos en bruto 2 5 3 Sets de datos y formularios de entrada de datos Toda la entrada de datos en DHIS 2 se organiza mediante la utilizaci n de sets de datos Un set de datos es una colecci n de elementos de datos agrupados juntos para la recopilaci n de datos y en el caso de instalaciones distribuidas tambi n define pedazos de datos para exportarlos o importarlos entre instancias de DHIS 2 por ejemplo de una instalati n local en una oficina distrital a un servidor nacional Los sets de datos no est n vinculados directamente a los valores de datos solo mediante sus elementos de datos y frecuencias y como tales los sets de datos pueden ser modificados eliminados o a adidos en cualquier momento sin que esto afecte a los datos en bruto previamente capturados en el sistema pero tales cambios afectar n por su puesto a c mo se registrar n nuevos datos Un set de datos tiene un tipo de periodo que indica la frecuencia de registro de datos que puede ser diaria semanal mensual trimestral semestral o anual Tanto qu elementos incluir en el set de datos como el tipo de periodo son definidos por el usuario junto con un nombre un nombre corto y un c digo Para utilizar un set de datos para recopilar los datos de una unidad organizativa espec fica debemos as
125. a muy completa de posibilidades Actualmente recomendamos utilizar Syntext Serna Free para editar los ficheros fuente de DocBook con un editor amigable WYSIWYG En principio cualquier programa de edici n de texto o XML tambi n es capaz de manejar y crear ficheros para DocBook Nota No recomendamos utilizar el editor XMLmind XML Editor Personal Edition tambi n conocido como XXE Personal ya que el editor coloca imperceptiblemente espacios en blanco innecesarios y otros adornos en la fuente DocBook que dificultan la edici n colaborativa de documentos Uno de los conceptos clave a tener en mente al escribir documentaci n en DocBook o en otros formatos neutrales de presentaci n es que el contenido del documento deber a ser lo prioritario La presentaci n del documento se realizar en una fase separada donde se renderiza a diferentes formatos como HTML o PDF Por tanto es importante que el documento est organizado y estructurado con las etiquetas apropiadas de DocBook y los elementos estructurales necesarios Es bueno practicar dividiendo el docmento en varias secciones utando el elemento section Los elementos de secci n pueden anidarse como Secci n 1 y Secci n 2 Este concepto es esencialmente el mismo que utilizan Microsoft Word u otros programas de procesado de textos DocBook autom ticamente anota los n meros de secci n por nosotros al momento de generar el documento Otros dos elementos importantes son las listas
126. a verificar si los datos cuadran en rangos aceptables entre valores m ximos y m nimos para cada elemento de datos particular Este chequeo puede ayudar por ejemplo a identificar errores producidos al momento de meter los datos Por otro lado los usuarios pueden definir reglas de validaci n y DHIs2 puede lanzar comprobaciones de estas reglas de validaci n sobre los datos para detectar infracciones Luego cuando ya se han introducido y verificado los datos DHIS2 puede ayudar a realizar diferentes tipos de reportes El primer tipo de reporte es el rutinario que necesita ser predefinido de modo que todos los reportes que sean generados en rutina puedan obtenerse con un click Adrm s DHIS2 puede ayudar en la generaci n de reportes anal ticos mediante por ejemplo comparaciones de indicadores en distintos establecimientos de salud o a lo largo del tiempo Algunas de las salidas de an lisis que puede producir DHIS2 son gr ficas mapas reportes y perfiles de salud Todos ellos deber an ser producidos analizados y servir de base para intervenciones de salud por parte de los gestores de salud 1 4 Antecedentes tecnol gicos 1 4 1 DHIS2 como plataforma DHIS2 puede entenderse como una plataforma con muchos niveles Primero la base de datos de la aplicaci n est dise ada de abajo a arriba con un enfoque de flexibilidad Las estructuras de datos como son los elementos de datos las unidades organizativas los formularios y los roles de los usu
127. ada una de las tres opciones sets de datos reportes y autoridades podemos seleccionar m ltiples opciones del men desplegable aportado en cada campo Un usuario puede elegir m ltiples opciones tambi n movi ndolas una por una Para que los usuarios puedan introducir datos tenemos que a adirlos al set de datos y al nivel de unidad organizativa correspondiente Tambi n podemos seleccionar m ltiples sets de datos individualmente presionando la tecla Ctrl en el teclado y haciendo click en sets de datos individuales Finalmente cuando hayamos introducido los campos requeridos haremos click en el bot n Guardar ubicado en la parte inferior de la pantalla El rol de usuario deseado y la autorizaci n relacionada quedar n guardados en la base de datos y pueden entonces asignarse a un usuario concreto 2 3 3 A adir un nuevo usuario Para un rol de usuario puede haber m r de un usuario Podemos a adir nuevos usuarios en las opciones de Usuario bajo el m dulo de Mantenimiento Para a adir un nuevo usuario seguiremos los pasos siguientes e Hacemos click en el bot n A adir nuevo Introducimos detalles del Nuevo Usuario como Nombre de usuario Contrase a Confirmaci n de contrase a Apellido Nombre y Email en las pesta as de opci n de Usuario e Hacemos click en el bot n A adir para confirmar los nuevos detalles del usuario y corregimos si hay alg n error El usuario reci n creado ya debe verse en la pantalla principal de ges
128. ado uno o varios elementos en cada una de las tres dimensiones datos indicadores elementos de datos tasas de reporte periodos relativos fijos y unidades organizativas unidades o grupos Recordemos que Meses del a o actual en la dimensi n periodo y la unidad organizativa ra z aparecen seleccionadas por defecto Es importante tener en cuenta que podemos ocultar y mostrar series individuales de datos en el gr fico pinchando directamente en la etiqueta de series del gr fico que aparece ya sea arriba o a la derecha del gr fico Si queremos ampliar el gr fico en nuestra pantalla podemos pinchar en el bot n de flecha triple en el men superior central Esto hace que se pliegue el men del lado izquierdo Podremos volver a desplegarlo pinchando en este mismo bot n de nuevo 14 12 Mostrando una tabla de datos Despu s de haber generado un gr fico podemos mostrar tambi n sus datos en una tabla pinchando en el bot n Tabla de datos en el men superior central junto al bot n Actualizar Esto mostrar una tabla con cuatro columnas una para los datos sean elementos de datos o indicadores periodos unidades organizativas y valor de los datos Podremos ordenar la tabla en orden creciente o decreciente seg n cualquiera de las columnas 100 Utilizando el Visualizador de Datos Descargando una gr fica como imagen o PDF gt gt Update Favores Share Download Data table Et gt gt Data Sierra Leone ANC Cov
129. age section Define template reminder messages which are used for sending messages for person automatically There are two params 1 Days before after due date Enter a positive number of days if sending process happens after due date of events which are generated from this program stage Enter a negative number of days if sending process happens before due date of events 2 Parameters Provide parameters which are used for generating a message for each person The parameters include person s first name program s name program stage s name due date of event interval between current date and due date and organisation unit s name Double click on an option to insert it into template message field below 3 Message Content of template message E g Dear patient name please come to your appointment at due date Nota Click Add more button to add more template reminder messages A program stage has three types of data entry form 1 Custom data entry form Define a data entry form as HTML page Click Design data entry form icon the fifth icon under Operations corresponding to the program stage you would like to define custom data entry form The system supports to define a custom entry form with multi stages So this form can be re used in other stages of the same program Section data entry form Group some data elements which belong to the program stage as sections and display data elements by each section Cli
130. agement In order to utilize the SQL views simply press the Execute query button O from the SQL View management page Once the process is completed you will be informed that a table has been created The name of the table will be provided and is composed from the Description attribute provided in the SQL view definition Once the view has been materialized click on the View button LJ 127 Data Administration Organisation unit merge 18 8 Organisation unit merge This function is useful when two organisation units need to be merged eg it is decided that one facility will be shut down and its services will be provided by a nearby facility Start by selecting the organisation unit to eliminate from the tree and click confirm Then select the organisation unit to keep and click confirm again Finally verify the selection and click merge In the sitation where data exist for the organisation unit to eliminate and not for the one to keep the data will be moved to the one to keep When data exists for both organisation units the data will be summarized and moved to the one to keep When data exists only for the one to keep no action is taken The organisation unit to eliminate will eventually be deleted 18 9 Duplicate data elimination This function is useful when data has been entered mistakenly for two data elements which represents the same phenomena Start by selecting the data element to eliminate from the list
131. alizador de Datos cicsssc cccusssseasi tresse sooper eiae kE Er R dosed sassy raras 97 14 2 Seleccionando el tipo de gr fica ooocooccnccnnccnnccnnconnccnncnnnconnconnrnnnrnnnnnnronrnnccnnccnnccnnccnnccnnccnness 97 14 3 Seleccionando series categor as y filtros cece c cece nce e cee e cence eeeeeeeeeseeseaeeea seen sean eeaes 98 14 4 Seleccionando indicadores y elementos de datos 0 ceceeecc ence ence ence neces ceeeeaeeeaeeeaeeaaeeaes 98 14 5 Seleccionando tasas de Teporte ssiri s einer ai aoi soe RE EOS EISSA SAEED PAS ESIS EESE PROS RUTENO EEPE 99 14 6 Seleccionando periodos relativos oooccooccnoconccnnccnnncnnccnnconnronncnn cono conncrnncrnnconncrnnrnnnrnnrcnnraniconos 99 14 7 Seleccionando periodos absolutos senises ias a E nasa EEES INS REEE TSS 99 14 8 Seleccionando unidades organizativas cooocoocnnccnnccnnconnconnccnnonnncnnncnnncnnnrnnncnnrrnnrnnnrnnccnncinnccnnioos 99 14 9 Seleccionando grupos de unidades organizativas coooconccnnccnncnnncnnoronocnnconnconnccnnccnncnnnconncnncnnnss 100 14 10 Seleccionando opciones de gr ficas coooccoccnnccnnccnnccnncnnncnnncnnncnnnnnnronnrnnccnnccnncrnnccnncnnnconacinnss 100 14 11 Mostrando Una peral siii 100 14 12 Mostrando una tabla de datos sissit sin iennigen e a EE a deere cars 100 14 13 Descargando una gr fica como imagen o PDF 0 ccc cc cece ence nece eee eeceeeceeeeeeeeaeeeaeeeaes 101 2 15 v Manual completo de Usuario DHIS2 Contents
132. alled group set where Immunisation or EPI and Nutrition would be the two groups Expanding the report to include data from other programs or larger themes of health data would mean more groups to such a group set dimension like Malaria Reproductive Health Stocks For this example you would create a data element group set called Programme or whatever name you find appropriate and to represent the different programmes in this dimension you would define data elements groups called EPI Nutrition Malaria Reproductive health and so on and add all these groups to the Programme group set To link or tag the data element Measles doses given to such a dimension you must in our example add it to the EPI group Which groups you add Measles doses given to does not affect how health facilities collect the data but adds more possibilities to your data analysis So for the group set dimensions there are three levels the group set e g Programme the group e g EPI and the data element e g Measles doses given Indicators can be grouped into indicator groups and further into indicator group sets dimensions in exactly the same way as data elements Tabla 21 3 Organisation Unit Data Element Programme Period Value Gerehun CHC Measles doses given EPI Dec 09 22 Gerehun CHC Vitamin A given Nutrition Dec 09 16 Tugbebu CHP Measles doses given EPI Dec 09 18 Tugbebu CHP Vitamin A given Nutrition Dec 09
133. alue that can be used to rearrange pivot filter and to drill down into the data Here we will show some examples of how the data dimensions are used in pivot tables Using the example of morbidity and mortality data a pivot table can show how the dimensions can be used to view data for different aggregation levels The completely aggregated number is viewed when none of the pivot fields are arranged in the table area as column or row fields but are listed above the table itself as page field filter Here we have selected to look at the Morbidity total The various data elements on morbidity have been ordered into the main_de_groups Morbidity we will get back to Mortality later The fields above the table itself are all set to All meaning that the totals in the table will contain data from all Countries Districts Chiefdom ou_type year months the various categories as listed in the red fields and all data elements in the Morbidity group As we have seen this is not a very useful representation as Morbidity is organized into new cases follow ups referrals and then again in age groups Also we do not see the various diagnoses The first step is to include the diagnoses field which is a group set which is done by dragging the diagnosis field down to be a row field as shown in the figure below and to add the group set called morbiditymortality in the column field to display new cases follow up and referrals Contrast th
134. and on mobile there will be a screen to choose whether displaying Facility Reporting or Community Reporting Errors 20 3 5 2 Logging in for regular use After starting the application the PIN form is displayed PIN Enter the four digit number PIN Reinitialize Command this function will clear all data on mobile and we start from the login screen with username and password Errors Invalid PIN If the user has entered an invalid PIN they will need to enter the correct PIN or reinitialize the application with the correct username and password 20 3 5 3 Facility Reporting Module 20 3 5 3 1 Entering data After selecting an aggregate dataset from the Select report form window the user will need to select an appropriate time period A list of available time periods is automatically generated 1 After the user has entered their PIN they can select from a list of available datasets Select the appropriate dataset and press Next Choosing periods A list of available periods will be automatically displayed to the user They can select the appropriate period from the list Fill in values After choosing the period the form can be displayed in two modes depending on the Form with sections 144 DHIS Mobile Mobile application setup Each form section is displayed in a single screen with the name of the section in the title window To navgate from screen to screen push Next Forms without sec
135. ando nuestro c digo fuente est actualizado y se han resuelto los conflictos que hubiese podemos subir los cambios incluyendo un mensaje informativo acerca de los cambios realizados bzr commit m Created Aymara translation of documentation 4 Importante No debemos nunca subir el c digo utilizando el comando bzr push que sobreescribe todos los cambios en el repositorio y el historial de revisi n se perder a Si tienes alguna duda sobre c mo utilizar la documentaci n o no consigues saber c mo empezar env a un email con tus preguntas a lt dhis2 documenters lists launchpad net gt 202 Glosario de DHIS2 Glosario de DHIS2 A Agregar Agregado de datos C Categor a D Datamart Denominador Diccionario de datos Dimensi n DXF E Elemento de datos En el contexto de DHIS2 agregar se refiere a c mo se re nen y combinan los elementos de datos en una determinada relaci n jer rquica Por ejemplo todos establecimientos de salud de un determinado distrito contribuyen al valor total de dicho distrito en cuesti n La aplicaci n DHIS2 permite diferentes tipos de operadores de agregado tales como SUMA PROMEDIO y CONTEO En el contexto de DHIS2 se entiende por datos agregados los elementos de datos o los indicadores generados a trav s de otras fuentes jer rquicas de datos Por ejemplo los datos agregados de un establecimiento de salud son el resultado de los totales agregados de todos los pa
136. anisation Units tts Data sets Indicators Y Data elements ET Periods 128 Data Administration Lock exceptions The total number of each type of object is presented in a table as well as a graph 18 11 Lock exceptions Lock exceptions provide fine grained control over exemption from a locked data set After the expiry of the data set data entry will be denied by default unless an exception has been granted through the Lock exception interface To enable a lock exception select the desired organization units data sets and time period and press Add By granting a lock exception data entry will be enabled even after the expiry period of the data set has passed Create new lock exception Organisation Unit Selection selectatlevel Federal Governn w Un selectatlevel Unselectall Selectin group AIDSRelief Un selectin group _ Select children E ng Federal Government ab Abia State El ab Aba North Local Government Area ab Abundant Life Organization ab Annabelles BOG Development Initiative ab Seventh Day Hospital ab Aba South Local Government Area ab Arochukwu Local Government Area El ab Bende Local Government Area ab Ikwuano Local Government Area El ab Isiala Ngwa North Local Government Area Hab Isiala Ngwa South Local Government Area ab Isuikwuato Local Government Area El ab Obio Nwga Local Government Area ab Ohafia Local Government Area E ab Osisioma Ngwa Lo
137. anisation unit The User by organisation unit function allows you see which users have been assigned to a particular organisation unit Simply select the organisation unit from the tree on the left and a list of users which have been assigned to this particular organisation unit will be displayed 46 Panel de control Dashboard Poniendo en marcha el panel de control Capitulo 7 Panel de control Dashboard Los paneles de control pretenden ofrecer un acceso rapido a cada usuario a los datos que han sido almacenados en DHIS 2 Estos paneles tienen varias secciones algunas de las cuales contienen enlaces a reportes o vistas de mapas definidas previamente Otras secciones del panel permiten a los usuarios a adir gr ficas que han definido a trav s del m dulo de visualizaci n 7 1 Poniendo en marcha el panel de control El panel de control se divide en dos secciones principales el panel derecho A en la captura siguiente que puede usarse para albergar enlaces a reportes documentos informes est ticos tablas de reportes vistas de mapas y noticias RSS de salud y el panel izquierdo B en la imagen abajo que puede usarse para mostrar seis gr ficas diferentes que se hayan creado previamente en el m dulo de reporte Dashboard Write feedback A B Insert Close Clear nsert Close Clear nsert Close Clear ANC IPT 1 and 2 Coverage ANC IPT 1 and 2 Coverage Reports Sierra Leone Sierra Leone Documents E E Report tables Ma
138. apa tem tica como se observa en la figura abajo Me OOO m q80809 T 0GB 00 E Edit layer Jo pr Bandingilo EJ Refresh Y National Park 4 Lg gt Z mio 2 Clear Jabal Gwane E o Dorumal E Fitter _ Ange sed Yel i d EY Search O Kidepo Gal ae Reserve Titule Poko N E Labets j 2 Buta namna 4 4 A 5 Opacity gt Pm d Kabarega 4 e A CN History p National Bark me R serve de Bunia f une okanis 4 U Okapi Forestry ma 104 Utilizando el Sistema de Informaci n Capa tem tica 1 y 2 Geogr fica SIG Editar capa Abre la ventana de configuraci n de la capa como la que se observa en la captura d epantalla de mapeado tem tico Refrescar Recarga los datos l mites y leyenda del mapa Generalmente no es necesario usarlo Limpiar Vac a la capa completa por ejemplo la ventana de configuraci n el mapa y el panel de leyenda Filtrar Abre la ventana de filtros y permite filtrar unidades organizativas del mapa por valor Veamos la figura siguiente wp 090 AAA Na oo Garr oiana aS Show organisation units where value is 22 Greaterthan 20 Lower than 70 R sen fauno ERES ro a j oh Batwasende Y isangani 17 East rinogrve National Park f Kaima o OShabunda g Par 7 kamal 4 9 Kibombo oy GA y Lusamba Diesongo aire me Ste iTe Buscar abre la ventana de b squeda y nos
139. ar filter button on toolbar To save parameters on the left panel click Favorites button on toolbar The select Manage favorites option A form is shown to enter name for favorite and click Save button To export the result to excel file click Download button select XLS option 22 2 2 5 Manual person aggregation The Manual person Aggregation module is used for aggregating individual data and import into aggregated data element To open Manual person aggregation module from the Services menu go to the Individual Records option Select Manual Person Aggregation option on left menu Manual person aggregation form is opened as below In the Person aggregation form above 1 Select dataset from Dataset List to get aggregate values Note that only datasets which were assigned to at least one organisation unit will be shown in this list 2 Select a date range from From and To fields 3 Select organisation unit level where person data will be select to aggregate There are 3 options All Individual data from both selected organisation unit and its children will be aggregated Children only Individual data from the children of the selected organisation unit will be aggregated Selected Individual data from the selected organisation unit will be aggregated 4 Click on the Aggregate button to execute aggregate function The Person aggregation resultpage is shown after running successfully In Manual person aggregation result pag
140. ara nuestra organizaci n 2 1 1 Requisitos previos Primero deberemos asegurarnos de tener la versi n m s reciente de Java Runtime instalada en la m quina donde correr la aplicaci n Dependiendo del sistema operativo hay diferentes formas de instalar Java El lector podr consultar esta web para informaci n m s detallada sobre c mo instalar Java 2 1 2 Un comienzo con el paquete DHIS 2 Live El paquete DHIS2 Live es la forma m s f cil de comenzar con DHIS2 DHIS2 Live es apropiada para una instalaci n independiente Simplemente descargamos la aplicaci n de aqu Una vez el fichero se ha descargado hacemos doble click en el fichero descargado y comenzarmos a usar DHIS2 2 1 2 1 Empezando con una base de datos vac a El paquete Live viene con una base de datos demostrativa como la que vemos en la demo online basada en el SGIS nacional de Sierra Leona y si queremos empezar con un sistema base de datos vac a y construir nuestro propio sistema entonces tendremos que hacer lo siguiente 1 Parar DHIS2 Live si est todav a corriendo Hacer click con el bot n derecho en el icono de bandeja y seleccionar Salir El icono de bandeja es el s mbolo verde en la esquina inferior derecha de la pantalla en Windows que deber a decir Servidor DHIS2 corriendo cuando colocamos el puntero del mouse sobre l 2 Abrir la carpeta donde se ha instalado el paquete DHIS2 Live y localizar la carpeta llamada conf 3 En conf abrir el
141. arent and children of each other directly nor indirectly 18 2 12 Orphaned organisation units All organisation units must exist within the organisation unit hierarchy Go to Organisation gt Hierarchy Operations and move the offending organisation unit into the proper position in the hierarchy 18 2 13 Organisation units without groups All organisation units must be allocated to at least one group The problem might either be that you have not defined any compulsory OrgUnit Group Set at all or that there are violations of the compulsory rule for some OrgUnits NOTE If you have defined no compulsory OrgUnit Group Sets then you must first define them by going to Maintenance gt Organisation units gt Organisation unit group sets and define at least one compulsory Group Set the group set OrgUnitType are nearly universally relevant If you have the relevant group sets go to Maintenance gt OrgUnit Groups to review each OrgUnit identified and add the relevant Group allocation 18 2 14 Organisation units violating compulsory group sets These organisation units have not been assigned to the any organisation unit group within one of the compulsory organisation unit group sets When a group set is defined as compulsory it means that an organisation unit must be allocated to at least one organisation unit group within that group set For instance all organisation units must belong to one of the groups in the
142. arezcan como series categor as o filtros Para comprender mejor su funcionamiento observemos la captura de pantalla siguiente Example chart IM Seres 1 MW Series2 MM Series3 Ml Series 4 Lo anterior se puede resumir formalmente como sigue 1 Series una serie es un conjunto de elementos continuos y relacionados por ejemplo periodos o elementos de datos que queremos visualizar para resaltar tendencias o relaciones entre estos datos 2 Categories una categor a es un conjunto de elementos por ejemplo indicadores o unidades organizativas cuyos datos queremos comparar 3 Filtros dado que la mayor a de los gr ficos son bidimensionales utilizamos filtros en la tercera dimensi n con el 14 4 objetivo de simplificar a un nico elemento que d sentido al gr fico Seleccionando indicadores y elementos de datos El m dulo de visualizaci n puede mostrar tantos indicadores y elementos de datos en una gr fica y en una tabla de datos como queramos Tanto los indicadores como los elementos de datos se pueden seleccionar a la vez y apareceran 98 Utilizando el Visualizador de Datos Seleccionando tasas de reporte juntos en el grafico Podemos seleccionar los indicadores pinchando en el encabezado de Indicadores y seleccionando un grupo de indicadores del listado que aparece debajo Esto hace que los indicadores en el grupo seleccionado se muestren en la lista bajo Indicadores disponibles a la izquierda E
143. arios pueden definirse de forma totalmente libre desde el interfaz de usuario de la aplicaci n Esto posibilita que el sistema pueda adaptarse a m ltiples contextos locales y casos de uso Hemos visto que DHIS2 soporta los requisitos m s importantes para la captura y el an lisis rutinarios de datos necesarios en implementaciones nacionales Esto hace que DHIS2 pueda servir tambi n como sistema de gesti n para dominios espec ficos como log stica laboratorios y contabilidad En segundo lugar gracias a su dise o modular DHIS2 puede extenderse con m dulos software adicionales Estos m dulos software pueden convivir con los m dulos centrales de DHIS2 e integrarse en el portal DHIS y en el sistema de men s Es una caractar stica potente que permite extender el sistema con funcionalidad extra cuando se requiera t picamente para requisitos espec ficos del pa s como se apunt anteriormente La otra cara del m dulo de extensi n software es que impone varias limitaciones al proceso de desarrollo Los desarrolladores que crean funcionalidad extra est n limitados a la tecnolog a DHIS en t rminos de lenguaje de programaci n y de entornos software adem s de las limitaciones ya mencionadas para el dise o de los m dulos para la soluci n de portal web DHIS Estos m dulos deben incluirse en el software DHIS cuando se compila el software y se despliega en un servidor no se pueden a adir din micamente en tiempo de ejecuci n Para superar
144. as gr ficas a su vez para cargarlas f cilmente en sesiones posteriores y tambi n podemos incluirlas en nuestro panel personal de control Las gr ficas se pueden descargar como im genes o como PDF en nuestro computador local Tablas de reportes Son una forma de mostrar los datos en tablas con m liples opciones de configuraci n ya sea utilizando datos en bruto agregados o indicadores Estas tablas son utilizadas bien como fuente de datos para otros reportes m s avanzados para exportar la informaci n a otros sistemas externos o como un informe bruto Se pueden exportar a diversos formatos PDF MS Excel CSV y Jasper Las tablas representan una manera muy din mica flexible y r pida de revisar los datos Las tablas de reportes pueden configurarse con par metros espec ficos para reutilizarlas en otros periodos o lugares Reportes de distribuci n de unidades organizativas Estos reportes se generan a partir del set grupo de unidades organizativas orgunit y permiten ver qu tipos y qu cantidad de establecimientos de salud est n ubicados en un rea determinada en cualquier nivel de la jerarqu a Estos reportes se generan autom ticamente y muestran la informaci n tanto en tablas como gr ficas que pueden descargarse en PDF MS Excel y CSV Resumen de la tasa de reportes Estos reportes ofrecen una bonita vista de cu ntos establecimientos han registrado sus datos para un periodo y set de datos determinados Aqu podemos obtener
145. ases AMREF Anaemia cases Anaemia MCH Anaemias Anaemias Inpatient ANC Attendance ANC clients counselled FEEF 29 Elementos de datos Editor de grupo de elementos de datos Fill in the Name field and then select all data elements that should belong to the group from the left panel Click the gt Move selected lai button to add the selected data elements to the data element group Click the Remove selected button to remove all data elements from the group that have been selected in the right panel Finally click the Add button to save changes or the Cancel button to discard any changes 4 1 3 Editor de grupo de elementos de datos The data element group editor provides advanced functionality to the administrator to allow multiple data elements to be added or removed from a group It is also possible to create new data element groups rename existing groups and delete groups entirely To access the data element group editor go to Maintenance gt Data elements and Indicators gt Data Element Group Editor The following screen will appear dm P District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Services Data element group management vet A _ Data Element Group th gt _ Available Data Elements ART Adult currently on ART a Cooks a ART Treatment Adult started on ART Corneal Graft surgery Blood Safety Children curre
146. ases Under 5 O 7 a PMTCT 0765 Safe delivery overview O 20 Podemos lanzar o leer un reporte pinchando en la flecha verde y blanca que aparece junto al reporte que queremos Entonces veremos una ventana de par metros de reporte que tenemos que rellenar con los valores correspondientes de orgunit y o mes de reporte dependiendo de qu se ha definido para la tabla de reporte subyacente Cuando hayas completado los par metros pincha en Obtener Reporte El reporte aparecer en tu navegador o como un fichero PDF para descarga dependiendo de las opciones configuradas en tu navegador para los documentos PDF Podemos guardar el documento y almacenarlo localmente en la computadora para utilizarlo m s tarde 12 3 Utilizando tablas de reportes Las tablas de reportes son una herramienta f cil de usar para crear an lisis tabulares Para lanzar una tabla de reporte primero navegamos en la lista de tablas de reporte disponibles que encontramos en Servicios gt Reportes gt Tabla de Reporte y pinchamos en la flecha verde y blanca el primer s mbolo que aparece en la lista de operaciones situado junto a la tabla de reportes que queremos ver Par metros de los reportes La mayor a de las tablas de reportes tienen par metros configurables es decir podemos filtrar qu orgunits y o periodos queremos en el reporte Esto hace los reportes f cilmente reutilizables Cuando 70 Utilizando la funcionalidad de Reporte Utilizando tablas de reportes
147. at how to make a bar charts like the one above comparing the value of one inidcator in several districts To edit the default chart in Report right click on it and choose Chart data A window will appear By default the Filter expression is filled in so that only data for the parent organisation unit will be displayed If for some reason you do not want this simply delete the text in the text box In this case we do NOT want the filter as we are making a chart showing a comparison across districts To continue click the details tab Under details you see the list of series for the chart By default one series is created per crosstab column In this case we are looking at data for one indicator for the whole of 2010 for a number of districts The indicator is along the crosstab dimension To make changes to a series select it and click modify Another window will appear where there are four areas that can be edit The three first are required but it is sufficient to add an empty quote in one of the first two The first box is a text field where the name of the series can be inserted or edited This is the field that will be used to fill the text in the legend box shown below However if you want to have the name of each bar along the x axis of the chart instead of using the legend this can be done by adding whatever text you want to present in the Category expression field or by inserting an expression to have it filled automa
148. ata 2011 09 21 ba w 49 Entrada de datos Objetivos Capitulo 8 Entrada de datos 8 1 Objetivos Despu s de revisar este capitulo habremos comprendido e C mo seleccionar correctamente el formulario de entrada de datos apropiado e C mo introducir datos C mo hacer una validaci n de los datos 8 2 Entrada de datos con DHIS 2 Para abrir la ventana de entrada de datos pinchamos en la pesta a de Servicios del men principal A continuaci n se despliega un men con un listado de los servicios ofrecidos por DHIS 2 Pincha en la opci n Entrada de Datos El m dulo de entrada de datos as donde podemos insertar datos manualmente en la base de datos DHIS 2 Los datos son registrados para una determinada unidad organizativa un periodo y un set de elementos de datos set de datos al mismo tiempo Un set de datos corresponde normalmente a una herramienta de recogida de datos en formato papel es decir a un formulario tradicional 8 2 1 Selecci n del formulario de entrada de datos El primer paso para introducir datos en DHIS 2 es abrir el formulario correcto Recomendamos que sigas los siguientes pasos sencillos 1 Busca la unidad organizativa donde quieres registrar los datos en el men rbol que aparece en el lado izquierdo Pliega y despliega la jerarqu a de unidades pinchando en los s mbolos Una forma sencilla de encontrar una unidad organizativa es utilizar el cuadro de b squeda situado directamente encima d
149. ata consists of definitions of data elements indicators the structure and names contained in the organizational hierarchy and other options Click on the Metadata export link from the main Data export screen in order to access this Just select the feature that you wish to export and click Export This metadata file can then be transmitted just like a data file except it will contain information on the definitions of the various features as opposed to the values of the data themselves 17 2 3 2 Detailed metadata export The Detailed metadata function will allow you to export specific data element and indicator definitions Just click Detailed Metadata Export and select the data elements and indicators that you wish to export Click Export and save the file to a desired location This file can then be transmitted via email or USB key to other DHIS 2 installations 17 2 4 DHIS 1 4 Metadata export The DHIS 1 4 Metadata export functionality provides the same functionality as the standard DHIS 2 metadata export except that the resulting file can be used to transmit metadata information to DHIS 1 4 systems 17 2 5 DHIS 1 4 Detailed Metadata Export The DHIS 1 4 Metadata export functionality provides the same functionality as the detailed DHIS 2 metadata export except that the resulting file can be used to transmit metadata information to DHIS 1 4 systems Simply select the data elements and indicators that you want and click Export t
150. ata elements for these two tables Pregnancy complications and Maternal Deaths and two category combinations one for each of the data elements For the Pregnancy Complications data element there are two additional dimensions the cause of the complication the combined list of the first column in the two tables and the outcome managed at PHU or Referred so these are the categories and options that make up that category combination For the Maternal deaths data element the same category with the different causes are used and then another category for the place of death in PHU or In community This way the two data elements can share one category and it will be easy to derive the total number of pregnancy complications and maternal deaths While the list of complications on the paper form is divided into two early and late labour you can see that e g the malaria in 2nd and 3rd trimester are listed under early but in fact are for a later phase of the pregnancy There is no clear divide between early and late complications in the form and therefore we gave up trying to make this distinction in the database Family Planning Services table This table has 2 dimensions the family planning method contraceptive and whether the client is new or continuing We ended up with one data element only Family planning clients and then added two categories FP method with all the contraceptives as options and another category FP client type with new or
151. ategories are typically a concept such as Gender Age or Disease Status Data elements such as Number of cases of confirmed malaria are often broken into smaller component parts to determine for instance the number of confirmed malaria cases of particular age groups As an example three data element categories Under 1 1 5 and Over 5 could be created They could be assigned as categories to the data element which would then create in the data entry screens three separate fields for this data element namely Number of confirmed malaria cases Under 1 Number of confirmed malaria cases 1 5 Number of confirmed malaria cases Over 5 Effective use of data element categories greatly simplifies the process of setting up the DHIS2 system as the data element categories can be reused to disaggregate many different data elements Otherwise each of the data elements 31 Elementos de datos Categorias de elementos de datos listed above would need to be created separately Judicious use of data element categories will greatly simplify the DHIS2 implementation and allow for subsequent advanced analysis Data element categories are composed of category options Category options must be defined when a data element category is created for the first time Subsequent changes to the data element category i e adding or deleting new category options are not allowed once the data element category has been created It is critical that the
152. ation e Name Provide name of query this name is usually same with the name of aggregate data element For example Number of mothers got VAT Number of children got BCG vaccine Dataset Select dataset contains data elements which will be used to link with individual data e Data element Select aggregate data element which will be used to link with individual data e Operator Select Number of persons if aggregate based on persons or Number of visits if aggregate data based on times that persons received services e Program Select program needed for aggregation e Program Stage Select program stage from the selected program above Next section included 3 tabs Data elements Person attributes and Program Depend on the requirement of data aggregation data element person attributes and number of programs are selected Data elements tab List all available data elements from selected program stage To create a formula related to each data element double click on the data element The formula of the data element is filled on the condition field like DE 1 2 3 in with e 1 id of the selected program e 2 id of the selected program stage e 3 id of the selected data element Nota The formula can be created without any program stage like DE 1 3 Person attribute tab_ List all available fixed attributes such as gender DOB type Age days and user defined attributes Besides provide a formula f
153. ators that you want to include in the report Use the group filter to more easily find what you are looking for and double click on the items you want to include or use the buttons to add remove elements You can have both data elements and indicators in the same report Data sets Here you select the data sets that you want to include in the report Including a data set will give you data on the data completeness of the given set not data on its data elements Double click on the items you want to include or use the buttons 13 2 3 Selecting report parameters There are two ways to select both what organisation units to include in a report and what time periods should be included relative or fixed Fixed organisation units and or periods means that you select the units periods to include in the report table when you create the report table Using relative periods you can select the time and or units as parameters when the report table is populated for example when running a standard report or creating a chart A combination is also possible for example to add some organisation units in the report permanently while letting the 83 Setting up report functionality Selecting report parameters users choose additional Report parameters is discussed below In general using fixed organisation units and or time periods are an unnecessary restriction Fixed Organisation Units To add fixed organisation units click Toggle fixed organi
154. be displayed in the browser dm P District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Services Edit data dictionary _ Details Name Kenya Kenya Description Region Kenya _ Available data elements Selected data elements Filters CT scan machine Accidental drowning and submersion Abortion Accidental poisoning by and exposure to noxious substances Active Corneal Ulcer Accidents Active Trachoma Accountants Adult ever erroled on ART Acute poliomyelitis Adult HIV patients receiving ART Acute rheumatic fever and chronic rheumatic heart diseases Adult on CTX Administrators Adult started on ART E Adult currently on ART Adverse Events Following Immunization gt gt All other diseases All other external causes ss All other special clinics attendance All other Surgery All others currently on ARVs All others FP All others non technical HR lt fii gt _ Available indicators Selected indicators All Other Family planning Methods CYP ANC 1st Visit Coverage ANC 4th visit coverage ANC clients attending at least 4 ANC visits BCG Coverage BCG Wastage Rate gt BTL Couple year protection gt Caesarean section rate S Condom Couple year protection Deliveries conducted by skilled health attendants Doctor Patient Ratio ss Doctor Population Ratio DPT 1 Coverage DPT 2 Coverage DPT 3 Coverage DPT HIB HEP B Wastage Rate
155. both the health worker and the person who is receiving the service 22 1 2 4 Reports The module provides two functions for viewing the reports to get an overview of the services provided for a program or a program stage 22 2 User guide There are two additions in the module in both maintenance and services module 1 Persons and Programs maintenance module Definition meta data include person attributes person attribute groups identifier types relationships program and program stages validation for program and formula to generate aggregate data value When the Persons and Programs options is chosen from the main Maintenance menu the following screen appears 2 Individual records module Support main functions for person registration tracking information and individual reports When the Individual Records options is chosen from the main Services menu the following screen appears 164 DHIS TRACKER Persons and Programs maintenance 22 2 1 Persons and Programs maintenance The content in this part is for the expert users or administrative users who are capable and responsible for development and change Each of the options for the maintenance will be described in the following section The options for the maintenance will be described in the following section e Person Attribute Create modify and view Person attributes An attribute can be used to register extra information for a Person e Pe
156. boxes images and charts to the document Note If you cannot see the Palette or Properties sidebar you can enable them from the menu item called Window on the menu bar The iReport document is divided into seven main bands divided by layout separators the blue lines These lines are used to decide how big each of the areas should be on the report The areas all have different purposes e Title area for the title of the report e Page header area for the page header e Column header area for column headers for the table e Detail 1 area where the actual report data will be placed e Column footer area to make footer of the table e Page footer area for the page footer e Summary elements in this area will be placed at the end of the report By default you will see that only the Title Column Header and the Detail 1 bands have data For most reports this is OK The Title band is suitable for a title and e g a chart Data fields entered into the Detail area will be iterated over to create a table For example if a field called datalementname is placed in the Detail 1 band all data elements in the report table will be listed here We ll come back to data fields management just a little below The unused bands in the report are shrinked to add more space for your report data You can however increase decrease the band height as you like There are two ways to do that The first way is simply to drag the blue band line as sho
157. ca eeca cece cena eens eeneeeeeeeeeeeees 144 20 3 5 4 Community Reporting ssie escdesssbevca ise eseadass verted cicle EE Taa ses rote de tenes 146 20 4 Legacy J2ME client with SMS transport coooccncccnconnconnconnconoconnconnconnnnnronronncnnccnnccnnccnnccnncinncos 148 20 4 1 Build DHIS2 with the dhis web mobile module oooocccoccnnccnnconoconoconicnnocnnccnnconaraninnnns 148 20 4 2 Install the GSM modemi ct tii baii 149 204 3 OO 150 20 4 4 Install the mobile application on a phone 2 0 0 0 cece eee eeee ca eece cena cena een eeneeeneeeenees 150 204 5 Using ThE Systemi renier diese ov ass Sasesecby seedless notes iii 150 204 5 1 Start the SMS Service sci haste eo el leans ease fens oad Wee nee 150 20 40 32 Sendin SMS ie tati lie dered souedoptdas gabe da sede IROI e 151 20 4 5 3 Receive Data and Import ss cs3sss eassedsecesessenseecs saspeteeh ER EE EEEE 151 21 Data dimensions in DHIS2 beesi endr eette snes E EE EEEE E des io 153 2 15 vii Manual completo de Usuario DHIS2 Contents 21 1 The core building blocks describing the data 2 0 0 0 cece cence cece ance nceeeceeeceeeeeeeaeeeaeeenes 153 21 2 The data element dimension Sirte di Aa ads 153 21 21 Data element Cate formes escritas iii litis lada 153 21 2 2 Data clement proUp SES ii le id 154 21 3 The organisation Unit DIMENSION sssr osser segues shee coves seen R EE A NEEE S a EER S 154 21 3 1 Organisation unit group sets and groups ocoocccnccnnccnn
158. cal Government Area ab Ugwunagbo Local Government Area ab Ukwa East Local Government Area El ab Ukwa West Local Government Area Care amp Support February 2012 Add Jl Cancel In the example above a data lock exception would be created for ab Abundant Life Organization and ab Seventh Day Hospital for the Care and Support dataset for February 2012 18 12 Zero value storage The zero value storage function makes it possible to define for which data elements the system should store zero values In most cases zeros are significant only for a subset of the data elements in the database Any zeroes entered during data entry will be ignored by default except for data elements where the zero value storage has been enabled 18 13 Organisation unit pruning If you need to prune out branches of the organisational unit hierarchy you can use the organisational unit pruning function Keep in mind that the only selected organisational and its children will be kept All other orgunits and any data associated with them will be deleted from the database 18 14 Min Max Value Generation This administrative function can be used to generate min max values which are used as part of the data quality and validation process for specific organization units and data sets Simply select the dataset from the left hand frame and then select the required orgunits to generate the min max values for from the organisational units selector
159. cal examples in a minute 23 2 Authentication In order to interoperate with the Web API you will have to authenticate using Basic authentication Basic authentication is a technique for clients to send login credentials over HTTP to a web server Technically speaking the username is appended with a colon and the password Base64 encoded prefixed Basic and supplied as the value of the Authorization HTTP header More formally that is Authorization Basic base64encode username password An important note is that this authentication scheme provides no security since the username and password is sent in plain text and can be easily decoded Using it is recommended only if the server is using SSL TLS HTTPS to encrypt communication between itself and the client Most DHIS 2 deployments typically use SSL today consider it a hard requirement to provide secure interactions with the Web API 23 3 Date and period format Throughout the Web API we refer to dates and periods The date format is yyyy MM dd For instance if you want to express March 20 2012 you must use 2012 03 20 The period format is described in the following table 179 Web API Working with the meta data API Tabla 23 1 Period format Interval Format Example Description Day yyyyMMdd 20040315 March 15 2004 Week yyyyWn 2004W 10 Week 10 2004 Month yyyyMM 200403 March 2004 Quarter yyyyQn 2004Q1 January March 2004 Six month yyyyS
160. cceso directo en la parte izquierda 72 Utilizando la funcionalidad de Reporte Utilizando el panel de control Kenya HIS Maintenance Services Log out Dashboard Insert Close Clear Insert Close Clear Insert Close Clear HIV test rate maternity by province Fully immunised lt 1 year coverage Map views ybyp 2010 province ANC1 Coast Bl 2010 Fully Immunised Coast al 22 5 aA 20 0 17 5 25 15 0 20 125 10 0 15 7 5 10 5 0 5 25 E Insert Close Clear 0 0 o ES EENE ESEESE Reports o eC e eS Se E y o ES eS a e e E ES E e Immunisation cumulative coverage chart les gt gt Life cycle al m HIV test maternity m FIC Coverage OPD top 10 new cases Total E insert Close Clear Insert Close Clear PMTCT a Immunisation overview Measles lt 1y coverage Kenya Kenya Safe delivery overview les 60 60 50 50 Insert Close Clear 30 30 _ Report tables 20 s 20 o se o o o o o O AD aD aD aD 9 29 29 o o S S gt gt CIS G 8 EESE E E S x S 3 o PFS ELS S ETS a 9 a 2 y S gt ES a e y amp s Ca Vo m BCG Coverage m DPT 3 Coverage m Measles coverage m Measles coverage FIC Coverage Trend Measles coverage Personalizar las areas de acceso directo Cada una de estas reas podr contener una lista de objetos entre los que se encuentren Reportes est ndar Documentos exportaciones de Datamart Tablas de reportes vistas de mapas RSS
161. ch are members of it From here we can follow these links and obtain the identifiers of the data elements For brevity we will only report on three data elements Measles with id f7n9EOhXSqk Dysentery with id Ix2HsbDMLea and Cholera with id eYSehpbEsB7 What remains is to get hold of the identifier of the facility org unit Again the dataSet representation conveniently provides link to org units which report on it so we search for Ngelehun CHC and follow the link to the HTML representation at http apps dhis2 org demo api organisationUnits DiszpKrYNg8 which tells us that the identifier of this org unit is DiszpKrYNgS From our case based data we assume that we have 12 cases of measles 14 cases of dysentery and 16 cases of cholera We have now gathered enough information to be able to put together the XML data value set message lt dataValueSet xmlns http dhis2 org schema dxf 2 0 dataSet pBOMPrpg1Qx completeDate 2012 02 03 period 201201 orgUnit DiszpKrYNg8 gt lt dataValue dataElement f7n9E0hX8qk value 12 gt lt dataValue dataElement Ix2HsbDMLea value 14 gt lt dataValue dataElement eY5ehpbEsB7 value 16 gt lt dataValueSet gt To perform functional testing we will use the cURL tool http curl haxx se which provides an easy way of transferring data using HTTP First we save the data value set XML content in a file called datavalueset xml From the directory where this file resides we
162. ch as Monthly National ANC Indicators This report table might provide all ANC indicators for a country aggregated by month for the entire country This data could of course be retrieved from the main datamart but report tables generally perform faster and present well defined views of data to users Importante It is therefore important to keep in mind that when the aggregation strategy of the system is set to Batch the data for each report table must also be present in the data mart 13 2 How to create report tables To create a new report table go to the Report tables section of the Reports module Reports gt Report Table Above the list of standard reports use the Add report table or Add Dataelement Dimension Table buttons A regular report table can be used to hold data on data elements indicators or dataset completeness while Dataelement dimension tables are used to include data element categories in report tables Creating the tables are done in the same way however the only exception being when choosing data To create a report table you start by making some general choices for the table the most important of which is the crosstab dimension Then you choose which data elements indicators datasets or data element dimensions you want 82 Setting up report functionality General options to include Finally you select which organisation units and time periods to use in the report table Each of these steps a
163. cientes que fueron atendidos en ese establecimiento para un servicio de atenti n determinado Los datos agregados de un distrito son el resultado de los totales agregados de todos los establecimientos de salud que pertenecen a ese distrito Las categor as se utilizan para desagregar elementos de datos Como ejemplo el elemento de datos N mero de casos confirmados de malaria puede desagregarse en la categor a Edad que a su vez alberga las opciones de Menor de 1 a o De 1 a 5 a os y Mayor de 5 a os Las opciones de categor a se utilizan en la entrada de datos para simplificar el n mero de elementos de datos que es preciso crear En el an lisis de datos las categor as funcionan b sicamente como dimensiones del an lisis Es un conjunto de las tablas de bases de datos en DHIS2 que contiene valores procesados de elementos de datos e indicadores generados en base a reglas de agregado c lculo de elementos de datos y f rmulas de indicadores Las tablas datamart se utilizan en el an lisis de datos y la generaci n de reportes Generalmente los usuarios no trabajan directamente con valores de datos no agregados sino con valores que son ya el resultado de una exportaci n de datamart lista para el an lisis El divisor de un indicador Puede estar formado por varios elementos de datos combinados en una f rmula utilizando a su vez operaciones de suma sustracci n multiplicaci n y divisi n Es un conjunto de elementos de dat
164. ck Section management icon the forth icon under Operations corresponding to the program stage you would like to define section data entry form Default data entry form List all data elements which belong to the program stage To search program stages by scheduled days click Sort by scheduled days button 168 DHIS TRACKER Persons and Programs maintenance 22 2 1 6 Aggregation query builder This is the core functionality for linking data between tracker module and aggregate management module by defining the linking aggregating rules The purpose is to produce aggregated data statistics based on the low level case based data It is based around flexible aggregation query definitions which maps the data elements used for case based data management to data elements used for aggregate data This provides two functions e Aggregation query builder management is a tool for defining formulas expressions rules for aggregation data from tracker to aggregation module e Manual person aggregation is used for generating routine data values from individual data by period and organization unit Please refer the Service module to see this part 22 2 1 6 1 Person Aggregation Query Builder Management To access Aggregation Query Builder module from the Maintenance menu go to the Persons and Programs option Select Aggregation Query Builder option on left menu to proceed To define a formula click the Add new button Basic inform
165. ck on Add button into Person Attribute Management window to go to Add New Person Attribute Management window Basic information e Name Name of person attribute e Description Description of person attribute e Mandatory Entering value for this attribute is required or not e Inherit When to registry a new person for relationship with an available person all inherit person attribute values of the person will be pre filled in the registration form e Value Type Data type of value inputed In addition to supporting basic data such as Number Text Yes No Date the system support a value type as Predefined value for defining attribute values Users only can select on value in the 165 DHIS TRACKER Persons and Programs maintenance defined list for each person registered E g code values which record the information on access to HIV prevention services can be pre defined include T TR TRR TRRD TRRDm TRRDmDb as PMTCT Code attribute 22 2 1 2 Person attribute group To access the person attribute group maintenance module from Maintenance menu go to Persons and Programs option and click on it Select Person Attribute Group option to create a new an attribute group To create a new attribute group click the Add button into Person Attribute Group window to go to Add New Person Attribute Group window click the Add new button Fill in the Name and Description fields and then select attributes that should belong to the grou
166. clinical servic Female Age15 Number of HIV positive adults and children receiving a minimum of one clinical servic Female Age lt 15 Number of HIV positive adults and children receiving a minimum of one clinical servic Male Age15 Number of HIV positive adults and children receiving a minimum of one clinical servic Male Age lt 15 Cumulative number Enrolled in Care Female Age15 Cumulative number Enrolled in Care Female Age lt 15 Cumulative number Enrolled in Care Male Age15 Cumulative number Enrolled in Care Male Age lt 15 Number HIV positive patients currently receiving TB treatment Female Age15 Number HIV positive patients currently receiving TB treatment Female Age lt 15 Number HIV positive patients currently receiving TB treatment Male Age15 Number HIV positive patients currently receiving TB treatment Male Age lt 15 Number of eligible adults and children who received food and or other nutrition services Female Age18 Number of efigible adults and children who received food and or other nutrition services Female Age lt 18 I Number of eligible adults and children who received food and or other nutrition services Male Age18 pa Data Elements Indicators Insert You can to intermediary saving by clicking on the Save button and this will not close the window It is recommended to save often to ensure you do not loose your work When you are done or want to test your form in da
167. cnnnconnconecnnnconnnnnnnnnconncnnccnnccnnccnnions 155 21 3 1 1 Alternative orgunit hierarchies advanced use of group sets and groups 155 21 3 2 Best practice on the use of group sets and groups oooccocccnccnnccnnccnncnnoconnconccnnconnccnnccnncoos 155 21 4 The time period dimensi n ssnsdin ernn e Eea T EOR E e Eaa 155 21 414 Period Types iris pistas ENOS 156 21 4 2 Relative periods csse oe EEEE E EOE a EIE S EE E eds 156 21 4 3 Aggregation Of PerlOdS is eerie a a aa EE E ETa aE 156 21 4 3 1 Sum and average aggregation along the period dimension oooccnccnnccnnccnncnnnccnicnnns 156 21 5 Data collection ys data analysis posrscsp ei eioen s Aa E e E e a sneer EE E IRE pe 157 21 5 1 Data collection and storage ss esesssesessserrsrsrrerrsrrrrsrrrrrsrrsrreresrrrresreresrreersrreereeeset 157 25 5 2 Input Output sna ace Moonah cote Leetess daneods eu ieee Se gen Sen deed eseae Ge E ee finde 157 24 6 Some more EXamples tus io Wik hes tain ae tetas abbott ii ee RASA 158 21 7 How this works in pivot tables sosaiete oy Soe gee by tenes Pron debe sebwedes pn teecesbivendssntee cats 158 21 8 From paper for to multidimensional datasets lessons learned 0 0 0 0 0 ce eee eee ce eece ence teen esse teenies 159 21 8 1 From tables to category combinations designing multidimensional data sets 160 224DHIS TRACKER cuco osc igsstbanad vsstetag sa nets ds tear caste rt ported E E 163 22
168. combine similar themes of indicators To access this module choose Maintenance gt Data elements and indicators gt Indicator group sets from the main menu The following dialogue will appear 66 Indicadores Sets de grupos de indicadores dm 2 District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Services Help Log out Data Element Add Indicator Group Set Data Element j Data Element Group Details Data Element Group Editor Name Data Element Group Set Data Element Catego Data Element Category Combination _ Available Indicator Groups _ Group members concen A tes Indicator ANC F P Malaria Indicator Indicator Type idicator Group or Group Editor Indicator Group Set Data Dictionary gt Data Dictionary Le Ls EE Supply a name for the indicator group set and then move the desired members from the Available Indicator Groups to the Group members Click Add to save your changes and Cancel to discard any changes 67 Utilizando la funcionalidad de Reporte Funcionalidad de reporte en DHIS 2 Capitulo 12 Utilizando la funcionalidad de Reporte 12 1 Funcionalidad de reporte en DHIS 2 El m dulo de reporte en DHIS 2 ofrece una variedad de alternativas En esta secci n veremos c mo utilizarlas para ver y analizar los datos En otra secci n se ver c mo configurar y poner en marcha las diversas herramientas de reporte Reportes est ndar Los reporte
169. coooccoccnncnnccnnccnnconnccnnccnnconncnnncnnnrnnnrnnrnnnrnnccnncinnccnnions 66 11 15 Sets de gropos de Indicadores sencilla 66 12 Utilizando la funcionalidad de Reporte ooccooccnccnnccnnconnccnnconnconnconnconocnncnnnronnrnnconnconncrnnccnncnnncnnncnnnss 69 12 1 Funcionalidad de reporte en DHIS 2 oooocccccnnccnnconnconnccnnconnconnconncnnnrnnncnnronnronrnnccnncinnccnnccnncons 69 Manual completo de Usuario DHIS2 Contents 12 2 Utilizando r portes est ndar csi trinidad ines 70 12 3 Utilizando tablas de Teportes prcst cin e a ter its Seas Moni ew Mittal wed ube adas 70 12 4 Utiizando reportes de Sete datos ss mbr it dace Wenoedac dp bun cevaee tases debe debs So uwades ay bee renales dass 72 12 5 Utilizando la herramienta de Recursos 00 0 0 0 cece eceee eee c eee e cece cece cena een eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaeeeaeeeaes 72 12 6 Utilizando el visualizador de datos 0c ce cece nce a e a R E ENEE E E ES 72 12 7 Utilizando el panel de control 0 a EE E seca seca E E R E A T 72 12 8 Utilizando el resumen de las tasas de reporte 0 e cece cece nee cece ce eeae eens eeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeaes 74 12 9 Utilizando los reportes de distribuci n de las unidades organizativas oooocccnccnnconnccnnccnnconnconaconinos 75 12 10 Utilizando tablas din micas Web ooooocccccnncnnocnnccnnccnnconnconnccnnconnconncnnnrnnnrnnnnnnrnnncnnccnncinnccnnioos 76 12 11 Utilizando la gesti n con datamatt si
170. count would have the aggregation operator sum and the data element Number of staff would have it set to average Another important feature of average data elements is the validity period concept Average data values are standing values for any period type within the borders of the period they are registered for E g an annual population estimate following the calendar year will have the same value for any period that falls within that year no matter what the period type E g if the population under 1 for a Tugbebu CHP is 250 for the year of 2009 that means that the value will be 250 for Jan 09 for Q3 09 for Week 12 of 2009 and for any period within 2009 This has implications for how e g coverage indicators are calculated as the full annual population will be used as denominator value even when doing monthly reports If you want to look at an estimated annual coverage value for a given month then you will have the option of setting the indicator to Annualised which means that a monthly coverage value will be multiplied by 12 a quarterly value by 4 etc The annualised indicator feature can therefore be used to mimic the use of monthly population estimates 21 5 Data collection vs data analysis 21 5 1 Data collection and storage The datasets determine what raw data that is available in the system as they describe how data is collected Through the data sets we define the building blocks of the data to be captured and stored in the DHIS Fo
171. ct that there is not much to loose by repeating the at PHU or by TBA information as part of the data element name when it is only for four data elements in a table of totally 11 data elements DELIVERY table This table is more tricky as it has a lot of information and you can see that not all the rows have the same columns some columns are merged and a one field is grayed out disabled If we start by looking at the first column Deliveries assisted by that seems to be one dimension but only down to the Untrained TBA row as the remaining three rows are not related to who assisted the delivery at all Another dimension is the place of delivery either In PHU or in Community as stated on the top column headings These deliveries are further split into the outcome of the delivery whether it is a live or still birth which seems to be another dimension So if we disregard the three bottom rows for a moment there seems to be 3 dimensions here 1 assisted by 2 place of delivery and 3 delivery outcome The key decision to make is what to use as the data element the main dimension the total that you will most often use and want easily available in reports and data analysis We ended up using the outcome dimension as total live births is a very commonly used value in many indicators maternal mortality ratio births attended by skilled health personnel etc In this case the Assisted By dimension could also have been used without any problem but the ad
172. cumentaci n y enviar y recibir emails de la lista de correo del grupo A 4 Obtenci n de la fuente de documentos Para poder editar la documentaci n necesitaremos descargar las p ginas fuente de la documentaci n en nuestra computadora local Launchpad utiliza un sistema de control de versiones conocido como bzr Bazaar Hay diferentes formas de instalar Bazaar en nuestro sistema dependiendo del sistema operativo que estemos utilizando Una buena gu a por pasos para sistemas operativos Microsoft se puede encontrar aqu y para MacOSX aqu Los usuarios de Linux podr n instalar bzr en su sistema mediante el gestor de instalaci n de paquetes o desde el c digo fuente Cuando tenemos instalado bzr en el sistema necesitaremos descargar la fuente de documentaci n Simplemente seguiremos este procedimiento 1 Nos aseguraremos de que Bazaar est instalado 2 Arrancamos Bazaar haciendo click con el bot n derecho del rat n en una carpeta si estamos manejando Windows y seleccionamos Bzr aqu Si usamos Linux podemos simplemente crear una carpeta para que contenga los fuentes Podemos colocar los fuentes de documentaci n en la carpeta que deseemos 3 Para descargar la ltima revisi n del proyecto de documentaci n de DHIS2 tipeamos en el terminal de comandos bzr checkout Ip dhis2 documenters dhis2 dhis2 docbook docs desde Linux o MacOSX o si usamos Windows escribiremos la URL del repositorio de c digo fuente Ip dhis2 docu
173. cute Flaccid Paralysis AFP new 15y Acute Flaccid Paralysis AFP new 5 14y Acute Flaccid Paralysis AFP referrals 0 4y Acute Flaccid Paralysis AFP referrals 5y Albendazole given at ANC 2nd trimester Fixed Albendazole given at ANC 2nd trimester Outreach All other deaths At PHU 0 28d 11 DHIS2 can perform a wide range of data integrity checks on the data contained in the database Identifying and correcting data integrity issues is extremely important for ensuring that the data used for analysis purposes is valid 122 Data Administration Data elements without data set Each of the data integrity checks that are performed by the system will be described along with general procedures that can be performed to resolve these issues 18 2 1 Data elements without data set Each data element must be assigned to a data set Values for data elements will not be able to be entered into the system if a data element is not assigned to a data set Choose Maintenance gt Datasets gt Edit from the main menu and then add the orphaned data element to the appropriate data set 18 2 2 Data elements without groups Some Data Elements have been allocated to several Data Element Groups This is currently not allowed because it will result in duplication of linked data records in the PivotSource recordsets that feed the pivot tables Go to Maintenance gt Data Element Groups to review each Data Element ide
174. d Dev 9 7 An lisis de Seguimiento La funci n de an lisis de seguimiento lista todos los valores de datos marcados para seguimiento Los valores de datos se pueden marcar para seguimiento en el m dulo de entrada de datos y en los otros tipos de an lisis disponibles en este m dulo 39 Configurando la funcionalidad de Calidad de Objetivos de aprendizaje Datos Capitulo 10 Configurando la funcionalidad de Calidad de Datos The data quality module provides means to improve the quality of the data in the system This can be done through validation rules and various statistical checks 10 1 Objetivos de aprendizaje After reading this module you will be able to understand 1 2 3 4 5 10 2 What is data quality and its importance for HMIS How to do data quality check at point of data entry How to create data validation rules How to carry out data triangulation How to analyze data status Una panoramica al chequeo de calidad de datos Ensuring data quality is a key concern in building an effective HMIS Data quality has different dimensions including 10 3 Correctness Data should be within the normal range for data collected at that facility There should be no gross discrepancies when compared with data from related data elements Completeness Data for all data elements for all health facilities blocks Taluka districts should have been submitted Consistency Data should be consist
175. d further refine 180 Web API Example Sending data values Param Type Required Options default Description first o DS o what meta data you want lastUpdated date false Three date formats Filters the meta are supported data based on 1 YEAR the lastUpdated 2 MONTH field this allows YEAR you to synchronize meta data as a 3 DAY MONTH nightly job without YEAR downloading everything from the server Example Get a filtered set of meta data that was updated since August 1st 2012 As described in the last section there is a number of options you can apply to api metaData to give you a filtered view The use case we will be looking into here is the case where you want a nightly job that synchronizes organisation units We will be using cURL as the HTTP client curl H Accept application xml u user pass HOST api metaData assumeTrue false gorganisationUnits true lastUpdated 01 08 2012 Example Get meta data that was updated since february 2012 This example will just the default assumeTrue setting along with getting the last updates from february 2012 This means that every single type that has been updated will be retrieved curl H Accept application xml u user pass HOST api metaData lastUpdated 02 2012 23 5 Example Sending data values A common use case for system integration is the need to send a set of data values from a third party system into DHIS In this example
176. d of the person to open the Enrollment form 2 Select a program from the list 3 After the selection of program you need to provide two dates 1 Date of enrollment the second field The date when person enrolls into the selected program 2 Date of incident the third field The date when the person got the disease or he she has just been committed to an equivalent program for being followed up Aviso If the selected program has any identifier types and person attributes they are displayed below Users can enter values for them at this time 173 DHIS TRACKER Individual records module The date of incident are important to generate the activity plan for each person Health provider needs to ensure recording and reporting date of incidence with each case of multi events with registration However when to define a program if it can be set Generated by enrollment date property as true the activity plan is generated based on the enrollment date not incident date However the date if incident is ignored with single event programs 4 Click the Enroll button to complete the enrollment process The system will automatically calculate due date for each event of program and will show it in the Re schedule and set status tab In health programme a person registered and enrolled needs to be checked from time to time by health providers The case update is designed in the same manner so that services which are received b
177. datos deben ser introducidos en la aplicaci n antes de que pueda utilizarse y esto puede hacerse directamente mediante el interfaz de usuario sin necesidad de programaci n de c digo o grandes habilidades t cnicas sobre software A este proceso inicial lo llamamos dise o de la base de datos o personalizaci n de la aplicaci n Esta secci n ofrece una r pida y breve introducci n al dise o de la base de datos en DHIS2 y fundamentalmente explica los pasos necesarios para preparar un nuevo sistema DHIS2 para su uso C mo realizar cada paso se explica en otros cap tulos y las buenas pr cicas en las decisiones de dise o se explican en la Gu a de Implementaci n A continuaci n se listan los pasos a seguir 1 Montar una jerarqu a organizativa 15 Comenzando con DHIS 2 La jerarquia organizativa 2 Definir los elementos de datos 3 Definir los sets de datos y los formularios de entrada de datos 4 Definir las reglas de validaci n 5 Definir indicadores 6 Definir tablas de reportes y dise ar reportes 7 Montar el m dulo SIG 8 Dise ar gr ficas y personalizar el panel de control dashboard 2 5 1 La jerarqu a organizativa La jerarqu a organizativa define la organizaci n en DHIS 2 los establecimientos de salud las reas administrativas y otras reas geogr ficas utilizadas en la recolecci n y el an lisis de datos Esta dimensi n de los datos se define como una jerarqu a con una unidad ra z ej Ministerio
178. datos en DHIS2 00 000 eee ceee en eeee teen eenee 15 2 31 La jerarqu a Or Pani Zativar sus erase festa E E E eS 16 2 32 EA O O 16 2 5 3 Sets de datos y formularios de entrada de datos ooccooccnnconoconoconocnnccnnncnncnnronarnnccnncinninno 17 2 5 3 1 Formularios de entrada de datos oooooccoccnoccnnconnccnnconnconncnnncnnncnncnnnronnrnnccnnrinnicnns 18 2 5 4 Reglas de validaci n oreen e eie des optagssa EAER sav EE EESTIS 18 25 5 Indicadores screentests NS 18 2 5 6 Reportes y tablas de reportes imsis enosed ss cosness syoeacdpbesdawassenseagsevaeeuss septa sgsbees 19 25 Ts SU Gs oss os 556 in ess bade Migs bees NO 19 2 5 8 Gr ficas y panel de control dashboard oooonccccccccnnccnnconnconnconnconnconnconncnnncnnncnnncnnronicnno 19 3 gt Unidades organizati Vasp e E E A ii ia DO Pi IES 21 3dr Sn A 21 3 2 Mantenimiento de la unidad organizativa oooconoconccnnccnnncnnnnnnrnnccnnccnnccnncrnnconncrnncnnncnnnrnnnnnnrcnnnnnns 22 3 21 Unidades OFgADIZA UVAS drone dea once Re Oued didactica 22 3 2 1 1 Editando unidades organizativas ooccocccoccnnconnccnnccnnconnconncnnnonnncnnnnnnronncnnconnrinninnns 22 3 2 2 Sets de grupos de unidades organizativas ooocoonconoconconocnnocnnnnnnncnnronoronconnconnccnnccnnconncinncos 22 3 2 2 1 Edici n de los sets de grupos de unidades organizativas ooooccnnconoconnconocnnacnnccnncnnoso 23 3 2 3 Grupos de unidades organizativas ocoooccoccnoconocnnccnnccnncnnncnnnconnconncnnn
179. de Salud Si queremos a adir un tipo de objeto al rea de acceso directo pincharemos en el enlace de Insertar ubicado encima del rea Para publicar el listado necesitaremos a adir los objetos uno por uno desde los men s de Servicios gt Reportes De las listas de reportes tablas de reportes gr ficas etc podemos a adir un objeto pinchando en el icono de gr fico circular situado junto al objeto que queremos a adir al panel de control Por ejemplo imaginemos que queremos a adir nuestros reportes est ndar favoritos al panel de control Primero haremos Insertar Reportes en una de las reas de acceso directo del panel de control a continuaci n vamos a Servicios gt Reportes y pinchamos en Reportes Est ndar En la lista de reportes est ndar podemos ubicar los reportes que queremos y pinchar en el icono de gr fico circular ubicado junto a cada uno de los reportes que deseamos a adir al panel de control Cuando regresemos al panel de control veremos ya los tres reportes listados en el rea de acceso directo donde hemos insertado los reportes Utilizaremos el enlace Limpiar situado encima del rea de acceso directo para vaciarla Por su lado el enlace Cerrar lo que hace es cerrar el men de inserci n sin a adir ning n objeto nuevo Personalizar reas de gr ficas Hay un total de cuatro reas de gr ficas Para insertar una gr fica en una de ellas sencillamente pincharemos en Insertar y despu s en una de las gr ficas de la lista
180. de un factor por ejemplo 1 10 100 10 000 un numerador y un denominador los dos ltimos siendo expresiones obtenidas a partir de uno o varios elementos de datos A modo de ejemplo el indicador Cobertura BCG lt 1 a o queda definido por una f rmula con factor 100 numerador el n mero de dosis BCG entregadas a ni os menores de 1 a o y denominador la poblaci n diana menor de 1 a o El indicador Tasa de exclusi n de DPT1 a DPT3 es una f rmula de 100 x Dosis entregadas DPT1 Dosis entregadas DPT3 Dosis entregadas DPT1 La mayor a de los m dulos de reporte en DHIS 2 soportan tanto elementos de datos como indicadores y podemos incluso combinarlos en reportes personalizados Pero la diferencia m s importante y la ventaja de los indicadores frente a los datos en bruto los valores de los datos en los elementos de datos es la capacidad para comparar datos a trav s de reas geogr ficas distintas por ejemplo reas muy pobladas frente a reas rurales ya que la poblaci n diana puede utilizarse como denominador Es posible a adir modificar y eliminar indicadores en cualquier momento sin interferir en los valores de los datos que ya se encuentran en la base de datos 2 5 6 Reportes y tablas de reportes Una manera muy flexible de presentar los datos que se han recopilado son los reportes est ndar en DHIS 2 Los datos pueden ser agregados por unidad organizativa o cualquier nivel de orgunit por elemento de datos por
181. deberemos asegurarnos de seleccionar un nivel de establecimiento de salud Pincharemos un icono en el mapa para abrir el men contextual con dos opciones Mostrar informaci n proporciona los datos de muchos elementos de datos de esta unidad organizativa el grupo de elementos de datos y el tipo de periodo son opciones de configuraci n llamadas Elementos de datos infraestructurales y Tipo de periodo infraestructural y Reubicar que nos permite mover gr ficamente la unidad organizativa a una ubicaci n distinta al hacer esto las nuevas coordenadas se guardar n permanentemente we OOO twasG BGHO0 Tos NGOO OA EJ Exa Gis Map layers a 3 Base layers Facility layer x rn A D Openstreetiap Symbolizer by group group set Organisation unit level facility 2 D Google Hybrid B a I 2 M Google Streets Group set Type v Level Health Facility v e 0 F amp Overiays s m a E Thematic layer 1 Th Parent organisation uni Admin Unit County 5 ly rg 009 Thematic layer 2 Admin Unit District By 3 Kenya an t ES Y Facility layer 9 C Central J Symbol layer Community Unit Bly e a 3 Ws overiay Vector overiay Dispensary oI B O Eastem 3 E G Nairobi r Health Centre Fg ae a Cursor position r astem Hospital y 5 C Nyanza Lon 36 75093 Lat 1 30540 Rift Nursing Home e ly aume e Feature data r 2 ef Private Medical Clinic E a TARA a e A Thematic layer 1 legend
182. ded value of easily getting the total live births information was the decisive point for us This means that from this table or subtable of row 1 to 6 there are only two data elements Live births and Still births Then there are two more dimensions the PHU Community with its two options and a Births attended by with options MCH Aides SECHN Midwives CHO Trained TBA Untrained TBA These two categories make up the catcombo Births which is assigned to the two data elements Live births and Still births Considering the final three rows of the delivery table we can see that Complicated Deliveries does not have the assisted by dimension but has the place and the outcome Low birth weight also does not have the assisted by dimension and not the outcome either The LLITN given after delivery does not have any additional dimension at all Since not any of the three rows can share catcombo with any other row we decided to represent these fields as so called flat data elements meaning data elements with no categories at all and simply adding the additional information from the column headings to the data element name and therefore ended up with the following data elements with the default same as none catcombo Complicated deliveries in PHU live birth Complicated deliveries in PHU still births Complicated deliveries in community live birth Complicated deliveries in community still births Low birth weight in PHU Lo
183. depend on your mobile phone and then select Complete want to complete anyway With x is the number of empty field s Select Yes if you want to send data to server select No if you do not want to send and go back to Entry screen again DHIS Mobile Legacy J2ME client with SMS transport e After select Yes a security message will appear and inform that the application will connect to server Select Yes to give the permission for the application to do so e User will receive a success message Activity uploaded successfully e A finished activity activity that is completed and data is send to server will be move to Completed Activity and it will be display as Uneditable Form User can go to Completed Activity at Activity Main Menu to review 8 Sent Activities From Activity Main Menu screen select Sent Activities to go to the list of all activities you sent to server The structure of this screen is exactly the same as Activity Plan List Select Detail to see the detail of the activity of select Select to go to the Uneditable Screen In this screen user can only review the form they sent to server No edit or change is allowed Select Back to go back to Sent Activities screen 20 3 5 4 2 Updating Activity Plan and Program Form After some days weeks or months new Activities may automatically generated from server some Program Stage Data Element may be rem
184. der Non pregnant in means that the combination of options Pregnant In School will never be used in any data entry form and hence become a passibe optioncombo which is ok As long as the form is custom designed then you can choose which combinations of options to use or not and therefore it is not a problem to have such passive or unused catoptions Having school as one option in the TT place category simplifies the model and therefore we thought it was worth it The alternative would be to create 5 more data elements for TT1 in school TTS in school but then it would be a bit confusing to add these together with the TT1 TT5 plus TT catcombo Having school as a place in the TT place category makes it a lot easier to get the total of TT1 TTS vaccines given which are the most important numbers and most often used values for data analysis Complications of early and late pregnancy and labour tables We treat these two tables as one and will explain why These two tables are a bit confusing and not the best deisgn The major data coming out of these tables are the pregnancy complications and the maternal deaths These are the major things for data analysis And then there is further detail on the cause of the complication or death the first column in both tables as well as a place of death in PHU or community and a outcome of the complication when its not a death that can be either Managed at PHU or Referred We decided to create two d
185. des de informaci n para el sector salud est n en constante cambio y evoluci n hay una necesidad de que el usuario tenga libertad para hacer los cambios seg n sus propios requisitos Esto frecuentemente es muy limitado en sistemas propietarios e Acceso a c digo fuente para favorecer la integraci n e interoperabilidad La interoperabilidad entre diferentes aplicaciones software en el sector salud est tomando importancia creciente lo que significa permitir que dos o m s sistemas compartan datos y metadatos Este trabajo es mucho m s f cil y a veces dependiente del c digo fuente que se disponibiliza a los desarrolladores que hacen la integraci n Esta disponibilidad frecuentemente no es posible en el caso del software propietario Y cuando lo es supone costes enormes y obligaciones contractuales Qu es DHIS2 Software libre y de c digo abierto FOSS beneficios y retos e Las aplicaciones FOSS como DHIS2 t picamente est n mantenidas por una red global de desarrolladores y por tanto tiene acceso a conocimiento puntero en investigaci n y desarrollo I D Comenzando con DHIS 2 Primeros pasos con DHIS 2 Capitulo 2 Comenzando con DHIS 2 2 1 Primeros pasos con DHIS 2 Tras repasar este capitulo habremos podido entender e Arrancar DHIS2 desde el escritorio e C mo loquearnos desde el escritorio e C mo crear nuevos usuarios y roles de usuario e Qu pasos son necesarios para dise ar una base de datos DHIS2 p
186. dicadores Indicadores e Name The full name of the indicator such as Incidence of confirmed malaria cases per 1000 population e Short name An abbreviated name of the indicator such as Inc conf malaria per 1000 pop The short name must be less than or equal to 25 characters including spaces e Alternative name An additional field for a possible alternative name of the indicator e Code In many countries indicators are often assigned a particular code This code can be entered here e Description A brief informative description of the indicator and how it is calculated can be entered here e Annualized Determines whether or not an annualization factor is applied during the calculation of the indicator Typically annualized indicator s numerator are multiplied by a factor of 12 and the denominator is for instance a yearly population figure This allows for monthly coverage values to be calculated with yearly population figures Type This field will determine a factor that will automatically be applied during the calculation of the indicator Possible choices are determined by the Indicator Types described below For instance a Percent indicator will automatically be multiplied by a factor of 100 when exported to the data mart so that it will display as a percentage e URL Can be used as a link to an indicator registry where a full metadata description of the indicator can be made available To define the numerator and de
187. dministrators must be very careful about creating database views directly in the DHIS 2 database Certain DHIS 2 operations drop and recreate tables for instance when the resource tables are regenerated If any SQL views depend on these tables an error will occur since the tables are referenced in an SQL view The SQL View functionality of DHIS2 will store the SQL view definition internally and then materialize the view when requested 18 7 1 Creating a new SQL view To create a new SQL view choose Maintenance gt SQL view and click the Add new button Add new Sql view Details Name Total malaria deaths Y Get all aggregated data values from the database for the data element named CDE Deaths malaria Description confirmed total Y SELECT FROM aggregateddatavalue where dataelementid SELECT DISTINCT dataelementid from dataelement where name CDE Deaths malaria confirmed total Statement Cancel Save The Name attribute of the SQL view will be used to determine the name of the table that DHIS2 will create when the view is materialized by the user The Description attribute allows one to provide some descriptive text about what the SQL view actually does Finally the SQL statement should contain the SQL view definition Only SQL SELECT statements are allowed and certain sensitive tables i e user information are not accessible Press Save to store the SQL view definition 18 7 2 SQL View man
188. do El requisito hardware se ha puesto en ltimo lugar deliberadamente debido a que hay una tendencia clara a prestarle demasiada atenci n habiendo otros factores m s cruciales Volviendo a las tres principales opciones de alojamiento la experiencia de misiones de implementaci n en pa ses en desarrollo sugiere que los aspectos citados rara vez est n presentes en las opciones uno y dos a nivel viable Alcanzar un nivel aceptable en todos esos aspectos es desafiante en t rminos de recursos humanos y dinero especialmente al comparar con la tercera opci n Tiene el beneficio de que acomoda los aspectos pol ticos mencionados y crea capacidades locales para la administraci n de servidor aunque por otro lado esto se puede lograr por otras v as La opci n tres alojamiento externo tiene la ventaja de que soporta todos los aspectos mencionados a un coste asequible Muchos proveedores de hosting de servidores virtuales o de servicios en la nube ofrecen servicios fiables para lanzar la mayor a de aplicaciones posibles Un ejemplo de estos proveedores son los servidores web de Linode y Amazon La administraci n de esos servidores se realiza a trav s de una conexi n de red lo que sucede tambi n muchas veces en el caso de la administraci n de un servidor local La ubicaci n f sica del sercidor en este caso es irrelevante ya que esos proveedores ofrecen servicios en muchas partes del mundo Esta soluci n se est convirtiendo en un est ndar
189. e Filter by name will allow you to filter a range of data elements if you know either the full name of the data element or just a part of it Type the name into the search field and any matching data elements are displayed below You can also choose Filter by group view all to narrow down a data element search within a particular data element group In default mode this field will display all the data elements in the application The Get PDF button can be clicked to generate a pdf file of all the data elements The Sort button can be used to sort the data elements into alphabetical order dm P District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Services Data Element Data element management Data Element Data Element Group Filter by name Deu Bamer aip Get Select data dictionary AE Data Element Category AM Addnew Data Element Category Combination Concept _Name sas i Abortion AMO Indicator ees Accidental drowning and submersion FARO Indicator Acciden exposu to noxi gt gt Indicator Type a q ais 7 Z i Indicator Group F Indicator Group Editor Accidents 7 A uw i Indicator Group Set Accountants AMO Data Dictionary Active Corneal Ulcer MA ORS Data Dictionary Acti a Y A m Ow To add a new data element click the Add new button There are various options available from this page that allow the user to modify data elements already pres
190. e e Click Save all values button to save all aggregated data values e Click Orange arrow icon next to period name for showing list of aggregated data values at this period Select only necessary data values and click Save selected values to save them e Click Show details icon to view detail information which aggregated 178 Web API Introduction Capitulo 23 Web API The Web API is a component which makes it possible for external systems to access and manipulate data stored in an instance of DHIS 2 More precisely it provides a programmatic interface to a wide range of exposed data and service methods for applications such as third party software clients web portals and internal DHIS 2 modules 23 1 Introduction The Web API adheres to many of the principles behind the REST architectural style To mention some few and important ones 1 The fundamental building blocks are referred to as resources A resource can be anything exposed to the Web from a document to a business process anything a client might want to interact with The information aspects of a resource can be retrieved or exchanged through resource representations A representation is a view of a resource s state at any given time For instance the reportTable resource in DHIS represents a tabular report of aggregated data for a certain set of parameters This resource can be retrieved in a variety of representation formats including HTML PDF and MS Excel 2
191. e Use Select button to select a village Choose Beneficiary In a village beneficiary name will be display in a list User can use the Select button to view the activities of the selected name 146 DHIS Mobile Mobile application setup 4 Choose Activity Each Activity is represented by the name of the Beneficiary Select the name of the beneficiary you want to view Note that the name start with means that this is a late Activity 5 Beneficiary Detail Select the Detail command on the left of the activity screen a Beneficiary Detail screen will be displayed The detail screen may contain personal information and some additional information of the Beneficiary depends on the setting from server Select OK to go back to activity screen 6 Fill in values Entry screen On the top of the screen is the name of the Program Stage Below is the form a form include many fields for user to input data Focus on a field by press the Up or Down button on your mobile phone After the field is focused you can start entering data Press the Up or Down button to go to the next field At the bottom is the menu with Save Complete and Back command Notes e For the field with Yes No value press the select button on a focused field to open the popup menu then you can select Yes No or Select Option Select Select Option means that you have no data for that fi
192. e aggregated period you can select e g Months this year which would give you values for each month so far in the year You can do a similar report with quarters The idea is to support as many generic report types as possible using relative periods so if you have other report needs please suggest new relative periods on the mailing list and they might be added to the report table options Cross tabbing dimensions Cross tabbing is a very powerful functionality in report design as the typical DHIS 2 data table with references to period data element indicator and orgunit makes more advanced report design very difficult as you cannot put e g specific indicators periods or orgunits on specific columns E g by cross tabbing on the indicator dimension in an indicator report table you will get the indicator names on the column headers in your report in addition to a column referencing orgunit and another column referencing period With such a table design you could drag and drop indicator names to specific columns or chart positions in the iReport software Similarly you can cross tab on orgunits or periods to make their names specifically available to report design E g by cross tabbing on periods and selecting the two relative periods Reporting month and This year you can design reports with both the last month and the accumulative annual value for given month as they will be available as column headers in your report table It is also p
193. e en el men principal en Servicios Visualizador de Datos La imagen siguiente nos muestra la vista general del m dulo Para comenzar a usarlo de forma sencilla 1 Observamos el encabezado de Indicador y seleccionamos un grupo de indicadores del listado de grupos 2 Observamos los Indicadores disponibles y seleccionaremos algunos indicadores del listado pinchando sobre ellos doble click 3 Pinchamos en Actualizar en la barra superior y se desdobla un gr fico El visualizador de datos est dise ado en primer lugar para ser f cil de usar podemos seleccionar los indicadores elementos de datos periodos y unidades organizativas que queramos incluir y pinchar en Actualizar para obtener una visualizaci n En segundo lugar ha sido dise ado para ser r pido y lograr un buen funcionamiento incluso con conexiones lentas a Internet los gr ficos se generan en el navegador web y muy pocos datos se env an realmente por la red E y lt lt lt Update Favorites Download Data table Exit chape la E WWW U E A J Duis Category Filter Sierra Leone Data Period Organisation unit y E ANC 1 Coverage W ANC 2 Coverage Mi ANC 3 Coverage 140 04 Selected 120 04 100 0 4 ANC LL ANC T 80 0 ANC vis nical professional 60 04 40 0 E Data elements Reporting rates 20 05 Relative periods Y Fixed periods o o o AN AL a a a AL E N os aT pe 1 gr pe SI yA on s ys rid e
194. e scheduling setting status and sending messages comments or deleting for each events After entering a message in the field click on button in Message column to add a comment for the event For sending a reminder message click on gt gt button Nota Only allow to edit due dates of events with status as overdue or scheduled in future 4 Comments and messages tab Displays a comment message list of the program 5 Program report tab Summary report for the program The Active programs section consists of active programs of the person Click on a program to show detail information below Besides there are two link in this tab 1 To display completed program list of the person click Completed programs link Select a program to show detail information below 2 To enroll the person into a program click Enroll link The Relationship section consists of relationships of the person Click on a person in list to open his her dashboard Besides there are two link in this tab 1 To open Relationship management section click Management link 2 To register new person for relationship click Register new person link Besides the system audits user s information who accessed on the dashboard Click on the History link in the header to display this information 22 2 2 1 2 Person enrollment After the registration the person needs to be enrolled in any available program To enroll 1 Click on Enroll link from Dashboar
195. e that identify the data indicators or data elements orgunits and periods For each of these dimensions the user can select which metadata values to include in the report The user must select one or more data elements or indicators to appear in the report The orgunit selection can be substituted with a parameter either one specific orgunit or an orgunit parent making itself and all its children appear in the report If one or more orgunits are selected and no orgunit parameter is used then the report is static with regard to which orgunits to include which in most cases is an unnecessary restriction to a report Using relative periods The period selection is more advanced as it can in addition to specific periods like Jan 09 Q1 08 2007 also contain what is called relative periods As report usually is run routinely over time a specific period like Jan 09 is not very useful in a report Instead if you want to design a monthly report you should use the relative period called Reporting Month Then you must also include Reporting Month as one of your report parameters to let the system know what exactly is the Reporting Month on the time of report generation There are many other relative periods available and they all relate to the report parameter Reporting Month E g the relative period called So far this year refers to the accumulative value for the year incl the Reporting Month If you want a trend report with multiple periods in stead of on
196. e the aggregate total for all the organisational units that are contained within a higher level organisational unit level For instance if there are ten districts contained in a province and the aggregation operator for a given data element has been defined as SUM the aggregate total for the province would be calculated as the sum of the values of the individual ten districts contained in that province 13 1 1 3 2 Period Periods are used to represent the when dimension associated with data values Data can easily be aggregated from weeks to months from months to quarters and from quarters to years DHIS 2 uses known rules of how these different intervals are contained within other intervals for instance Quarter 1 2010 is known to contain January 2010 February 2010 an March 2010 in order to aggregate data from smaller time intervals e g weeks into longer time intervals e g months 13 1 1 3 3 Data Elements and Categories The data element dimension specifies what is being recorded by a particular data value Data element categories are actually degenerated dimensions of the data element dimension and are used to disaggregate the data element dimension into finer categories Data element categories such as Age and Gender are used to record a particular data element typically for different population groups These categories can then be used to calculate the overall total for the category and the total of all categories 13 1 1
197. ealth data and aggregated data management The module supports management of community health programs such as child immunization maternal health and e g allows tracking of individuals enrolled in various programs and activity planning for community health workers The following are the major things 1 Administrating meta data includes person attributes person attribute groups identifier types relationship types health programs program stages corresponding to the program validations and formulas for aggregating data value from individual cases 2 Administrating person registration registering a new person setting relationships enrolling a person into a program and management of person location Data entry for inputting individual data for treatment of each person Reports for individual cases Linking data between tracker system and aggregate management system Provides a list of upcoming visits to better plan for daily weekly activities at a facility or in an area NY Dun HE U Support the work practices around tracking persons within a health program Advantages of tracker module 1 Facilitate the health service provider in person s treatment follow up by recording all treatment related information in one place and in effective monitoring of different health services and drill down to individual person information 2 Facilitate the health service provider at a facility or in an area a list of upcoming visi
198. easles lt 1y coverage OPD uti pery etl visits per cap PMTCT by province 2010 TB Case Finding Ro WRA Receiving FP commodies O Ya o gt gt m BCG Coverage m DPT 3 Coverage m Measles coverage m Measles coverage FIC Coverage Trend Measles coverage Accedemos al resumen de las tasas de reporte en el men Servicios gt Reportes Los res menes mostrar n cu ntos sets de datos formularios han sido registrados por unidad organizativa y por periodo Podemos utilizar uno de los tres diversos m todos que hay para calcular la integridad 1 en base al bot n Completar en la entrada de datos 2 en base a un conjunto de elementos de datos definidos como obligatorios o 3 en base al total de valores de datos registrados para un set de datos Para lanzar el reporte haremos lo siguiente 1 Seleccionar una unidad organizativa del rbol desplegable 2 3 Seleccionar uno de los m todos de integridad Seleccionar todos los sets de datos que reportara sobre todos los sets de datos para la unidad seleccionada o bien un solo set de datos que reportara la integridad de todos los hijos de la unidad seleccionada El reporte aparecer autom ticamente en pantalla Seleccionar un tipo de periodo y un periodo como tal de la lista disponible para cada tipo de periodo Avanzar adelante y atr s en los a os utilizando los botones de Anterior y Siguiente Cambiar alguno de los par metros a
199. eb API Example Embedding charts with the Visualizer chart plug in To authenticate with the DHIS server we use the same approach as in the previous section In the header of the HTML document we include the following Javascript inside a script element The setLinks method will be implemented later Make sure the base variable is pointing to your DHIS installation var base http apps dhis2 org demo Ext onReady function Ext Ajax request url base dhis web commons security login action method POST params J_username admin j_password district success setLinks We Now let us have a look at the various options for the Visualizer plug in If you want to refer to pre defined charts already made inside DHIS you should use the uid parameter If you want create dynamic charts you shoud include the indicators and or dataelements parameter and omit the uid parameter Asterisk indicates that a parameter is required only when the uid parameter is not used Tabla 23 6 Visualizer chart plug in configuration Param Type Required Options default Description first uid string No Identifier of a pre defined chart in DHIS type string No column Chart type stackedcolumn bar stackedbar line area pie indicators string Yes Identifiers of indicators to include in chart dataelements string Yes Identifiers of data elements to include in chart
200. ed en lo que se llama popularmente cloud computing o computaci n en la nube Esos recursos generalmente se acceden a trav s de Internet utilizando un navegador web El objetivo primordial de un despligue de servidor online es proporcionar un acceso estable a largo plazo y de alto rendimiento a los servicios ofrecidos Cuando decidamos qu opci n elegir para un entorno de servidor deberemos considerar varios aspectos 1 La capacidad humana de administraci n y operaci n del servidor Debe haber personal con habilidades gen ricas para la administraci n de servidor y en las tecnolog as espec ficas de la aplicaci n que provee servicios Ejemplos de estas tecnolog as son los servidores web y las plataformas de gesti n de bases de datos Soluciones fiables para copias de seguridad automatizadas incluido un servidor local off y backup remoto Conectividad estable y buen ancho de banda para el tr fico hacia y desde el servidor Fuente de alimentaci n el ctrica estable incluida una soluci n de backup Entorno seguro para el servirod f sico en t rminos de acceso robo y fuego Du Bu N Presencia de un plan de recuperaci n ante desastres Este plan debe contener una estrategia realista para asegurar que el servicio solo sufrir ca das breves en los casos de fallo hardware ca da de la red y otros 7 Hardware viable potente y robusto Todos estos aspectos deben cubrirse para crear un entorno de alojamiento apropia
201. el rbol identificado con un s bmolo verde donde tendr s que escribir el nombre completo s S el nombre completo de la unidad que buscas 2 Selecciona un set de datos del listado desplegable que est disponible para la unidad organizativa que has seleccionado 3 Selecciona un periodo para registrar estos datos Los periodos disponibles est n configurados en los tipos de periodo de set de datos es decir la frecuencia de reporte semanal mensual etc Puedes saltar un a o atr s o adelante utilizando las flechas situadas encima de periodo Ahora deber as poder ver ya el formulario de entrada de datos Dependiendo de c mo se haya implementado el formulario de entrada de datos veremos tres tipos diferentes de formularios Formulario por Defecto Formulario de Secci n o Formulario Personalizado Si hay un formulario personalizado se mostrar seguido de un formulario de secci n y finalmente de un formulario por defecto 51 Entrada de datos Introduciendo datos gt DHIS 2 Demo Sierra Leone Maintenance Services Log out X Ngelehun CHC No Period Selected Data Entry Y No Data Element Selected Sierra Leone EBo Run validation mBadjia Organisation Unit Ngelehun CHC HNgelehun CHC LNjandama MCHP Data Set Select data set a 3 Select data set HB E Baom Period ART monthly summary EBargbe EPI Stock y Bargbo HIV Peadiatric monthly summary 7 EHBumpe Ngao E Monality
202. el de control y presionamos el bot n Escribir mensaje Entonces seleccionaremos una unidad organizativa o un grupo de unidades organizativas en el rbol de unidades organizativas Destinatarios Introduciremos un asunto y texto del mensaje y pincharemos en el bot n Enviar Para cancelar el env o podemos descartar el mensaje pinchando en el bot n Descartar como se muestra en la captura de pantalla siguiente 48 Panel de control Dashboard Mensajes y retroalimentaci n Write new message Organisation Unit Selection Selectatlevel Level1 _Un select at level Un select all _ Selectin group Un selectin group Addis Ketema Afder Agnewak Akaki Kaliti Alaba Special Wereda Amaro Special Wereda Arada Argoba Special Wereda Arsi Asossa Awi Bale Basketo Special Wereda Subject Data review meeting gt m Recipients Ea E E E E 8 8 E El We will have a data review meeting next Thursday September 29th at 9 AM at the woreda health office All information officers are expected to attend Text Sena Discard Podemos leer los mensajes que nos han enviado pinchando en Mensajes en el panel de control Los mensajes se mostrar n en una lista Pincharemos en el mensaje deseado para leer todos los mensajes de esa conversaci n particular Messages Sender Subject Date Operations admin admin DHIS is great 2011 09 21 be w admin admin Whats up with your d
203. elativos a la fecha actual es decir si el mes actual es marzo y seleccionamos ltimo mes entonces se incluir el mes de febrero en el gr fico 14 7 Seleccionando periodos absolutos Para seleccionar periodos fijos no relativos pinchamos en el encabezado de Periodos fijos y seleccionamos un tipo de periodo del cuadro grupal Podemos seleccionar tantos periodos fijos como queramos de cualquier tipo de periodo Podemos combinar libremente periodos fijos y relativos en un mismo gr fico Los periodos que se solapen se filtrar n de modo que aparecer n una sola vez 14 8 Seleccionando unidades organizativas Podemos seleccionar qu unidades organizativas incluir en el gr fico pinchando en el encabezado Unidades Organizativas Esta secci n publica un rbol que incluye todas las unidades organizativas del sistema Seleccionaremos algunas unidades organizativas pinchando en ellas Si queremos seleccionar m ltiples unidades organizativas de forma arbitraria podemos pulsar el bot n Ctrl en el teclado y pinchar en el rbol Si queremos incluir todas las unidades ortanizativas bajo una determinada unidad es decir todos los hijos de una unidad organizativa pincharemos con el bot n derecho sobre esa unidad y seleccionaremos Seleccionar todos los hijos Tambi n podemos seleccionar autom ticamente todas las unidades organizativas de un grupo de unidades concreto pinchamos en el bot n Grupo en el extremo derecho de la barra de her
204. eld e For the field with pre suggested values press the select button to open the popup menu then you can choose one of the options Select Select Option means that you have no data for that field For date type value If server Date is available application will take server Date as default value If server Date is not available date filed will be leave blank for user to input manually 7 Saving Completing After finish step 4 you can choose either Save or Complete to finish your work e Save you may want to use this option if you have not finished your work yet and you want to store the data to continue later e Select Menu or Option at the bottom of your screen The name Menu or Option depend on your mobile phone and then select Save A success message Form Saved will be display Select Done or Dismiss to go back to Entry Screen e Your data will not be sent to server It is stored in the Record Store of your mobile phone To see the data again Go back to step 2 and select the name of the Beneficiary that you have just entered data Repeat step 3 and 4 If you feel that you are ready to send data to server Select Complete e Complete you may use this option when you fill the entire field on the form and make sure that your data is correct e Select Menu or Option at the bottom of your screen The name Menu or Option
205. ent Period Value Bo CHC Measles doses given Dec 09 121 Bo CHP Measles doses given Dec 09 98 Bo MCHP Measles doses given Dec 09 87 Bombali CHC Measles doses given Dec 09 110 Bombali CHP Measles doses given Dec 09 67 Bombali MCHP Measles doses given Dec 09 59 21 3 2 Best practice on the use of group sets and groups Groups that are not members of group sets are more or less useless for analysis should we allow this at all With all the groups you get by e g including all different diagnoses as groups the full list of groups does not makes sense in any pivot table and you easily get duplicates in your pivot tables since data elements or indicators are members of multiple groups This can be controlled by the use of group sets So the recommodation is to assign all your groups to a group Set and then you pull the group sets you need into your reports and analysis It is also recommended to have one group set that is used for the major organising of all data in e g a pivot table e g use health programs or other larger themes for data elements or indiactors that together cover all the data That will provide a nicely organised overview of all your raw data or indicator data The resource table gives all groupsets as columns with groups as rows and 1 DE per row This means that all groupsets are joined in when e g creating a view to a pivot table Resource tables have to be generated from the Mainteance gt Data Admini
206. ent in the database Each of the options are described below in the Editing data elements 4 1 1 1 Editando elementos de datos Click the Edit button to modify the properties of a data element that has been previously defined 26 Elementos de datos Elementos de datos dm P District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Services Help Log out Edit data element _ Details Name Accidents Short name Accidents Alternative name Code Fractures injuries Description Active Domain Type Value Type Number type Aggregation operator URL Combination of categories Age over under Data element group sets u Aggregation levels u Save Name Define the precise name of the data element in this field Each data element must have a unique name Short name Typically an abbreviation of the full data element name This attribute is often used in reports to display the name of the data element where there is limited space available Alternative name Allows the definition of an alternative name of the data element Code In many countries data elements are assigned a code This code can be entered in this field Description Allows a full textual description of the data element to be entered The user should be as precise as possible and include full information on how the data element is measured and what its meaning is
207. ent will display the date of which the data value set was completed or false if no data element attribute was supplied The import process can be customized using a set of import parameters Tabla 23 4 Import parameters Parameter Values default first Description dataElementIdScheme uid name code Which property on the data element object to reference from the XML attribute orgUnitIdScheme uid name code Which property on the org unit object to reference from the XML attribute dryRun false true Whether to save changes on the server or just return the import summary importStrategy new_and_updates new updates Save objects of all new or update import status on the server All parameters are optional and can be supplied as query parameters in the request URL like this http apps dhis2 org demo api dataValueSets dataElement IdScheme code orgUnit IdScheme name amp dryRun true amp importStrategy new They can also be supplied as XML attributes on the data value set element like below XML attributes will override query string parameters lt dataValueSet xmlns http dhis2 org schema dxf 2 0 dataElement IdScheme code orgUnitIdScheme name dryRun true importStrategy new gt lt dataValueSet gt Regarding the id schemes by default the identifiers used in the XML messages refer to the DHIS stable object identifiers In certain interoperability situations we might experience that
208. ent with data entered during earlier months and years while allowing for changes with reorganization increased work load etc and consistent with other similar facilities Timeliness All data from all health facilities blocks Taluka districts should be submitted at the appointed time Chequeos de calidad de datos Data quality checking can be done through various means including 1 10 4 At point of data entry the software can check the data entered to see if it falls within the min max ranges of that data element over the last six months or as defined by the user Defining various validation rules which can be run once the user has finished data entry The user can also check the entered data for a particular period and Organization Unit s against the validation rules and display the violations for these validation rules Analysis of data sets ie examining gaps in data Data triangulation which is comparing the same data or indicator from different sources Chequeo de calidad de datos en cualquier punto de la entrada de datos Data quality can be checked at the point of data entry through setting the minimum and maximum value range for each element manually or generating the min max values using the DHIS 2 if there is historical data available for that data element 61 Configurando la funcionalidad de Calidad de C mo fijar manualmente el rango de valores Datos m nimo y m ximo 10 4 1 C mo
209. entana mostrada en la secci n 1 1 15 3 4 Medida de distancia Pinchamos en el icono de flecha de doble direcci n en la barra de herramientas del mapa para acceder al modo de medici n A continuaci n pinchamos nuestra ubicaci n deseada de comienzo en el mapa y aparecer una l nea de puntos que sigue al cursor hacia la ubicaci n de destino Solo hace falta pinchar de nuevo para fijar la l nea de puntos y doble click para terminar la l nea Para salir del modo de medici n pinchamos en el icono de la barra de herramientas o cerramos la ventana 107 Setting up GIS Context Capitulo 16 Setting up GIS 16 1 Context Setting up the GIS simply means storing coordinates for the organisation units you want to show on the map in the database Coordinates are often distributed in proprietary formats and will need to be converted to a format which DHIS2 understands ESRI shapefiles are the most common geospatial vector data format for desktop applications You might find shapefiles for your country here or in many other geospatial data repositories on the web Some amount of work needs to be done in order to use these coordinates in DHIS 2 GIS namely transforming the data into a suitable format and ensuring the name which are contained in the geospatial data match exactly with the names of the organization units which they should be matched to If you go to the organisation unit module and edit one of the units you can see a text field
210. entered in the URL field This could be for instance a link to a metadata repository or registry that contains detailed technical information about the definition and measurement of the data element Combination of categories Defines which category combination the data element should have 27 Elementos de datos Elementos de datos e Data element group sets Click the check box to activate this option hen choose which data element group sets this data element should belong to Available data element group sets are displayed din the upper window Click the desired data element group set then the Add selected button to add the data element to the group set To remove a data element from a group set click the data element group set in the lower list and then click Remove selected Calculated This option is available only when a data element is created 2 Nota As of version 2 3 calculated data elements have been deprecated Calculated data elements should therefore be implemented as indicators instead Select the data elements that will be used to define the calculated data element and then click Add selected to add them calculated data element composition list Fill in the correct factor for the data element calculation component defaults to 1 Component elements of the calculated data element can be removed from the definition by pressing the Remove button Aggregation levels The Aggregation Levels option allows
211. entrada de Adding a new section form datos 2 Open the DataSet Section window from right side menu under Datasets and add your sections one by one To add a new section to a section form first choose the dataset from the Select dataset combo box Then choose the specific category combo and press Add new You can now add data elements from the Available data element list on the left to the Selected data elements list on the right Data elements can be sorted within the section with the use of the Move up i and Move down buttons Be sure to press Save once you have finished Nota You can only use one data element category combination per section 3 You may need to control how the data element sections are displayed on the final form In Dataset Section management select the dataset from the Dataset drop down box then leave All in the Select Category Combo drop down Click on Sort section to sort the order of appearance of your sections in the data entry form 4 In Data Entry you can now start using the Section form should appear automatically when sections are available for the selected dataset Datasets which have section forms will automatically display the section form Certain data elements may need to be disabled for data entry Clicking on the Section grey field management icon will allow you to disable specific data element category options as seen below Pressing the Disable button will
212. ents of aggregate dataset named Number of children BCG and the data element of a program stage named BCG dose given 1 From Maintenance menu go to Data Element and Indicators option and click on it Select Data Element option to define two new data elements 1 Define a new data element named Number of children BCG with Aggregate option for Domain Type 2 Define a new data element named BCG dose give date with Patient option for Domain Type From Maintenance menu go to Datasets option and click on it Select Dataset option to create a new dataset named BCG Report and add Number of children BCG data element into the dataset From Maintenance menu go to Persons and Programs option and click on it Select Program option to create a program named Child Health Program with a stage named Birth Details and add the BCG dose given data element into this stage Create a new aggregation query builder named Number of children BCG Builder to linking between the data elements From Services menu go to Individual Records option and click on it Select Person option below Registration header in the left menu to register three persons named Micheal Alice and Tom in Ngelehun CHC and enroll them into Child Health Program 1 For Micheal open the Birth Details stage into Child Health Program Enter value for BCG dose give date data element as 2012 01 18 2 For Alice open the Birth Details stage into Child Health Program
213. er due date 167 DHIS TRACKER Persons and Programs maintenance e Before or equals to due date e After or equals to due date e In range due date 22 2 1 5 2 Program stage To define a program stage click the Program Stage Management icon the forth icon under Operations corresponding to the program you would like and then Add new button Fill in the Name and Description fields and then select the data elements that should belong to the group from the left panel Click the Move selected button to add the selected data elements to the right panel Click the Remove selected button to remove data elements that have been selected in the right panel Finally click the Add button to save changes or the Cancel button to discard any changes Basic information Name Name of the program stage Description The description of the program stage Description of report date The description for report date which is displayed in case entry form Auto generate event Un check this to prevent for creating an event of this program stage automatically when a person enroll into the program Scheduled days from start The minimum number of days to wait for starting the program stage Repeatable specify the program stage as repeatable or not Standard interval days Specify the number of days to repeat the repeatable program stage Data elements section Select person data elements which belong to the program stage Template reminder mess
214. ersge maz lm ANG 1 Coverage MM ANC 2 Coverage MM ANC 3 Coverage pats ANC Coverage August 2017 1082 1055 309 a o 2 o o os eS y OS A A 5 vt Sa ss a we ANC2 Coverene January 2012 sa RS ort se of ou oe yA ANC Coverage November2011 304 14 13 Descargando una gr fica como imagen o PDF Una vez hemos generado una gr fica podemos guardar esta vista como un fichero y descargarlo a nuestra computadora local pinchando en el bot n de Guardas como en el men superior central Podemso seleccionar entre formato PNG imagen o PDF El fichero se descargar inmediatamente a la computadora de modo que posteriormente podemos por ejemplo insertar ese fichero imagen en un documento de texto como parte de un informe 14 14 Guardando una gr fica como favorita Tras generar una gr fica podemos tambi n guardarla como favorita Pincharemos en el bot n Favoritos en el men superior y luego en el enlace Gestionar favoritos En el campo de nombre introducimos el nombre deseado para la gr fica es importante elegir nombres autodescriptivos Seleccionando la casilla Sistema el gr fico se har visible a todos los usuarios del sistema mientras que si no la chequeamos el gr fico ser visible s lo para el usuario logueado Solo los usuarios con permiso espec fico para crear gr ficos de sistema Podemos renombrar nuestras gr ficas favoritas seleccion ndolas en la lista modificando su nombre en el campo de entrada y
215. erson management to navigate to previous page To check the duplicated person or to avoid double registration after providing name and demographic details click the Check duplicate button Checking process bases on full name gender and birthday of the registering person to look for the available persons with the similar information in the database The result list will be displayed if the system finds out the same persons Now health providers can cancel the registration process and update the existing person or continue the process of registration To register representative for the registering person check on the Has guardian caretaker checkbox in Register new person form The sub function has two tab e Search existing person tab is used for searching available persons and users can select one person in the result list to set relationship The criteria to search is based on identifier attribute and name of persons e Add new person tab is used for registering a new person for relationship When adding a person in this form you need to select one user defined relationship type in the list Finally click Add button 22 2 2 1 1 Person dashboard The function is intended to provide quick access to individual data of person Dashboards consist of several sections some of which provide links to activity programs or relationships of the person Other sections of the dashboard allow users to enter data values for data entry form reschedule and
216. esentar y analizar los datos utilizando mapas tem ticos Es posible ver tanto los elementos de datos como los indicadores y dado que disponemos de las coordenadas de todas nuestras orgunits podemos explorar la jerarqu a y ver los mapas para todos los niveles desde pol gonos de pa s a puntos de establecimientos de salud Para m s detalles revisa el cap tulo espec fico sobre SIG Toda la informaci n de mapas est cargada en DHIS 2 y tan solo necesitas registrar las coordenadas de las unidades organizativas y los mapas estar n disponibles inmediatamente 12 2 Utilizando reportes est ndar Podemos acceder a los reportes disponibles en el men desplegable Servicios seleccionando Reportes En el men de reporte que aparece en la barra lateral izquierda pincha en Reporte Est ndar Aparecer entonces en la ventana principal una lista de todos los reportes que hay predefinidos dm 2 Report Standard Report Maintenance Services Help Log out Kenya HIS Standard Report Dataset Report Data Completeness Report _ Name a Operations Static Report Tally sheet generator ART O vA 4 3 Report Table Family Planning O 7 3 Chart Chart Immunisation cumulative coverage chart 07653 07653 immunisation Yearly Pivot Table Immunization DPT O 206 Pivot Table tnemuntzation Dropout ates 0763 Immunization OPV O 7 9 Lite cycle 0763 OPD top 10 new cases Over 5 O 7 9 OPD top 10 new cases Total O 7 a 9 OPD top 10 new c
217. esource tables Resource tables provide additional information about the dimensions of the data in a format that is well suited for external tools to combine with the data mart tables By joining the data mart with these resource tables one can easily aggregate along the data element category dimension or data element indicator organisation unit groups dimensions E g by tagging all the data values with the category option male or female and provide this in a separate column gender one can get subtotals of male and female based on data values that are collected for category option combinations like male lt 5 and male gt 5 See the Pivot Tables section for more examples of how these can be used orgunitstructure is another important table in the database that helps to provide the hierarchy of orgunits together with the data By joining the orgunitstructure table with the data mart tables you can get rows of data values with the full hierarchy e g on the form OU1 OU2 OU3 OU4 DataElement Period Value Sierra Leone Bo Badija Ngelehun CHC BCG lt 1 Jan 10 32 This format makes it much easier for e g pivot tables or other OLAP tools to aggregate data up the hierarchy 13 1 4 Report tables Report tables are defined cross tabulated reports which can be used as the basis of further reports such as Excel Pivot Tables or simply downloaded as an Excel sheet Report tables are intended to provide a specific view of data which is required su
218. essage inbox but can also be sent to the user s email addresses and mobile phones as SMS In this example we will see how we can utilize the Web API to send and read messages We will pretend to be the DHIS Administrator user and send a message to the Mobile user We will then pretend to be the mobile user and read our new message The resource we need to interact with when sending and reading messages is the messageConversations resource We start by visiting the Web API entry point at http apps dhis2 org demo api where we find and follow the link to the messageConversations resource at http apps dhis2 org demo api messageConversations The description tells us that we can use a POST request to create a new message using the following XML format lt message xmlns http dhis2 org schema dxf 2 0 gt lt subject gt This is the subject lt subject gt lt text gt This is the text lt text gt lt users gt lt user id userlID gt lt user id user2ID gt lt user id user3ID gt lt users gt 185 Web API Example Writing interpretations lt message gt Since we want to send a message to our friend the mobile user we need to look up her identifier We do so by going to the Web API entry point and follow the link to the users resource at http apps dhis2 org demo api users We continue by following link to the mobile user at http apps dhis2 org demo api users PhzytPW3g2J where we learn that her identifier is Phzy
219. estas limitaciones y lograr un acercamiento entre el nivel de servicio DHIS y otras piezas adicionales de software el equipo de desarrollo de DHIS decidi crear el API Web Este API Web cumple con las normas de estilo arquitect nico REST Esto implica que e El API Web proporciona un interfaz navegable y tambi n de lenguaje m quina para completar el modelo de datos DHIS Por ejemplo podemos acceder a la lista completa de elementos de datos luego navegar utilizando el hiperv nculo a un elemento de datos que nos interese en particular luego navegar utilizando el hiperv nculo a la lista de formularios de los cuales este elemento de datos forma parte Por ejemplo los clientes solo har n transiciones de estado utilizando hiperv nculos que se incrustan din micamente en las respuestas de la base de datos Qu es DHIS2 Comprendiendo la independencia de plataforma e Los datos son accedidos mediante un interfaz uniforme URLs utilizando un protocolo reconocido No hay formatos o protocolos de transporte extravagantes solo el protocolo HTTP ampliamente probado y entendido que es el bloque fundamental de la Web actual Esto implica que los desarrolladores de terceros pueden desarrollar software utilizando el modelo de datos y los datos de DHIS sin conocer la tecnolog a espec fica o sin cumplir a las restricciones de dise o de DHIS e Todos los datos incluidos metadatos reportes mapas y gr ficas que consideramos recursos en termin
220. evious screen The function of the five download buttons are presented below the screenshot 86 Setting up report functionality Standard reports The five download buttons Download as Excel Downloads a generated Excel file you can open in Excel Download as CSV Downloads a generated csv file CSV stands for Comma Separated Values It s a text file with the file ending csv Each line in the file corresponds to a row in the table while the columns are separated with semi colons The file can be opened in a text editor as well as in a spread sheet program such as Excel e Download as PDF Downloads a generated pdf file The data will be presented in a similar layout as the generated table you are already viewing in DHIS 2 e Download as Report Downloads a styled pdf file In addition to present the data in a table layout this file also presents a chart showing the aggregated data from all the chosen periods and the parent organisation unit chosen for the report table The report is generated using the Jasper report engine e Download as JRXML Downloads the design file for the generated Report described in the previous bullet The design file with the file ending jrxml can be opened in the Jasper iReport Designer software If you plan to design standard reports this is the starting point 13 4 Standard reports 13 4 1 What is a standard report A standard report is a manually designed report tha
221. example User can create and send a feedback to server in messages section After sending out the new feedback the message feedback will be listed under Messages for further following up 138 4 Reports The output reports from the server DHIS Mobile Getting started with mobile browser data entry will be updated 5 Settings User information e g First name Surname Phone number E mail and the Interface language Here is the form for setting the user account access and the interface language Click on SAVE for completing the settings see the example below 6 Logout to log out the application 7 Desktop version navigate to the desktop version of DHIS2 for administration Here is the GUI of the desktop version which require much memory for loading not recommended for normal mobile The example with DHIS2 Demo from dhis2 org After clicking on the Namebased Data Entry the next will guiding to the selections in the following steps Step 1 Choose an Organisation Unit Step 2 Choose the Activity Type the screen shot with an example with Current Activity Plan option There will be normally these two type of Activity Current Activity Plan the list of the beneficiaries registered enrolled not yet finish complete a many program and there is at least a program stage open for data entry All Activity Plan the list of all beneficiaries registered enrolled not yet finish complete a many prog
222. f the current user should be included in the chart targetLine Value double Value of target line to display on the chart targetLineLabel string Label for target line baseLine Value double Value of baseline to display on the chart baseLineLabel string Label for baseline domainAxisLabel string Label for the domain axis rangeAxisLabel string Label for the range axis el string Identifier of HTML element to render the chart in url string Base URL of the DHIS server width integer Width of chart height integer Height of chart legendPosition string top I right bottom left Position of chart legend function setLinks We continue by including two pre defined charts and to dynamic charts to our HTML document You can browse the list of available charts using the Web API here http apps dhis2 org demo api charts 190 Web API Example Creating a chart carousel with the carousel plug in DHIS getChart uid RODVGvXDUNP el chartAl url base DALS qa clar i vacie OnOCwmiyguingin elg charca wels lease riy DHIS getChart el chartBl url base type bar indicators FnYCr2EAzZWS eTDtyyaSA7 tUIlpyeeX9N periods lastl2Months organisationunits DE ImspTQPwCqd DHIS getChart el chartB2 url base EVPpe colin imeblesurorzss
223. fichero llamado hibernate properties en un editor de texto bloc de notas o similar y hacer la siguiente modificaci n encontrar la expresi n dbc h2 database dhis2 y reemplazar la parte dhis2 por el nombre que queremos dar a nuestra base de datos ej dhis2_test 4 Guardar y cerrar el fichero hibernate properties file 5 Arrancar DHIS 2 Live haciendo doble click en el fichero dhis2 live exe en la carpeta de instalaci n de DHIS 2 Live o utilizando el acceso directo de escritorio o el enlace en el men 6 Esperar a que se abra la ventana del navegador web y la pantalla de login y nos logueamos con nombre de usuario admin y contrase a district 7 Ahora veremos un sistema DHIS2 totalmente vac o y deberemos comenzar a a adir usuarios jerarqu a organizativa elementos de datos sets de datos etc Para instrucciones detalladas sobre c mo hacer esto podemos revisar otras secciones de este manual 2 1 3 Trabajando directamente con la base de datos H2 DHIS 2 Live utiliza una base de datos H2 embebida Esto tiene varias ventajas ya que no hay necesidad entonces de instalar un motor de base de datos separado como PostgresSql o MySql y es posible hacer una copia de seguridad 11 Comenzando con DHIS 2 Descargar e instalar la versi n de servidor simplemente copiando el fichero Toda la base de datos existe en la memoria lo que da un alto rendimiento La desventaja viene de la necesidad de RAM Este formato no es v l
224. g The first file is the CSS stylesheet for the chart plug in The second file is the CSS stylesheet for the carousel widget The third file is the Ext JavaScript framework which this plug in depends on The fourth file is the carousel plug in JavaScript file The fifth file is the chart plug in JavaScript file The paths in this example points at the DHIS 2 demo site make sure you update them to point to your own DHIS 2 installation Please refer to the section about the chart plug in on how to do authentication To create a chart carousel we will first render the charts we want to include in the carousel using the method described in the chart plug in section Then we create the chart carousel itself The charts will be rendered into div elements which all have a CSS class called chart In the carousel configuration we can then define a selector expression which refers to those div elements like this DHIS getChart 1 uid RODVGvXDUNP el chartAl url base DOS ger cier I mica 1OCPay evis n els Yelmeuccaz vuele bese Ip DHIS getChart 1 uid jlgNXBgwKVm el chartA3 url base 191 Web API Example Embedding report tables with the table plug in DHIS getChart new Ext ux carousel Carousel autoPlay true itemSelector imeervalk 5 showPlayButton DY ukes X7PqaxXfevnL Vieliy claguce true el Malaui do chartCarousel uel e base The first argu
225. g new data elements or orgunits without checking properly whether they are really new or just old names can cause a corrupted database with duplicate or incomplete data so be careful Procedure for handling New or Updates in the preview If new If there are new data elements indicators or orgunits first make sure whether they really are new or not Data elements are rarely new most of the time they are the old name of something that has been changed in the destination database e g a master db at the national level If you have changed some data elements names at the national level and these have not yet been updated in the district database the old names that are in the district export files will appear as new data elements in your import preview It is very important that you tell the DHIS that these are only just old names of a data element that already exists in your database if not you will have two data elements meaning the same thing and both with an incomplete set of data Use the match new to existing button to link the new data elements that really are old to the updated names in your national database and make sure that the source database updates its metdata before the next data export If updates Only the newer updates are shown in the preview This means the record has been updated more recently in the district hospital than in the zonal national database you are importing into If you are not sure whether you want to
226. g the following command ogrinfo al so filename shp Assuming that the projection is reported to be EPSG 27700 by ogrinfo we can transform it to EPSG 4326 by executing the following command ogr2ogr s_srs EPSG 27700 t_srs EPSG 4326 f GML filename gml filename shp If the geographic data is already in EPSG 4326 you can simply transform the shapefile to GML by executing the following command ogr2ogr f GML filename gml filename shp You will find the created GML file in the same folder as the shapefile Step 3 Prepare the GML file Unfortunately the GML file is not ready for importation yet Open it in a robust text editor like Geany Linux or Notepad Windows GML is an XML based format which means that you will recognize the regular XML tag hierarchy In the GML file an organisation unit is represented as a lt gml featureMember gt Inside the feature members we usually find a lot of attributes but we are just going to import their coordinates In order to do this DHIS 2 will match the name of the feature members to the organisation unit names in the database To get the name of the feature members in the GML file the importer will look for a property called ogr Name Figure out what property that is holding the name of the feature members could be ogr DISTRICT_NAME ogr NAME_1 or whatever this differs from shapefile to shapefile and rename it to ogr Name Ensure that both the start and the end tags are renamed properl
227. g up the organisational hierarchy and the system assumes that data entry is not being duplicated by entering the same services provided to the same clients at both facility level and also entering an aggregated sum of all facilities number at a higher level This is to more easily facilitate aggregation when the same services are provided but to different clients catchment populations at facilities on level 5 and a PHC the parent of the same facilities at level 4 In this way a facility at level 5 and a PHC at level 4 can share the same data elements and simply add together their numbers to provide the total of services provided in the geographical area Sometimes such an aggregation is not desired simply because it would mean duplicating data about the same population This is the case when you have two different sources of data for two different orgunit levels E g catchment population for facilities can come from a different source than district populations and therefore the sum of the facility catchment populations do not match the district population provided by e g census data If this is the case we would actually want duplicated data in the system so that each level can have as accurate numbers as possible but then we do NOT want to aggregate these data sources together In the Data Element section you can edit data elements and for each of them specify how aggregation is done for each level In the case described above we need to tell the
228. ganisation unit identifier can be looked up by going to the Web API entrypoint and follow the link to the organisationUnits resouce For our example we will use Bo district whith identifier O6uvpzGd5pu as the organisation unit http apps dhis2 org demo api reportTables xIWpSo5jjT 1 data 0u O6uvpzGdS5pu From the HTML representation we can see that the report now contains data for Bo district These URLs can simply be used in links embedded in the web page like this lt a href http apps dhis2 org demo api reportTables xIWpSo533 T1 data pdf 187 Web API Example Embedding charts with the Visualizer chart plug in ou 06uvpzGd5pu gt Maternal Health Bo District 2012 lt a gt There are many ways to authenticate over the Web and each method has its advantages and disadvantages For this example we will use an approach where we emulate a login from the web based login form To help us we will use the jQuery JavaScript library This JavaScript code should be embedded in the head section of the Web page jQuery document ready function S post http apps dhis2 org demo dhis web commons security login action j_username admin j_password district y In this code block we ask Query to send a POST request to the standard authentication point with two name value pairs containing the username and password information We assume that the user has the necessary authorities to view reports in the DHIS 2 Web API If au
229. gistration program To register an event from the Services option go to the Individual Records option and click it Then select Single event without registration option on left menu to proceed To list all events in the selected facility click List All Events button To remove empty events of the selected program click Remove empty events button To add new event click Add new button To update an event 1 Click Search button Then enter criterion for searching person The person list are displayed below 2 Click on Data entry icon the first icon to update value for the event 22 2 2 4 Reports The sub module provides two functions for individual reports e Program summary View the summary report to get an overview of the services provided for a program e Tabular report An interactive reporting tool for tracker data using tabular presentation with dynamic filters for each person attribute and data element 22 2 2 4 1 Program summary The function provides a tool for generating summary list of individual information with color shown on program stages to identify status of receiving services in each stage To access the program summary report choose Services gt Individual Records gt Program summary 176 DHIS TRACKER Individual records module Select a organisation unit which provides services on the left menu Then on the main page select Program Start date End date to get period After select Use data
230. gla de validacion This module provides management of validation rules A validation rule is based on an expression which defines a relationship between a number of data elements The expression has a left side and a right side and an operator which defines whether the former must be less than equal to or greater than the latter The expression forms a condition which should assert that certain logical criterias are met For instance a validation rule could assert that the total number of vaccines given to infants is less than or equal to the total number of infants To add a validation rule click the add new button First provide a descriptive name for the validation rule The name must be unique among the validation rules Second provide a description for the validation rule Third select an operator The operator options are equal not equal greater than greater than or equal less than less than or equal to Then define the left side and right side of the validation rule expression First provde a description for the expression Second build the expression with the expression builder The expression is mathematical and contain data elements as well as integers and mathematical operators Data elements can be included by double clicking one in the available data elements list to the righ Alternatively one can select a data element and click the insert button Mathematical operators can be included by clicking the corresponding button under the e
231. go though the steps needed to make a report with a line chart showing the development of three indicators over one year for one organisation unit We start by making a report table with the choices shown below When we open the resulting jrxml file in iReport the default line chart is included Since we want to make a line chart we delete this chart and drag a new chart element into the report from the Palette panel As soon as we drag the Chart element into the report a window will appear We choose the Line chart as shown below A chart wizard will appear Click next in the first step then Finish in the next we will add the data later Next adjust the size and position of the chart in your report Then we will add one data series for each of our three indicators Right click on the chart and choose Chart data If you are making a chart with one indicator and several organisation units you probably want to make a filter expression so that only data from the paramter parent organisation unit is used in the chart To do this add this line to the Filter expression area F organisation_unit_is_parent equals Yes In our example we only have on organisation unit so this is not necessary Next click the details tab to see a list of the series in the chart For now this list is empty but we will add one series for each of our three indicators To add a series click the Add button In the window that appears enter the name of the
232. he folder DHIS2_HOME mi pending short time after the service is started On the Receive Data and Import page it will say how many SMSs are pending These can be imported by pressing the Import All Pending button 151 Data dimensions in DHIS2 The core building blocks describing the data Capitulo 21 Data dimensions in DHIS2 21 1 The core building blocks describing the data A data value in DHIS2 core module for aggregated data is at minimum described by three dimensions 1 data element 2 organisation unit and 3 period which also forms the core building blocks of the data model E g if you want to know how many children that were immunised for measles in Gerehun CHC in December 2009 the three dimensions to that value are the Data Element Measles doses given the Organisation Unit Gerehun CHC and the Period Dec 09 All data values have at least these three dimensions describing What Where and When Tabla 21 1 Organisation Unit Data Element Period Value Gerehun CHC Measles doses given Dec 09 22 Tugbebu CHP Measles doses given Dec 09 18 21 2 The data element dimension 21 2 1 Data element categories The data element above called Measles doses given although capturing the core essence of what the data is can be further elaborated and disaggregated into what is called data element categories The system administrators of DHIS are free to define any data element category dimensions to data eleme
233. he year This is well suited for standard monthly or quarterly reports where all month quarters need to be listed Periods that still have no data will be empty but will always keep the same column name e This year This is the cumulative so far in the year aggregating the periods from the beginning of the year up to and including the selected reporting month e Months Quarters last year This will provide one value per month or quarter last year relative to the reporting month This is well suited for standard monthly or quarterly reports where all month quarters need to be listed Periods that still have no data will be empty but will always keep the same column name e Last year This is the cumulative last year relative to the reporting month aggregating all the periods from last year Example relative periods Let s say we have chosen three indicators A B and C and we have also chosen to use the relative periods Reporting month and This year when we created the report table If the reporting month selected automatically or by the user is for example May 2010 the report table will calculate the values for the three selected indicators for May 2010 the Reporting month and the accumulated values for the three selected indicators so far in 2010 so far This year Thus we will end up with six values for each of the organisation units Indicator A May 2010 Indicator B May 2010 Indicator C May 2010 I
234. i n independiente de plataforma en relaci n al Sistema de Gesti n de Base de Datos DHIS2 utiliza el entorno de abstracci n de bases de datos Hibernate y es compativle con cualquier sistema soportado por Hibernate como PostgreSQL MySQL H2 MS SQL Server Oracle y muchos otros PostgreSQL es el sistema de base de datos recomendado para DHIS2 1 4 3 Estrategias de despliegue conectado online o desconectado offline DHIS2 es una aplicaci n en red y puede ser accedida a trav s de Internet en una intranet local y como un sistema instalado localmente Las alternativas de despliegue de DHIS se definen en este cap tulo como 1 despliegue offline Qu es DHIS2 Estrategias de despliegue conectado online o desconectado offline desconectado 2 despliegue online conectado y 3 despliegue hibrido El significado de cada una y las diferencias entre ellas se detallan en las secciones siguientes 1 4 3 1 Despliegue Offline Desconectado Un despligue offline implica que instalamos muchas instancias aut nomas offline para los usuarios finales generalmente a nivel de distrito El sistema lo mantienen principalmente los usuarios trabajadores de salud en distrito que introducen los datos y generan reportes utilizando su servidor local T picamente hay tambi n un equipo de superusuarios a nivel nacional que mantiene el sistema y realizar visitas regularmente a los despliegues en distritos Los usuarios env an los datos hacia
235. i n pueden coexistir en un un despliegue com n Es perfectamente factible tener despliegues online y offline en un mismo pa s La norma general ser a que los distritos y establecimientos deber an acceder al sistema online a trav s de Internet siempre que exista conexi n suficiente y habr sistemas offline en aquellos distritos donde no se d el caso Es dif cil definir con precisi n c mo es una conexi n a Internet suficiente pero podemos poner como regla pr ctica que la velocidad de descarga deber a ser m nimo 10 Kbyte seg y la disponibilidad dever a ser como m nimo el 70 del tiempo En este sentido los modems de Internet por celular que se puedan conectar a una computadora o port til para acceder a la red celular son una soluci n factible y suficiente La cobertura de Internet m vil est aumentando r pidamente en todo el mundo con frecuencia ofreciendo una conectividad buena a precios asequibles y es una alternativa a las redes locales y poco mantenidas de l neas fijas de Internet Puede resultar un esfuerzo que vale la pena el contactar con las compa as de red m vil nacional y negocias suscripciones de postpago y beneficios potenciales de econom a de escala Es conveniente estudiar la cobertura de red para cada operador de red de telecomunicaciones en el pa s concreto a la hora de decidir qu tipo de despliegue arrancar ya que podr ser diferente en distintas regiones del pa s 1 4 3 4 Alojamiento del servidor El
236. ia arriba en la jerarqu a se realiza seg n la jerarqu a establecida en un momento dado y siempre reflejar los cambios m s recientes en la estructura organizativa Hay m s detalle en el cap tulo sobre Unidades Organizativas para aprender c mo crear unidades organizativas y c mo construir la jerarqu a 2 5 2 Elementos de datos El Elemento de Datos es probablemente el bloque m s fundamental de una base de datos en DHIS2 Representa la dimensi n qu ya que explica qu se est recopilando o analizando En algunos contextos esto est referido a un indicador para en DHIS2 llamamos elemento de datos a esta unidad de colecci n y an lisis El elemento de datos a menudo representa un conteo de algo y su nombre describe qu es aquello que se est contando por ejemplo Dosis entregadas de BCG o Casos de Malaria Cuando los datos son recopilados validados analizados reportados o presentados lo que describe el QU de los datos son los elementos de datos o expresiones construidas a partir de 16 Comenzando con DHIS 2 Sets de datos y formularios de entrada de datos elementos de datos Como tales los elementos de datos se vuelven importantes para todos los aspectos del sistema y deciden no s lo c mo se recopilan los datos sino algo m s importante c mo los valores de datos se representan en la base de datos lo cual de nuevo afecta a c mo los datos son analizados y presentados Es posible a adir m s detalles a la dime
237. icadores 5 Click the Save button to save all changes to the numerator Click cancel to discard any changes that you have made 6 Follow the same procedure in order to define the denominator 11 1 2 Tipos de indicadores Indicator types simply define a factor that will be applied during aggregation Indicator values that are calculate during a data mart export or report table generation process will appear properly formatted and will therefore not require an additional multiplier e g 100 in the case of percents for the values to appear correctly formatted The indicator type maintenance panel has all of the same functions Add new Edit Translate Delete and Information as the Indicator maintenance section There are only two fields that need to be filled in to create an indicator type Name and Factor as seen below Name refers to the Indicator type e g Per cent Per thousand Per ten thousand etc The factor is the numeric factor that will be applied during the calculation of the indicator dm P District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Services Create new indicator type _ Details Name Factor Number No lv Add Cancel Nota As of version 2 4 of DHIS2 the Calculated data element object has been deprecated Instead a calculated data element can be created by creating an indicator type with a factor of 1 and by setting the Number option to Yes The effect of
238. ided elsewhere column in data entry form Show incident date Set show hide incident date field when a person enroll in this program Description of incident date The date when the person got the disease or he she has just been committed to an equivalent program for being followed up E g In the Immunization program for child under lyr old the incident date is the birthday in the maternal program the incident date is the date of last menstrual period LMP Description of enrollment date The date in which a person is registered to the system For example the date in which a person enrolls to the system Identifiers attributes section Select identifier types and person attributes which belong to the program Check Displayed in list checkboxes of identifier types to display its value in person list instead of person s full name To assign a program for organisation units click Assign program to organisation units icon the first icon under Operations corresponding to the program you would like and select organisation units where provide the program To create validation rules for programs click Program validation rule management icon the second icon under Operations corresponding to the program you would like There are two types of validation rules Single validation rule is used for defining validation for only one condition E g Weight must be greater then zero or the date of admission is before the date of discharge To def
239. ido para instalaciones de servidor con m ltiples usuarios En general es recomendable trabajar con la base de datos mediante el interfaz de usuario de DHIS2 pero en algunas situaciones podemos necesitar manejar los datos directamente Si descargamos H2 por separado veremos que viene con un interfaz web De modo que puede manejarse utilizando OpenOffice org siguiendo el procedimiento a continuaci n Asumimos que dhis2 live est ubicado en el directorio home del usuario Linux representado por Si no es el caso sustituiremos aqu la ruta absoluta a nuestra instalaci n de dhis2 live e Arrancamos el procesador de textos OpenOffice y seleccionamos Herramientas Opciones luego Java Class Path y hacemos click en A adir archivo e Seleccionamos el siguiente fichero la versi n puede cambiar dhis2 live webapps dhis WEB INF lib h2 1 1 119 jar e Cerramos la aplicaci n OpenOffice completamente y luego abrimos la base de datos OpenOffice org Seleccionamos conectar con una base de datos existente JDBC El URL de la fuente de datos es dhis2 live database dhis2 AUTO_SERVER TRUE y la clase del controlador JDBC es org h2 Driver e El nombre de usuario es sa no es necesaria contrase a Finalmente seleccionamos un nombre y carpeta para el fichero odb M s info 2 1 4 Descargar e instalar la versi n de servidor La versi n de servidor puede descargarse de dhis2 org download Para una informaci n detallada sobre c mo i
240. ier Analysis Medical Equipments Gap Analysis Opthamic Services Follow Up Analysis Outpatient Population estimates Service Workload TB And Lung Diseases KAPTLD Laboratory Report a Malaria TB amp Nutrition 3 and Immunisation gt gt BEBE Select parent organisation unit E Kenya Central E Coast E Kilifi County E Kaloleni Kilifi Malindi Kwale County Lamu County Mombasa County Taita Taveta County Tana River County Eastern Nairobi El NorthEastern Nyanza Rift Valley Western 7 Select number of standard deviations 30 f Resultado del an lisis Los posibles valores outliers que se han descubierto en el an lisis se presentan en un listado una vez que el proceso de an lisis ha terminado Para cada outlier se muestra el elemento de dato la unidad organizativa el periodo el valor m nimo el valor actual y el valor m ximo Los valores m ximo y m nimo indican los valores l mite derivados del n mero de desviaciones est ndar que hemos seleccionado previamente para el an lisis Podremos modidificar cada outlier directamente en la p gina de resultados de an lisis El valor puede modificarse pinchando dentro del campo correspondiente en la columna de valores introduciendo un valor y saliendo a continuaci n de ese campo de datos por ejemplo pulsando
241. ignar la unidad organizativa al set de datos y este mecanismo controla qu unidades organizativas pueden utilizar qu sets de datos y al mismo tiempo define los valores objetivo para la completitud de los datos por ejemplo cu ntos establecimientos de salud en un distrito esperamos que envi n datos de RCH cada mes Un elemento de datos puede pertenecer a m ltiples sets de datos pero requiere una reflexi n cuidadosa ya que puede luego provocar solapes y el registro de datos inconsistentes si por ejemplo los sets de datos reciben diferentes frecuencias y son utilizados por las mismas unidades organizativas 17 Comenzando con DHIS 2 Reglas de validaci n 2 5 3 1 Formularios de entrada de datos Una vez hemos asignado un set de datos a una unidad organzativa ese set de datos quedar disponible en Entrada de Datos en el men de Servicios para las unidades organizativas que le hayamos asignado y para los periodos v lidos de cuerdo con el tipo de periodo del set de datos Un formulario de entrada de datos por defecto aparecer encontes y es simplemente una Ista de los elementos de datos que pertenecen al set de datos junto a una columna para introducir los valores Si nuestro set de datos contiene elementos de datos con categor as como grupos de edad o g nero entonces aparecer n columnas adicionales en el formulario por defecto en base a estas categor as Adem s del listado por defecto hay otras dos alternativas de formulario
242. igned it to A default data entry form will then be shown which is simply a list of the data elements you belonging to the dataset together with a column for inputting the values If your dataset contains data elements with a non default categorycombination such as age groups or gender then additional columns will be automatically generated in the default form based on the different options dimensions If you use more than one dataelement category combination you will get multiple columns in the data entry form with different column headings for the options In addition to the default list based data entry form there are two more alternatives the section based form and the custom form 5 2 1 Section forms Section forms allow for a bit more flexibility when it comes to using tabular forms and are quick and simple to design Often your data entry form will need multiple tables with subheadings and sometimes you need to disable grey out a few fields in the table both of these functions are supported in section forms This function can be access by choosing Maintenance gt Dataset Section 5 2 2 Adding a new section form Section forms are separated automatically by data element category combinations which produce a spreadsheet like data entry form for each section When designing a section form the procedure is as follows 1 Set up your dataset as described in Secci n 5 1 Sets de datos 38 Sets de datos y formularios de
243. implantarse al momento e Mantenimiento de la base de datos De forma similar al punto anteior los cambios en los metadatos se hacen en el servidor online de forma centralizada y se propagan autom ticamente a todos los clientes la pr xima vez que se conecten al servidor Esto efectivamente elimina los vastos problemas relacionados con mantener un set de metadatos actualizado y estandarizado como sucede en el despliegue offline Por ejemplo es muy conveniente este estilo durante la fase inicial de desarrollo de la base de datos y durante los procesos anuales de revisi n de la base de datos ya uqe los usuarios estar n accediendo a una base de datos consistente y estandarizada incluso cuando en ella se est n produciendo cambios frecuentes Este enfoque puede ser problem tico en los casos en los que la conexi n a Internet es volatil o insuficiente durante largos periodos de tiempo Sin embargo DHIS 2 dispone de algunas caracter sticas que permiten que el requisito de conexi n a Internet solo sea necesario en momentos concretos para que el sistema funcione bien como la herramienta MyDatamart que se explica en un cap tulo espec fico de este Manual 1 4 3 3 Despliegue H brido De la discusi n de los puntos anteriores uno puede darse cuenta de que el estilo de despliegue online es m s favorable que el despliegue desconectado pero requiere conexi n a Internet all donde se use Es importante tomar en cuenta que los estilos mencionados tamb
244. impler ones in this form It has two dimensions the first column with the ANC activity or service 1st visit IPT 2nd dose etc and the 2nd and 3rd column which represent the place where the service was given with the two options fixed and outreach Since the ANC service is the key phenomena to analyse here and often there is a need for looking at e g total of ANC 1st visits no matter where fixed outreach it makes a lot of sense to use this dimension as the data element dimension So all items on the first column from Ist ANC visit to 2nd IPT dose given by TBA are represented as individual data elements The place dimension is represented as a data element category from now on referred to as category with the name fixed outreach with the two data element category options from now on catoptions fixed and outreach There is no other dimension here so we add a new catcombo with the name Fixed Outreach with one category Fixed Outreach Strictly speaking there is another dimension in this table and that is the at PHU or by TBA dimension which is repeated for the two doses of IPT but since none of the other ANC services listed have this dimension it does not seem like a good idea to separate out two data elements from this table and give them another catcombo with both fixed outreach and at PHU by TBA reusing the same catcombo for all the ANC services makes more sense since it will be easier to look at these together in reports etc and also the fa
245. import the update or not you can select the record and click on the compare to existing button to see exactly which changes that have been made in the updated object 17 3 2 Importing data from DHIS 1 4 There are two ways to import data from a DHIS 1 4 database 1 through the 1 4 XML based export files or 2 directly from the DHIS 1 4 data file mdb Both are accessible from the DHIS 1 4 Import menu under Import in the Import Export module It is critical that all data integrity violations which are present in the DHIS 1 4 database be fully resolved before attemtping an import into DHIS 2 You can check the data integrity of DHIS 1 4 through the CORE Module gt Advanced gt Data integrity checks A report will be generated of all data integrity violations which should be resolved prior to importing into DHIS 2 17 3 2 1 DHIS 1 4 File database Import This method is recommend when doing large imports from 1 4 and especially when importing into a new DHIS 2 database 115 Import and export Importing data from DHIS 1 4 DHIS 1 4 File Configuration Before you can start the 1 4 file import you need to provide a few details about the 1 4 database Datafile t Here you put the full path to the DHIS 1 4 data file you want to import from e g C DHIS14 DHIS_ LR_LIBERIA mdb Username Leave blank unless you have set up extra security measures on the file Password Leave blank unless you have set up extra security measures on
246. inados utilizando las f rmulas disponibles para el c lculo de indicadores Una unidad organizativa es normalmente tambi n una unidad geogr fica que existe en una determinada jerarqu a Por ejemplo en Colombia Cauca ser a considerada una unidad organizativa a nivel de Departamento Las unidades organizativas pueden utilizarse tambi n para especificar una unidad administrativa como puede ser una secci n espec fica en un hospital La dimensi n de una unidad organizativa especifica esencialmente d nde se encuentra un valor de dato determinado 204 Glosario de DHIS2 P Periodo S Set de grupo de elementos de datos Sistema de Informaci n Geogr fica Sistema de Gesti n de la Informaci n de Salud Un periodo es un intervalo de tiempo concreto conformado por una fecha de inicio y una fecha de fin Por ejemplo Enero 2012 ser a el periodo comprendido entre el 1 de enero de 2012 y el 31 de enero de 2012 Los grupos de elementos de datos sirven para clasificar m ltiples grupos de elementos de datos en torno a un criterio com n Es una aplicaci n de visualizaci n y edici n de mapas que permite introducir almacenar manipular y analizar informaci n geogr ficamente referenciada Por ejemplo la aplicaci n DHIS2 incorpora algunas funcionalidades de SIG que permiten la ubicaci n de unidades organizativas en mapas y la visualizaci n de indicadores por regiones geogr fico administrativas tales como d
247. inarse en un documento mayor que los contenga Si queremos enlazar muchos art culos en un libro DocBook ofrece un mecanismo para asignar un identificador a cada secci n En el ejemplo siguiente cada secci n tiene asignado un identificador id Este identificador debe ser nico en todo el documento lt section id mod2_1 gt lt title gt Getting started with DHIS2 lt title gt In order to include an article into a book an Xinclude statement must be used The following example shows how lt chapter gt lt title gt Getting started with DHIS2 lt title gt lt xi include xmlns xi http www w3 org 2001 XInclude href dhis2_user_man_mod2 xml xpointer mod2_1 encoding UTF 8 gt Notemos que el nombre del dichero y el identificador se asignan en el documento padre con referencia al fichero actual href y a un fragmento concreto del documento hijo que deberia referenciarse en el documento padre xpointer Es sencillo incluir cap tulos en un libro Este ejemplo muestra c mo hacerlo lt xi include xmlns xi http www w3 org 2001 XInclude href dhis2_user_man_ mod1 xml encoding UTF 8 gt En este caso no hay necesidad de referenciar explicitamente una parte del documento a menos que solo queramos incluir una parte del cap tulo Si queremos utilizar una secci n del cap tulo podemos asignar un id a esa secci n y luego referenciarla mediante un xpointer A 8 Manejando documentaci n en varios idiomas La
248. ine a validation click Add single rule button and enter values for the fields in form 1 Enter description of program validation rule 2 In Validation section select an program stage in list to load data elements belong to the selected stage the field below 3 Double click on a data element in list a formula text of the selected data element is created and displayed into the condition area 4 Click the comparing operations lt lt gt gt NULL below to set operation for the formula 5 Click Add button to add the new validation rule Multiple validation rule is used for defining validation for two conditions E g in PMTCT program if the blood test result of a pregnant is HIV positive the pregnant must test WHO Stage CD4 To define a validation click Add multi rule button The form is have two part left side and right side Fill values for the fields in each part is the same Single validation rule function Nota Validation rules for DATE date elements are created for a program automatically It s used for defining formulas related the DATE data elements of each program stage To define this validation rule click Edit icon of Validation for date date elements Select a program stage the DATE data elements will be shown with corresponding conditions as follows e Before current date e After current date e Before or equals to current date e After or equals to current date e Before due date e Aft
249. ine es dificultoso y una mala pr ctica en t rminos de seguridad muy com n entre los usuarios Tal vez la mejor manera de evitar esto es lanzar un servidor dedicado para la aplicaci n donde no se utilicen memorias externas y se utilice un sistema operativo basado en Linux que no sea susceptible de infecciones de virus como lo es MS Windows e Aplicaci n software Ser capaces de distribuir nuevas funcionalidades y resoluci n de bugs a los usuarios del software de informaci n de salud es esencial para el mantenimiento y la mejora progresiva del sistema Delegar en los usuarios finales la tarea de actualizar el software implica que ellos reciban una formaci n extensiva y un alt simo nivel de competencias de aquel lado ya que las actualizaciones software pueden incluir alguna tarea t cnicamente ariesgada Delegar en el equipo nacional de superusuarios la tarea de mantener el software directamente implicar muchos viajes e Mantenimiento de la base de datos Un requisito previo para lograr un sistema eficiente es que todos los usuarios introduzcan datos con un set estandarizado de metadatos elementos de datos formularios etc Aqu sucede algo parecido al punto anteriormente comentado sobre actualizaciones de software la distribuci n de cambios en el set de metadatos en gran n mero de instalaciones offline requiere usuarios finales muy competentes si las actualizaciones se env an digitalmente o bien un equipo de superusuarios muy bien organi
250. ink persons through these relationship types by creating specific relationships To access the relationship type maintenance module from Maintenance menu go to Persons and Programs option and click on it Select Relationship Type option to create a new relationship type To define a new relationship type click Add button into Relationship Type Management window to go to Add new Relationship Type window 22 2 1 5 Program and Program stage The section provides a mechanism for defining health programmes and action for each stage of the programme 22 2 1 5 1 Program To access the program maintenance module from Maintenance menu go to Persons and Programs option and click on it Select Program option To define a new program click the Add new button on the main page Fill all fields with read asterisk and then click the Add button 166 DHIS TRACKER Persons and Programs maintenance Basic information Name The name of the program Description Descriptions meanings explanation etc of about the program Type There are three types of program multi events with registration single event with registration and single event without registration Events generated by enrollment date Check on it for auto generating due dates of events from program stages of this program based on the enrollment date If it is not checked the due dates are generated based on incident date Show provided elsewhere Set show hide prov
251. ious programs forms and sources routine and semi permanent population staff equipment a DHIS database is used as an integrated data repository for many or all parts of the aggregated data in a larger HIS The figure below illustrates this flexibility 157 Data dimensions in DHIS2 Some more examples 21 6 Some more examples The table below combines data element the two group sets Diagnosis all the diseases and Morbidity Mortality New cases Follow ups Refrerrals Deaths with the data element category PHU Community Deaths are captured in a separate form with other dimensions e g the PHU Community than morbidity This output table combines the two data element categories HIV_Age and Gender with the data element group set ART Group The group enables subtotals for staging and entry points summing up the data elements in that group Subtotals for either age groups and gender would be other possible columns to easily include here 21 7 How this works in pivot tables When doing data analysis in Excel pivot tables or any other OLAP based tool the dimensions become extremely powerful in providing many different views into the data Each data element category or group set become a pivot field and the options or groups become values within each of these fields In fact categories and groupsets are treated exactly the same way in pivot tables and so are orgunits periods and data elements All these become dimensions to the data v
252. ir options and come up with explanatory names for dimensions and their options 5 Each of these additional dimensions will be a data element category and their options will be category options 6 Combine all categories for each sub dataset into one category combination and assign this to all the data elements in your table or sub dataset if you like 7 When you are done with all the tables sub datasets create a new dataset and add all the data elements you have identified in the whole paper form to that dataset 8 Your dataset will then consist of a set of data elements that are linked to one or more category combinations 160 Data dimensions in DHIS2 From tables to category combinations designing multidimensional data sets In order to better explain the approach and the possibilities we present an example paper form and will walk through it step by step and design data elements categories category options and category combinations This form has many tables and each of them potentially represent a data element category combination from now on referred to as a catcombo As such there is no restriction on a dataset to only have one set of dimensions or catcombo it can have m For any and as we see above this is necessary as the dimensions are very different from table to table We will walk through this table by table and discuss how to represent it in the DHIS ANC table This table in the top left corner is one the s
253. is figure above to the one below They both show the same data some of teh rows have been cut in the screenshot due to image size albeit in a different way e The dataelement field used in the bottom figure displays each diagnosis as three elements one follow up one new and one referrals This is the way the data elements have been defined in DHIS as this makes sense for aggregation You would not like to aggregate follow ups and new thus these have not been made as categories the whole point of is to ease aggregation and disaggregation e The diagnosis group set has instead been made to lump these three follow up new referrals together which can then be split with another group set namely the one called morbiditymortality This allows us to organize the data as in the first of the two figures where we have the single diagnosis per row and the groups new follow up referrals as rows 158 Data dimensions in DHIS2 From paper for to multidimensional datasets lessons learned The idea of using group sets is that you can combine in any set different data elements Thus if we add the mortality data by checking it from the drop down menu of the main_de_groups field and moving this field out of the table we can see also the deaths since the mortality data elements have been included as a death group in the morbiditymortality group set The result is shown below The result is a much more user friendly pivot
254. istritos provincias etc Generalmente es un sistema digital de bases de datos utilizado para registrar datos agregados de provisi n de servicios de salud incidencia de enfermedades recursos humanos y otra informaci n utilizada para evaluar el funcionamiento de la provisi n de servicios de atenci n de salud Normalmete un SGIS no contiene datos muy detallados de sistemas de registro de historia cl nica electr nica o de datos individuales de paciente La aplicaci n DHIS2 es un Sistema de Gesit n de Informaci n de Salud con alguna capacidad extra para incorporar datos de paciente 205 Indice Indice O orgunitstructure 126 207
255. ists otherwise Namw Page tile Section Section name or form name if no sections Question Data element Alternative name if it exists otherwise Name Question name if combos Category option combo name 142 DHIS Mobile Mobile application setup 20 3 4 2 Sorting of forms By default data elements will be sorted according to the global sorting assigned in DHIS2 If sections are used their section specific sorting order will be used In some cases when sections are not used a data element might be used in multiple data sets and conflict in the way it should be sorted in individual data sets A work around for this situation is to wrap the whole dataset in one section note that this will only work if the data elements have the same category option combo 20 3 4 3 Versioning of data sets To make it possible to compare and update the data sets on the mobile phone with the version on the server data sets are automatically versioned when you edit the data set structure Some changes which occur on the DHIS2 server will cause the mobile client to update its forms with a new version Changes that currently trigger a new data set version e Create DataSet e Edit DataSet e Create edit delete Section in DataSet e Sort Section Order e Update DataElement affect many related DataSets e Delete DataElement affect many related DataSets e Edit DataElement Category e Edit DataElement Category Combo 20 3 4 4 Language su
256. it group hierarchy time etc and can be controlled through this interface Select the organisation unit levels which should 81 Setting up report functionality Resource tables be aggregated the start date and end date and press Start export The data mart process will be executed in the background and a full report of the export process will be updated regularly so that you can determine the state of the process See the section on Scheduling in the data administration module for information on how this process can be triggered to run automatically 13 1 2 1 1 Data element categories in the data mart Each data value for a data element has a reference to a category option combo which is a combination of the disaggregations for the data value e g male lt 5y or In PHU lt ly These disaggregations are exported as they are to the data mart and no aggregation is done on this dimension See the data elements section for more on data element categories and the resource tables section for more information on how to do aggregation on these categories 13 1 2 1 2 Adding new data to an existing data mart When you add new data to an existing data mart the new values will be appended to the existing so that the data mart grows for each new process if new selections such as new periods have been made If any of the selected values are already in the data mart then the old will be replaced by the newly generated values 13 1 3 R
257. kName tablel hiddenCols 0 el tablel url base p DHIS getTable dataelements s46m5MSOhxu YtbsuPPo010 periods last4Quarters orgunits ImspTOPwCgad 1 Crosstap vecera l useExtGrid false callbackName table2 el table2 url base xc8gmAK 095 UOl1fI3jgN8X6 p Finally we insert in the Web page the div elements which are referred to in the table configuration and used to render the tables lt div id tablel gt lt div gt lt div id table2 gt lt div gt To view a complete working example please visit http apps dhis2 org portal table html You can also choose to provide a link to the report table instead of rendering it directly on the web page The configuration of the link function is very similar to the table function and shares the indicators dataelements datasets 193 Web API Example Working with SQL views periods orgunits orgUnitIsParent crosstab and url properties There is only one additional parameter which is listed in the table below Tabla 23 8 Link plug in additional configuration Param Type Required Options default Description first format string No html xls csv pdf The representation json xml format of the table can be HTML Excel CSV PDF JSON and XML Below is an example on how to use the link function The link URL is retrieved from the getUrl function and later set as
258. l 5 Normalmente hay una jerarqu a geogr fica definida por el sistema de salud por ejemplo d nde se ubican las oficinas administrativas el Ministerio de Salud las direcciones provinciales distritales pero frecuentemente hay tambi n otros l mites administrativos en el pa s que puden o no a adirse dependiendo de si estas subdivisiones mejoran el an lisis de los datos Cuando dise amos la jerarqu a el n mero de hijos para cada unidad organizativa debe indicar la utilidad de dicha estructura es decir tener una o m s relaciones 1 a 1 entre dos niveles no es muy til ya que los valores ser n los mismos para el nivel padre y el nivel hijo En el lado opuesto tendr amos un n mero demasiado grande de hijos en medio de la jerarqu a por ejemplo 50 distritos en una provincia que podemos resolver con un nivel intermedio extra que aumente la utilidad del an lisis de los datos El nivel m s bajo los establecimientos de salud a menudo tienen un n mero grande de hijos entre 10 y 60 pero ara otros niveles superiores en la jerarqu a es recomendable limitarlo a 5 20 hijos Demasiados o demasiado pocos hijos puede indicarnos que deber amos eliminar o a adir un nivel Es importante resaltar que es f cil hacer cambios en los niveles altos de la jerarqu a a posteriori el nico problema es cambiar las unidades organizativas que recogen los datos los nodos hoja al subdividir o fusionar establecimientos de salud El agregado de datos hac
259. l documento DHIS2 es una aplicaci n web En muchos casos hemos incluido capturas de pantalla para mayor claridad en los ejemplos Tambi n se muestran las rutas de algunas funcionalidades como Mantenimiento gt Administraci n de datos El s mbolo gt indica que deber amos primero entrar en Mantenimiento y luego hacer click en Administraci n de datos en el men desplegable que aparece en la ventana del navegador Hemos utilizado varios estilos de texto para resaltar partes importantes del texto o tipos particulares de texto como el c digo fuente Cada convenci n utilizada en el documento se explica a continuaci n Nota Una nota contiene informaci n adicional que deber a ser tomada en cuenta o una referencia a m s informaci n que puede ser relevante i Sugerencia Una sugerencia puede ser un consejo como por ejemplo c mo realizar una tarea concreta de forma m s eficiente 4 Importante La informaci n importante no deber a ignorarse y normalmente indica algo que es un requisito de la aplicaci n 4 Atenci n La informaci n incluida en estas secciones deber a ser considerada cuidadosamente y si no es as puede tener consecuencias inesperadas en el an lisis el funcionamiento o el rendimiento del sistema Aviso La informaci n incluida en estas secciones de no ser tomada en cuenta puede resultar en p rdida permanente de datos o puede afectar la usabilidad global del sistema Las l neas de progra
260. la cuenta y el porcentaje de la tasa de reporte para uno o para todos los sets de datos Tablas Excel din micas Las tablas din micas Excel son una forma potente de analizar nuestros datos y DHIS 2 enlaza directamente con las tablas din micas de manera que todos los datos quedan disponibles y actualizados en el fichero Excel Esto puede ser una herramienta muy til a usuarios que prefieren trabajar con los datos offline Para actualizar las tablas din micas locales necesitar s la herramienta myDatamart que conecta con el servidor online y descarga los datos restantes Esta actualizaci n normalmente se realiza una vez al mes cuando est n disponibles los nuevos datos pero no requiere una conexi n permanente a Internet como sucede con otras herramientas de reporte si est s conectado generalmente a un servidor DHIS 2 online Tablas Web din micas La herramienta incluida en DHIS 2 de tabla din mica es una herramienta web sencilla para mostrar los datos de indicadores por unidad organizativa y por periodo en una vista t pica de tabla din mica Permite algunas manipulaciones b sicas de dinamismo de las tablas Es una manera r pida y f cil de mirar muchos valores de 69 Utilizando la funcionalidad de Reporte Utilizando reportes estandar indicadores al mismo tiempo por orgunit y o periodo pero que no tiene las mismas funcionalidades que las tablas Excel din micas offline Sistema de Informaci n Geogr fica SIG Permite pr
261. lataforma software Los usuarios solo necesitan un navegador web para conectarse al servidor online Hoy en d a todos los sistemas operativos populares vienen con un navegador web ya instalado y no hay ning n requisito especial Qu es DHIS2 Estrategias de despliegue conectado online o desconectado offline sobre qu tipo o versi n de navegador Lo que esto significa es que si hay problemas graves como infecciones de virus o corrupci n del software en esa computadora siempre podremos recurrir a reformatear e instalar de nuevo el sistema operativo o comprar una computadora nueva En tal caso el usuario podr seguir introduciendo datos donde lo dej y no se habr perdido ning n dato e Aplicaci n software El estilo de despliegue online es decir basado en un servidor central significa que podemos actualizar y mantener la aplicaci n de manera centralizada Cuando salen nuevas versiones de DHIS con nuevas funcionalidades y resoluciones de bugs esto puede aplicarse nicamente al servidor online Y todos los cambios se reflejar n en el lado del cliente la pr xima vez que los usuarios se conecten al servidor a trav s de Internet Obviamente esto tiene un impacto enormemente positivo en el proceso de mejorar el sistema ya que las nuevas funcionalidades se distribuyen inmediatamente a los usuarios todos los usuarios estar n siemrpe accediendo a la misma versi n de la aplicaci n y los bugs y complicaciones pueden resolverse e
262. le error messages which you see e Connection Not Found The specified server URL is not correct Check the server address ensure that the server is actually reachable and try again e Invalid User Name Or Password the username or password is incorrect e Application not authorized to access restricted APle The server can be contacted but the user does not have the necessary permissions to access the mobile reporting module Setting the PIN number After the initial login process a PIN number can be entered by the user This will make the login process much easier as the user only has to remember the four digit pin number as opposed to typing in the user name and password each time The PIN number can be preset if the phone is initialized prior to delivery or it can be set by the users themselves if they have been provided with usernames and passwords After entering the PIN press Menu gt Next Download all forms After the PIN has been specified all forms will be downloaded from the server and stored locally on the phone If the user has been configued to report on aggregate datasets a list of appropriate datasets will be displayed If the user is responsible for community based reporting the list of assigned activities is displayed Notes If the Health Worker is responsible for both Facility Reporting and Community Reporting DHIS server will send all forms of both Facility Reporting and Community Reporting to mobile
263. like we did in this example Developing creative and robust consumers of the Web API services begins here 23 6 Example Sending data values using SDMX HD Posting a data ValueSet report formatted using the WHO SDMX HD standard is very similar to the dxf2 example above The same api dataV alueSets resource is used but the client has to specify the Content Type as application sdmx xml The example below shows an SDMX HD dataValueSet 182 Web API Example Sending large bulks of data values lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt CrossSectionalData xmlns http www SDMX org resources SDMXML schemas v2_0 message xmlns common http www SDMX org resources SDMXML schemas v2_0 common xmilns ns urn sdmx org sdmx infomodel keyfamily KeyFamily DHIS2 KF_DHIS2_SIMPLE 1 0 cross xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi schemaLocation http www SDMX org resources SDMXML schemas v2_0 message SDMXMessage xsd urn sdmx org sdmx infomodel keyfamily KeyFamily DHIS2 KF_DHIS2_SIMPLE 1 0 cross file KF_HOSP lt Header gt lt ID gt OpenMRS Export lt ID gt lt Test gt false lt Test gt lt Prepared gt 2012 03 21 lt Prepared gt lt Sender id DDU gt lt Header gt lt ns DataSet FREQ M TIME_PERIOD 2012 01 FACILITY DDU datasetID KF_HOSP gt lt ns Group gt lt ns Section gt lt ns OBS_VALUE DATAELEMENT DE001 value 34 gt
264. lisis de datos son las que deber an dirigir este proceso y no el aspecto y funci n amigables del formulario de colecci n de datos Una regla de oro es que el nombre del elemento de datos debe entenderse por s mismo y describir el valor del dato tambi n fuera del contexto de su formulario de registro Por ejemplo un nombre de elemento de dato como Total referidos tiene sentido cuando miramos bien en el formulario de RCH o de OPD pero por s mismo no describe de forma un voca el fen meno qui nes son referidos y deber a m s bien llamarse Total referidos en maternidad o Total referidos en OPD Dos elementos de datos diferentes con significados distintos aunque el campo en el formulario de papel puede simplemente decir Total referidos ya que el usuario del formulario siempre sabe de d nde vienen los referidos est contextualizado En una base de datos o un repositorio de elementos de datos este contexto no es v lido y por eso los nombres de los elementos de datos se vuelven muy importantes al describir los datos Las propiedades comunes de elementos de datos pueden modelarse con lo que llamamos grupos de elementos de datos Los grupos son completamente flexibles en el sentido de que son definidos por el usuario tanto sus nombres como sus miembros Los grupos son tiles tanto para explorar como para presentar los datos relacionados pero tambi n pueden utilizarse para agregar elementos de datos Los grupos est n vinculados
265. list Duplicate Data Elimination Data Statistics File name Export v Font size 8 w Page layout Landscapel _ExportPDF Data Locking Zero Value Storage From date 2010 01 01 To date 2010 01 31 Period Type Monthly nisation Unit Pruning Min Max Value Generation Data Set l The count of data entered 8 Outpatient 7809 System Administration Vaccines and Immunisation 2288 Integrated RH HIVAIDS Malaria TB amp Nutrition 627 Cache Statistics IDSR 180 Bax By clicking on the name of the individual dataset a more detailed summary of each data element can be obtained as shown below A cross tab table summarising each time period will be shown dm P District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Services Help Log out Data Browser Data Integrity Data Administration Search results for Data Set Outpatient Data Archive Beneficiary Data Archive Maintenance Resource Table Navigation Start Data Setlist Outpatient Duplicate Data Elimination Daia Stes Penama Ego V ron BIE Pape tout Lance y CEmonPor ata Locking Zero Value Storage From date 2010 01 01 To date 2010 01 31 Perlod Type Monthly Organisation Unit Pruning N Min Max Value Generation Data Element January 2010 AAA Abortion 123 ystem Administration Accidents 248 All other diseases 249 Cache Statistics Anaemia cases 242 Bilharzia 104 Bites Animal Snake etc 248 Brucellosis 110 Burns 244 Chicken Po
266. ll validation rules must be assigned to a group Go to Services gt Data quality gt Validation rule group and assign the offending validation rule to a group 18 2 18 Invalid validation rule left side expressions An error exists in the left side validation rule definition Go to Services gt Data quality gt Validation rule and click the Edit icon on the offending rule Press Edit left side and make the corrections that are required 18 2 19 Invalid validation rule right side expressions An error exists in the left side validation rule definition Go to Services gt Data quality gt Validation rule and click the Edit icon on the offending rule Press Edit right side and make the corrections that are required 18 3 Data Archive The purpose of the data archive function is to move data which is currently not being used for analysis to a secondary storage location in order to improve performance of the application Data can be both archived and unarchived When archiving data one moves it from the primary storage to the secondary storage location while unarchiving moves it from the secondary storage location to the primary Analysis functionality in DHIS 2 heavily utilizes queries to the data value database table and by reducing the size of this table these operations will be significantly faster Typically one would want to archive data that is older than two years To archive data first enter a start date and an end date for the time
267. mas suelen contener alg n c digo de programaci n Se mostrar n dentro de un cuadro sombreado y con un tipo de fuente diferente como este Los comandos se mostrar n en texto en negrita y representan un comando que necesita ser ejecutado en el sistema operativo o en la base de datos Los enlaces a sitios web externos o las referencias cruzadas se mostrar n en texto azul y subrayado como este Las referencias bibliogr ficas se mostrar n entre corchetes como esta Store2007 Podremos encontrar una referencia completa en la bibliograf a incluida al final de este documento xi Qu es DHIS2 Antecedentes de DHIS2 Capitulo 1 Qu es DHIS2 Despu s de leer este capitulo habremos comprendido e Qu es DHIS2 y qu finalidad tiene en el marco de los Sistemas de Informaci n de Salud SIS e Cu les son las principales consideraciones tecnol gicas que deberemos tener en cuenta para desplegar un sistema basado en DHIS2 y qu opciones existen para ampliar el aplicativo DHIS2 con nuevos m dulos e Qu diferencias hay entre datos agregados y datos de paciente e Qu beneficios y dificultades conlleva la utilizaci n de software libre y de c digo abierto FOSS en un SIS 1 1 Antecedentes de DHIS2 DHIS2 es una herramienta para la recolecci n validaci n an lisis y presentaci n de datos estad sticos agregados hecho a medida de pero no limitado a actividades de gesti n integral de informaci n de salud E
268. ment in the configuration is the id of the div element in which you want to render the carousel The autoPlay configuration option refers to whether we want the carousel to start when the user loads the Web page The interval option defines how many seconds each chart should be displayed The showPlayButton defines whether we want to render a button for the user to start and stop the carousel Finally we need to insert the div elements in the body of the HTML document lt div id chartCarousel gt lt div id chartAl lt div id chartA2 lt div id chartA3 lt div id chartA4 class chart gt lt div gt class chart gt lt div gt class chart gt lt div gt class chart gt lt div gt To see a complete working example please visit http apps dhis2 org portal carousel html 23 15 Example Embedding report tables with the table plug in In this example we will see how we can embed dynamic data tables in a Web page with data provided from a DHIS back end server using the table plug in The table plug in resides inside the same file as the chart plug in so please refer to the section about the chart plug in above on how to include the required JavaScript and CSS files and how to do authentication The available table options are listed in the table below Tabla 23 7 Table plug in configuration Param Type Required Options default Description first indicators string Yes Identifiers of
269. menters dhis2 dhis2 docbook docs 4 El proceso de descarga deber a empezar en este momento y se descargar n todos los ficheros fuente de la documentaci n a la carpeta especificada A 5 Editando la documentaci n Cuando hayamos descargado los fuentes deberemos tener un mont n de carpetas dentro del directorio dhis2 docbook docs Todos los documentos fuente deber an estar ubicados en la carpetadhis2 docbook docs src docbkx xx Notemos aqu que XX representa la pareja de letras de codificaci n de idioma ISO 639 1 Entonces para elaborar la documentaci n en idioma ingl s nos ubicaremos en la carpeta dhis2 docbook docs src docbkx en mientras que para elaborar la documentaci n en espa ol trabajaremos siempre en la carpeta dhis2 docbook docs src docbkx es Ubicaremos los ficheros imagen deseados para enlazarlos en nuestros documentos en la carpeta dhis2 docbook docs src docbkx XX resources images y los enlazaremos desde el documento DocBoo utilizando un enlace relativo al fichero Cuando la documentaci n ya se ha generado en otra fase las im genes se copiar n al directorio correspondiente A 6 Manejando im genes Las capturas de pantalla son im genes muy tiles para dar instrucciones a los usuarios sobre c mo llevar a cabo acciones concretas DocBook no tiene mecanismos intr nsecos para saber exactamente c mo se debe renderizar una imagen en el documento final Por eso es necesario dar ese detalle mediante atributo
270. ments you can add delete modify and view extra information about the indicators in the system 63 Indicadores Indicadores dm P District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Services Help Log out Data Element Indicator management Data Element Data Element Group Filter by name Data Element Group Editor Select data dictionary Ela Clawioal Coleco OS gory Combination jain All Other Family planning Methods CYP YAO Indicator Preg z am O meee ee ANC 4th visit coverage AZA LO ais ane Ems ANC clients attending at least 4 ANC visits AMO Indicator Group Set a x wa r D Data Dictionary BCG Wastage Rate 7 A u O Data Dictionary BTL Couple year protection ZAMO Indicators can be filtered by entering the name or a part of the indicator name in the Filter by name field Similar to data elements indicators can be added by pressing the Add new button Other operations available from this menu are as follows ___ Existing indicators can be edited e pd Translate an existing indicator 2 Delete an existing indicator Get detailed information about this indicator To add a new indicator click the Add new button The following screen is displayed Services District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Create new indicator Each of the fields marked with an asterisk are compulsory A description of each field is provided below 64 In
271. mero conteo del n mero total de casos o visitas Estos datos normalmente se registran en formularios en forma de listado o en formularios de auditor a m s detallados Y estos datos de casos son diferentes de los datos agregados en el sentido de que contienen muchos detalles sobre un evento concreto mientras que los datos agregados simplemente contar an cu ntos eventos se producen de un cierto tipo por ejemplo cu ntas visitas externas con diagn stico principal Malaria o cu ntas muertes maternas donde la fallecida no sigui el protocolo ANC o cu ntos brotes de c lera en ni os menores de 5 a os En DHIS2 estos datos son recogidos mediante programas de tipo evento nico sin registro Los datos de paciente son muy confidenciales y por tanto deben ser protegidos para que ninguna persona no autorizada pueda obtenerlos Cuando est n en papel deben ser archivados en un lugar seguro En computadoras los datos de paciente necesitan sistemas seguros con contrase as acceso restringido y logs de seguimiento La preocupaci n por la seguridad de datos agregados no es tan crucial como lo es para los datos de paciente ya que generalmente es imposible identificar una persona en particular con una estad stica agregada Sin embargo los datos tambi n pueden ser mal usados o malinterpretados por otros y no deber an distribuirse sin unas pol ticas de difusi n de datos adecuadas 1 6 Software libre y de c digo abierto FOSS beneficios y re
272. ml u mobile district X GET v In response we get the following XML lt messageConversations xmlns http dhis2 org schema dxf 2 0 link http apps dhis2 org demo api messageConversations gt lt messageConversation name Mortality data reporting id ZjHHSjyyeJ2 link http apps dhis2 org demo api messageConversations ZjHHSjyyeJd2 gt lt messageConversation name DHIS version 2 7 is deployed id GDBqVfkmnp2 link http apps dhis2 org demo api messageConversations GDBqVfkmnp2 gt lt messageConversations gt From the response we are able to read the identifier of the newly sent message which is ZjHHSjyyeJ2 Note that the link to the specific resource is embedded and can be followed in order to read the full message From the description at http apps dhis2 org demo api messageConversations we learned that we can reply directly to an existing message conversation once we know the URL by including the message text as the request payload body We are now able to construct a URL for sending our reply curl d Yes the Mortality data set has been reported http apps dhis2 org demo api messageConversations ZjHHSjyyeJ2 H Content Type text plain u mobile district X POST vy If all went according to plan you will receive a 200 OK status code 23 11 Example Writing interpretations For certain analysis related resources in DHIS like charts and report tables one can share a data interpretation An interpretation
273. mlto bastar con ejecutar xmlto htmlfile_to_transformdonde el par metro file_to_transformes el nombre del fichero que deseamos convertir Hay otros formatos disponibles como PDF PS Java Help y otros A 10 C mo subir los cambios a Launchpad Una vez hemos terminado de editar los documentos deberemos subir los cambios a Launchpad mediante la acci n commit Abrimos un terminal y navegamos a la carpeta donde tenemos la documentaci n Si hemos a adido nuevos ficheros o carpetas en el repositorio local necesitaremos a adirlos al rbol de fuente con el comando bzr add seguido de la ruta al fichero o carpeta a adido Despu s de a adir todos los ficheros deberemos actualizar el repositorio local para asegurarnos de que no hay conflictos utilizando en comando bzr update Si hay conflictos Bazaar nos notificar esto Los conflictos se pueden listar usando el comando bzr conflicts Si hay conflictos en un fichero Bazaar crear tres versiones de ese fichero e filename BASE e filename THIS e filename OTHER Estos ficheros corresponden a partes comunes del fichero a la versi n local y a la versi n del servidor respectivamente Los ficheros contendr n marcadores para indicar las reas en conflicto Despu s de resolver los conflictos editando cada fichero y eliminando los marcadores de conflicto utilizaremos el comando bzr resolve Esto indica a Bazaar que el conflicto ha sido resuelto y eliminar los ficheros BASE THIS OTHER Cu
274. mos Intermedia 30 70 amarillo y finalmente Elevada 70 100 verde Despu s abrimos el panel Set de leyendas y tipeamos por ejemplo Elevada es bueno como nombre y seleccionamos las leyendas deseadas abajo Hacemos una selecci n m ltiple de las 3 leyendas pinchando y presionando a la vez la tecla Ctrl May al seleccionar Luego pinchamos en el bot n de registro para guardar el set de leyendas Podemos asignar indicadores y elementos de datos al set de leyendas en uno de los dos ltimos paneles Seleccionamos el set de leyendas en el cuadro grande y seleccionamos m ltiples elementos de la lista abajo Pinchamos en el bot n de Asignar para actualizar el set de leyendas Recomendamos revisar de nuevo la imagen de la ventana mostrada en la secci n 1 1 15 3 3 Exportando guardando im genes de mapas Pinchamos en el icono imagen en la barra de herramientas del mapa y se abrir la ventana de impresi n donde podemos editar T tulo nombre de encabezado de la imagen Capas elegir si las reas los puntos o ambos se imprimir n Altura Anchura resoluci n en pixels de la imagen a escoger entre valores predefinidos peque o 800x600 mediano 1190x880 grande 1920x1200 o tipeamos el n mero exacto de pixels Para ocultar la layenda en la impresi n de la imagen desmarcamos la casilla de leyenda Finalmente pinchamos en el bot n de exportar para imprimir la imagen PNG Recomendamos revisar de nuevo la imagen de la v
275. mport After the import process is finished you can follow the link to the import summary which will inform you about the outcome of the import process in terms of number of records imported updated and ignored and potential conflicts If you need to manually produce such XML files please refer to the Web API chapter where you can find detailed documentation of the DXF format 117 Data Administration Data browser Capitulo 18 Data Administration The data administration module provides a range of functions to ensure that the data stored in the DHIS2 database is integral and that the database performance is optimised These functions should be executed on a regular basis by a data administrator to ensure that the quality of the data stored is optimal 18 1 Data browser The data browser maintenance and analysis module which allows the user to produce a summary of the data contained in the DHIS2 database The summary view provides a count of data elements which have been entered at the selected organisation unit as well as its descendants Raw data for all data elements for a range of time periods and a given organisational unit can be browsed and exported to Excel CSV or PDF formats There are four modes of the data browser which determine how the data is summarized e Data sets e Data element groups e Organisational unit groups e Organisational units Each of these options can be accessed by selecting the desired option from Bro
276. n 2004S 1 Janary June 2004 Year yyyy 2004 2004 Financial Year April yyyyApril 2004April Apr 2004 Mar 2005 Financial Year July yyyyJuly 2004July July 2004 June 2005 Financial Year Oct yyyyOct i 20040ct Oct 2004 Sep 2005 23 4 Working with the meta data API With the release of 2 9 a special entry point for meta data was added in the API this can be accessed through api metaData This section will give a basic introduction to working with this API for specific synchronization issues please see INTEGRATION_CHAPTER By default talking to api metaData will give you everything rendered as XML But just as we can define what we want in the general API we can also do that with api metaData Tabla 23 2 Available Content Types Content Type Description application xml Returns the meta data in XML representation application json Returns the meta data in JSON representation Tabla 23 3 Available Query Filters Param Type Required Options default Description first assumeTrue boolean false true false If you don t want everything that api metaData gives you by default when set to false this option will not return anything by default You have to enable the resources you want yourself see below resources boolean false true false default Please see api for depends on available resources assumeTrue This option will allow you to override the default which is taken from assumeTrue an
277. n addition to Reporting month we have chosen Parent organisation unit as a report parameter when we created the report table When we re running the report table we will be asked to select an organisation unit Now let s say we choose Region R as the organisation unit Region R has the children District X and District Y When the report is run the system will aggregate data for both District X and District Y The data will be aggregated from the lowest level where they have been collected The values for the districts will be aggregated further to give an aggregated value for Region R Thus the report table will generate the six values presented in the previous example for District X District Y and Region R 13 2 4 Data element dimension tables These tables enable the use of data element categories in report tables There are two differences from regular report tables The first is that it is not possible to select crosstab dimensions as the columns will always be the disaggregations from the category combinations The other is the actual choice of data Only one category combination can be added per report and only data elements from the same category combo can be selected Subtotals and the total will also be included in the table e g a gender male female EPI age lt 1 gt 1 category combo would give the following columns male lt 1 male gt 1 Female lt 1 female gt 1 male female lt 1 gt 1
278. n el tiempo Por ejemplo Qu es DHIS2 Software libre y de c digo abierto FOSS beneficios y retos si queremos seguir c mo un paciente se adhiere y responde a un proceso de tratamiento de TB que generalmente tiene una duraci n de 6 9 meses necesitaremos informaci n de datos de paciente Los datos agregados son la consolidaci n de datos relativos a m ltiples pacientes y por tanto no se puede rastrear el origen de los datos de un paciente concreto Se trata generalmente de conteos como la incidencia de Malaria TB y otras enfermedades T picamente los datos rutinarios con los que trabaja un establecimiento de salud so este tipo de estad sticas agregadas y se utilizan para la generaci n de reportes e indicadores rutinarios y lo que es m s importante para la planificaci n estrat gica en el sistema de salud Los datos agregados no pueden proporcionar el tipo de informaci n detallada que dan los datos de nivel de paciente pero es crucial para la planificaci n y orientaci n del funcionamiento de los sistemas de salud Digamos que entre unos y otros se encuentran los datos relativos a casos o datos an nimos de paciente Es posible recoger numerosos detalles sobre el evento espec fico de salud sin necesidad de identificar al paciente involucrado Las visitas de pacientes externos o internos un nuevo caso de c lera mortalidad materna etc son casos de uso comunes cuando queremos recopilar muchos m s detalles que el
279. n esta lista podemos pinchar doble en cualquier indicador para seleccionarlo y entonces se mover a la lista de Indicadores seleccionados Otra forma de hacerlo es marcar uno o varios indicadores y pinchar a continuaci n en el bot n de flecha simple Si queremos seleccionar todos los indicadores pincharemos en el bot n de flecha doble Para desmarcar los indicadores podremos hacer esto mismo en el listado de Indicadores seleccionados Para seleccionar elementos de datos pincharemos en el encabezado de Elementos de Datos Aqu seguiremos el mismo procedimiento explicado arriba para marcar y desmarcar indicadores 14 5 Seleccionando tasas de reporte El visualizador puede mostrar las tasas de reporte en un gr fico bien solas bien junto con indicadores y elementos de datos Las tasas de reporte se seleccionan pinchando en el encabezado de Tasas de reporte Las tasas de reporte se definen por los sets de datos de modo que estos pueden marcarse pinchando doble en el listado de sets de datos disponibles en el lado izquierdo 14 6 Seleccionando periodos relativos Para seleccionar periodos relativos pincharemos en el encabezado de Periodos relativos Podemos seleccionar tantos periodos como queramos del conjunto de periodos listado bajo el encabezado como por ejemplo ltimo mes Meses del a o actual y ltimos 5 a os Los nombres de los periodos deber n ser autodescriptivos para agilizar estos procesos Todos los periodos son r
280. n organisation units for which they will be enabled to enter data on behalf of To access the user module choose Maintenance gt Users from the main menu 6 1 1 User maintenance dm P District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Services DHIS 2 Online Data administratio DHIS 2 Online Dashboard loa Data Elements and Indicators DHIS 2 Homepage sert Close Cleai r enrt Ela Insert Close DHIS 2 Issue Tracking Datasets This is a link area This is a ch Organisation Units Beneficiaries and Programs Settings Users User names already registered will appear as a list as seen in the screen shot below dm P District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Services User User management User User by Organisation Unit Filter name Username 2 Name Delete Current User User Group tenpecallcos admin admin admin 7 Ww bngatia Ngatia Beatrice HO bobjollifie Jolliffe Bob HO bondo Bondo Bondo 7 MO busia Busia Busia HO district District User Z HO You can search for specific user names in the user list by entering the name in the filter by user name field as shown above 6 1 2 User role management As part of creating a user name you are required to define the user role Do so by clicking on the user role appearing on the left side of the displayed screen This will lead you to the Role Management page where you will have to click on Add new to create a
281. n set to DHIS 2 0 as illustrated in the screen shot below After the data has been exported by DHIS 1 4 you can import the data by choosing Services gt Import Export gt DHIS 1 4 Import gt DHIS 1 4 XML Import and proceeding via the procedure outline in the previous section 17 3 2 3 Limitations to DHIS 1 4 imports Although it is possible to import and export data between instances of DHIS 1 4 and DHIS 2 there are significant limiations Currently the import of some metadata is not supported from DHIS 1 4 to DHIS 2 This includes e Validation rules e Organisational unit alternate names e Compulsory data element pairings e Custom data entry forms e Dataset data entry levels It is also important that the aggregation operator defined in DHIS 1 4 be set to the correct value Some data such as population should have their aggregation operator set to Average in DHIS 2 as this controls how the aggregation of data is handled over time but not within the organisational unit hierarchy 116 Import and export Importing CSV data 17 4 Importing CSV data DHIS 2 supports import of data in the CSV format This can be used to import exchange file produced by DHIS 2 itself It also comes in handy when you want to import data from a third party system as CSV is widely supported in applications and is easy to produce manually To import a CSV data exchange file navigate to the CSV Data Import item in the left side menu Upload the e
282. n to discard any change 22 2 1 8 Schedule automated message reminder This function is used for scheduling message reminders to be automatically sent to enrolled persons XX days before scheduled appointments and or XX days after a missed visit When the schedule is started messages for each person are generated based on templates defined in each stage at midnight On the time the scheduled messages are sent Click Execute button to generate and send each message for each person at the time the button clicked Message reminders can be automatically scheduled to run on regular intervals Click Start button will enable the scheduled job to run the task Messages are generated based on templates defined in each stages at mid night and sent at a pre determined time or can be run immediately by pressing Execute button 22 2 1 9 Schedule Automated Aggregation The aggregation query builder jobs can be automatically scheduled to run on regular intervals Simply select organisation unit group set aggregation level and strategy to configure how the scheduled job should run Click Start button will enable the scheduled job to run at mid night or can be run immediately by pressing Execute button 22 2 2 Individual records module Each of the options for the services will be described in the following section Find Add Person Create modify and search for persons Any type of data can be registered for a person by including attributes
283. nder HTC Test age group Human Resorce Availability Numbers Indicators Setting Inpatient age group Add Camel Type the name of the category combination in the Name field and then select the desired categories from the left panel Press the Move right button to add the selected categories to the category combination Press Move left to remove any categories that should not be part of the category combination Categories can only be added to a category combination at this step Categories can be removed from category combinations later by editing the category combination however it is not allowed to add additional categories once the combination has been created Ensure that the category combination and its respective categories is final before you create the category combination and assign it to a data element 33 Elementos de datos Diccionarios de datos 4 1 7 Diccionarios de datos Data dictionaries are used to group data elements and indicators during filtering operations They are useful for combining related groups of data elements and indicators according to the programs to which they belong For instance a data dictionary called MCH could be created and all maternal and child health data elements and indicators could be added to the dictionary The data dictionary can be access by choosing Maintenance gt Data elements and indicators gt Data dictionary The following screen will
284. ndicator A so far in 2010 Indicator B so far in 2010 and Indicator C so far in 2010 Report parameters Report parameters make the reports more generic and reusable over time and for different organisation units These parameters will pop up when generating the report table or running a report based on the report table The users will 84 Setting up report functionality Data element dimension tables select what they want to see in the report There are four possible report parameters and you can select none all or any combination e Reporting month This decides which month will be used when the system is choosing the relative periods If the box it not checked the user will not be asked for the reporting month when the report is generated the current month will then be used e Grand parent organisation unit Select the grand parent of all the orgunit children and grand children you want listed in the report E g a selected region will trigger the use of the region itself all its district and all their sub districts e Parent organisation unit Select the parent of all the orgunit children you want listed in the report E g a selected district will trigger the use of the district itself and all its children sub districts e Organisation unit This triggers the use of this orgunit in the report No children are listed Example report parameters Continuing with the example on relative periods just above let s say that i
285. ned and for periods according to your selected frequency period type 5 1 1 Gestion de sets de datos The dataset management function allows you to create new datasets and manage existing ones The dialog can be reached by choosing Maintenance gt Datasets gt Dataset A sample dialog is displayed below Dataset management Filter by name Filter Clear som J _Addnew Name a Operations Care amp Support g zZ iA 5 B i O HCTesting Y 7A BEO HSS Dataset rA i B u O OVC Dataset rA iA H B wu O PMTCT H B uw O Prevention YX Ak BHO nea 67 EMO No of pages 1 No of rows per page 50 Jump to page 1 60 cz a 1 Each of the functions is described below e Sort This controls the custom sort order Depending on the systems settings users will see the datasets ordered in the specific order which you provide e Add new Adds a new dataset When pressing this button you can create a new dataset You need to provide a name shortname and frequency The Code attribute is optional Data elements can be added to the Selected data element list by selecting them individually and pressing the button Indicators can also be added to data sets and will be available to be placed in custom data entry forms when they need to be shown along with data elements on the same data entry form Press Save to add the new dataset 37 Sets de datos y formularios de entrada de Formularios de entrada de datos datos
286. nidad organizativa Tambi n pueden estar enlazados a otras dimensiones En el contexto de DHIS2 el Formato de intercambio de datos se refiere a un esqueleto XML que permite trasladar datos y metadatos entre instancias desconectadas de DHIS as como entre diferentes aplicaciones que soportan formatos DXF Los grupos de elementos de datos se utilizan para clasificar los m ltiples elementos de datos de acuerdo a un tema com n como por ejemplo Inmunizaci n o TARV Generalmente se utilizan para los reportes o an lisis con el fin de poder analizar conjuntamente elementos de datos relacionados entre s Un indicador es un valor obtenido de los datos de salud y calculado mediante una f rmula generalmente un cociente Los indicadores se utilizan para el an lisis de datos ya que aportan mayor informaci n que los propios datos en bruto numerator indicator ______ 1 denominator Es el nivel de profundidad en una jerarquia organizativa Normalmente cada pais tiene diferentes niveles administrativos como 1 Nacional 2 Departamental 3 Distrital 4 Establecimientos de salud En el contexto de DHIS2 los establecimientos de salud son normalmente los niveles mas bajos en la jerarquia Desde aqui los datos son agregados hacia arriba desde el nivel m s bajo hasta el nivel m s alto El dividendo de un indicador recordemos que un indicador es un cociente Puede estar formado por varios elementos de datos y factores comb
287. nnrnnnnnnrcnncnnn 124 18 2 11 Organisation units with cyclic references 1 0 0 0 eee cece cece ee ce ee ceeeceeeceeeeaeeeueeea sean eeaes 124 18 2 12 Orphaned organisation UNItS 2 0 0 0 eee E ce ee ce eeee ence E EEE seca teas sean E 124 18 2 13 Organisation units without groups 2 0 0 0 cece cece cence eee ceeeee teen eeeaeeaeeeae een eeneeeeeeeee es 124 18 2 14 Organisation units violating compulsory group Sets oocoooccnccnncnnccnnccnnconnconnconnconaconacos 124 18 2 15 Organisation units violating exclusive group Sets oocoocccnccnnccnnccnnccnnconaconncnnaccnncnaronoss 124 18 2 16 Organisation unit groups without group Sets ec eee eect ee cece cena cena eeneeeeeeeeees 124 18 2 17 Validation rules without groups oocoocccocnnccnnccnnconnccnnconnconnconncnnnrnnnnnnnnnnrnnnrnnccnncinnicnn 125 vi Manual completo de Usuario DHIS2 Contents 18 2 18 Invalid validation rule left side expressions cece eee cece ee ceeeceeeee teen eeeaeeeu sean eeaes 125 18 2 19 Invalid validation rule right side expressions oooconoccnccnnccnncnnncnnncnnccnnconnccnnccnnccnncnnnoss 125 183 Data ATV iii id isis gous 125 18 4 Beneficiary Data Archive ssieejseccscc eeen tate di a ed dd bed 125 18 Maimitenance voor astros E R o a E E E dsraca 126 18 6 Resource tables ci E EEE TE E R E a E EE Meee A ERA TES 126 187 SQE VIEW viiene e E E EE E A NE E T EE yet SEEE ES 127 18 7 1 Creating a new SQL View semis s
288. nominator simply press the respective button and the following dialogue will be displayed dm P District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Services Log out Edit numerator x Description Aggregation operator O sum e Average Data elements CT scan machine Number Functional CT scan machine Number Not Functional Essentially an indicator is a formula that can be composed of multiple data elements constant factors and mathematical operators In order to define a new indicator proceed with the following steps 1 Enter at least the required fields Name and short name from the indicator maintenance screen 2 Next press Edit numerator from the main indicator maintenance screen This will provide a dialog where you can define the actual formula of the indicator s numerator 3 A description of the numerator denominator must be provided in the Description field This should provide a clear description of 4 Define the formula of the indicator by selecting the data elements that should compose the numerator from the Data elements field Simply select the data element and double click it It will now appear in the formula You formula must be mathematically valid including the proper use of parentheses when necessary You can double click on each of the mathematical operator buttons below the indicator formula definition to add them to your formula 65 Indicadores Tipos de ind
289. nship with the selected person click Register new person link 22 2 2 1 5 Change person location and View person details and history You can change person location by clicking the Change person location icon under Operations or click on Change location link on Demographics section in Dashboard In addition you can view all person details and history by click on Person details and history icon under Operations Furthermore you can download all person details and history in the format of XLS or PDF by clicking Download as Excel or Download as PDF button 22 2 2 1 6 Search persons The Search function is used for searching persons based on full name identifiers and person attributes To access Search function from the Services menu go the the Individual Records option and click on it Select Find Add Person option on the left menu to proceed Then after selecting organisation unit click on the Search button on the right side A search form is appeared after clicking User has to select criteria and input values into the function 174 DHIS TRACKER Individual records module After selecting search type entering keyword and clicking on Search button the search result will display on the screen and then user can interact with these persons 22 2 2 2 Tracking This function supports the work practices around tracking persons within a health program that have not shown up for a scheduled visit stage e g that are lost t
290. nsi n QU mediante las categor as de elementos de datos Algunas categor as comunes son Edad y G nero pero es posible a adir cualquier categor a identificada por el usuario y enlazarla con elementos de datos espec ficos La combinaci n del nombre de un elemento de datos y su categor a asignada define la unidad m s peque a de recolecci n y an lisis disponible en el sistema y por tanto describe los datos en bruto en la base de datos Podemos hacer agregados al alejarnos en esta dimensi n pero no es posible acercarnos descomponerlo m s ya que dise ar elementos de datos y categor as define el detalle de an lisis posible en el sistema en la dimensi n QU Si hacemos cambios posteriores en los elementos de datos y categor as puede complicarse ya que esto cambiar el significado de los valores de datos ya registrados en la base de datos De modo que este paso es uno de los m s decisivos y cuidadosos en el proceso de dise o de la base de datos La mejor pr ctica en el dise o de elementos de datos es pensar en los elementos de datos como una unidad de an lisis de datos y no s lo como un campo en el formulario de entrada de datos Cada elemento de datos tiene vida propia en la base de datos completamente separado del formulario y los reportes y otras salidas se basan en elementos de datos y expresiones o f rmulas compuestas por elementos de datos y no en los formularios de colecci n de datos De modo que las necesidades del an
291. nstalarlo veremos el cap tulo de instalaci n en la Gu a de Implementaci n 2 2 Loguearse en DHIS 2 Independientemente de si hemos instalado la versi n de servidor o la versi n Live de escritorio podremos utilizar un navegador web para loguearnos en el sistema DHIS2 deber a ser compatible con la mayor a de navegadores web modernos aunque debemos asegurarnos de que Java Script est habilitado Para loguearnos en la aplicaci n introducimos http localhost 8080 dhis si estamos utilizando el paquete DHIS2 Live o reemplazamos el localhost con el nombre o direcci n IP del servidor donde est instalada la versi n de servidor Una vez hemos arrancado DHIS 2 ya sea online o offline la pantalla nos pedir ingresar nuestro nombre de usuario registrado y contrase a Despu s de introducir la informaci n requerida haremos click en el bot n de Entrar para loguearnos en la aplicaci n El nombre de usuario y contrase a por defecto son admin y district Deberemos cambiarlos inmediatamente despu s de loguearnos en DHIS2 por primera vez 2 3 Creaci n de nuevos usuarios y roles Esta secci n describe c mo a adir nuevos usuarios a la aplicaci n DHIS2 2 3 1 Abrir el men de usuario Para crear o encontrar un usuario empezaremos haciendo click en el m dulo Usuario que aparece en el men desplegable del m dulo de Mantenimiento ubicado en la barra de herramientas principal en la parte superior de la pantalla Come
292. nt Multi Language Interface In Setting menu there are list of supported language downloaded from server Language of GUI is only changed after restart application Multi Language Content forms Form s language is change after click Save In case there are many forms it take several minutes to save setting 20 3 5 3 3 Troubleshooting e Data has been entered on the phone but does not appear on the server This usually occurs when users enter data on the phone but cannot send it to the server This may be because of the configuration of the phone lack of credit on the phone or lack of coverage Usually an error message is displayed as shown below Users should be informed that if they see this error then it means that their data has not been transmitted 20 3 5 4 Community Reporting The community based reporting function works in a similar manner as the aggregate reporting function but patient based data elements 20 3 5 4 1 Regular Use 1 Activity Main Menu e Current Activity Plan Contain all new activities that need to be completed e Sent Activity Plan Contain all the activities that have been completed and sent to server This list is for review only 2 Choose Village or Location From Activity main menu select Current Activity Plan You will be navigated to Grampanchayat Name screen where you can select the village Use the Up or Down button on your mobile phone to focus on a villag
293. nt organisation unit or grand parent organisation unit parameters in the report table 13 4 2 4 1 Hiding the parameter organisation unit from the table We exclude the paramter organisation unit from the table by using a property in the Details band called Print when expression To set a Print when expression start by selecting the Detail band in the Report inspector then edit the Print when expression in the properties panel The Expression editor window should now appear What we must do is to create an expression that checks if the row being generated is the row with the organisation unit given as a parameter The report table contains a column that we can use for this called organisation_unit_is_parent To exclude the row with the parameter organisation unit double click on organisation_unit_is_parent in the list to copy it to the expression area then add equals No at the end so that the code is F organisation_unit_is_parent equals No This tells the report engine to only print table rows where the organisation unit is not the parent organisation unit 13 4 2 4 2 Putting the param organisation unit at the bottom of the table Instead of removing the param organisation unit from the table entirely it is also possible to put it at the bottom or top of the table This is done by using the sort functionality explained in the next section and choosing to sort first by organisation_unit_is_parent Other so
294. nteriores y el reporte se actualizar autom ticamente 74 Utilizando la funcionalidad de Reporte Utilizando los reportes de distribuci n de las unidades organizativas Data Completeness Report Select organisation unit EKenya DownloadasPDF Download as Excel El Central _ DownloadasCSV Configuration E Coast E Kilifi County Kaloleni Based on complete data set registrations E Kilifi gt Based on compulsory data elements Malindi Based on number of registered data values m E Kwale County El Lamu County El Mombasa County Integrated RH HIVAIDS Malaria TB amp Nutrition 22 E Taita Taveta County El Tana River County Next se Prev Next Nairobi Monthly y El NorthEastern Nyanza November 2010 x Data Completeness Report Kilifi Integrated RH HIVAIDS Malaria TB amp Nutrition Name Actual Target Percent On time Percent Family Medical 0 1 00 0 00 Amani Medical Clinic Kilifi 1 14 100 0 1 100 0 Bamba Health Centre 1 1 100 0 1 100 0 Bamba Medical Clinic 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 Bomani Dispensary 1 1 100 0 1 100 0 Chasimba H C 1 1 100 0 1 100 0 Chizi Medical Clinic 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 12 9 Utilizando los reportes de distribuci n de las unidades organizativas Podemos acceder a estos reportes en el men lateral izquierdo en el m dulo de Servicios gt Reportes Los reportes de distribuci n de las unidades organizativas son
295. ntified and remove the incorrect Group allocations 18 2 3 Data elements violating exclusive group sets Some data elements have been allocated to several data element groups that are members of the same data element group set All group sets in DHIS are defined as exclusive which means that a data element can only be allocated to one data element group within that group set Go to Maintenance gt Data elements and indicators gt Data element groups to review each data element identified in the integrity check Either remove the data element from all groups except the one that it should be allocated to or see if one of the groups should be placed in a different group set 18 2 4 Data elements assigned to data sets with different period types Data Elements should not be assigned to two separate data sets whose period types differ The recommended approach would be to create two separate data elements for instance a monthly and yearly data element and assign these to respective datasets 18 2 5 Data sets not assigned to organisation units All data sets should be assigned to at least one organisation unit 18 2 6 Indicators with identical formulas Although this rule will not affect data quality it generally does not make sense to have two indicators with the exact same definition Review the identified indicators and their formulas and delete or modify any indicator that appears to be the duplicate 18 2 7 Indicators without groups
296. ntly on ART Corneal Scar injury or infection DTC Children started on ART Corneal Scar Trachoma Environmental Health Council Markets Family Planning Couples tested at HTC Growth Monitoring CWC Attendance Human resources Cysts El IDSR Cytology Negative FA Immunisation Cytology positive Inpatient Dairies Laboratory Dams Logistics Dose Balance Deliveries total Logistics Management re Deliveries from HIV ve Women Maternal Complications Dental clinic attendance others Maternity Safe Delivery Dental Disorders Maternity PMTCT iia Dental Extractions Attendance MCH ANC PMTCT Dental Fillings Attendance OPD Dental Technologist Opthalmic services Dentist PAC Services Determine Population Diabetes Service Workload Diabetes mellitus STI Diarrhoea Target Dataelement Diarrhoea and GE TB Control Dilation and Curettage VCT Clients Diphtheria VCT Couples Disease of Puerperium and Childbirth Disease of the skin ba ba Diseases of the ear and mastoid process bd SIZI New Rename Delete 1 4 Update Data Element Group Member 20 Data element groups area listed alphabetically in the leftmost panel By clicking on a data element group the current members of that group data elements are listed in the centre panel Available data elements that can be added to the data element group appear are listed alphabetically in the rightmost panel To remove an existing data element from x the group click the name of the data
297. nts using the user interface for this in the data element maintenance section but here are some examples of possible categories to use Given the example of Measles vaccination if you want to know whether these vaccines were given at the facility fixed or out in the community as part of the outreach services then you could add a dimension called e g Place of service with the two possible options Fixed and Outreach Then all data collected on measles immunisation would have to be disaggregated along these to options In addition to this you might be interested in knowing how many of these children who were under 1 year or above 1 year of age If so you can add an Age dimension to the data element with the two possible options lt 1 y and gt 1 y This implies further detail on the data collection process You can also apply both categories Place of service and Age and combine these into a data element category combination e g called EPI disaggregation and thereby you would be able to look at 4 different more detailed values in stead of only 1 as in the example above for the data element Measles doses given 1 Fixed and lt 1 y 2 Fixed and gt 1 y 3 Outreach and lt 1 y and 4 Outreach and gt 1 y This adds complexity to how data is collected by the health facilities but at the same time opens up for new possibilities of detailed data analysis of Measles immunisation Tabla 21 2 Example of detailed storage of data values when using
298. nzando con DHIS 2 Definir un nuevo rol dm P District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Services DHIS 2 Online Dashboard DHIS 2 Homepage Insert Close Clear Insert Close DHIS 2 Issue Trackin se i eet E This is a link area This is a ch Los nombres de usuario ya registrados aparecer n como una lista tal y como se muestra en la pantalla abajo dm P District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Services User User management User User by Organisation Unit Filter by name User Role pap User admin bngatia bobjolliffe bondo busia district District User Z HO Podemos buscar nombres de usuario espec ficos en la lista de usuarios introduciendo el nombre en filtrar por nombre de usuario como se muestra arriba 2 3 2 Definir un nuevo rol Como parte de la creaci n de un nombre de usuario deberemos definir el rol del usuario Para ello hacemos click en rol de usuario que aparece en el lado izquierdo de la pantalla Esto nos mostrar la pantalla de Gesti n de Roles donde podremos pinchar en A adir nuevo para crear un nuevo rol dm P District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Services Help Log out User User role management User User by Organisation Unit Filter by name Delete Current User User Group Role 2 Description Operations Data user online Access the reports only MO District Online District Online HO No ofpages 1 Size ofpage 50 J
299. o begin the export process 17 2 6 PDF Metadata Export Auctor natoque ve vulputate quam Quam duis posuere risus felis mus class tempor eu sociosqu Risus duis penatibus turpis tristique dictum enim est Quisque mi pulvinar ultrices fusce diam porttitor mi hendrerit viverra augue leo vestibulum rutrum Ridiculus dictumst luctus Eros 17 3 Importing data The import option allows different instance of DHIS 2 to receive standardised set of data in the absence of a networked system Typically a data set is exported from one DHIS instance e g a district level system to another system e g a provincial level system DHIS 2 is capable of importing data from other systems that either support the DXF of IXF formats DHIS 2 is capable of importing data directly from a DHIS 1 4 Access database Each of these options will be discussed in the following sections 17 3 1 Importing data from another DHIS 2 instance Data can be imported into different instances of DHIS 2 through the use of the DXF data exchange format There are two screens that are used to import data with default and advanced options The default data import menu can be accessed by clicking the Import from the main Import Export screen By clicking the Browse button you can select a file from you local file system This file may have been received by email copied from another users system or received on a CD for example Simply select the file that you wish to import
300. o both a dataset as well as an organisational unit level You can also select multiple datasets individually by pressing the Ctrl key on the keyboard and clicking on individual datasets 44 User management User management Finally when you have entered the required fields click on Save which is located on the lower part of the displayed screen The desired user role and related authorisation will be saved to the database and can then be assigned to a particular user 6 1 3 User management Under particular user role there can be more than one user To add new users go to the User options under the Maintenance module To add a new user just follow these steps e Click on the Add New button Enter New User details like User name Password Confirm password Surname First name and Email in new user s option tabs e Click on Add button for confirmation of new user details and follow the user error while creation of new user e The recently created new user can be seen in main User management Screen e You can edit like password surname etc and delete the details of new old users by selecting corresponding User s Edit and Delete Buttons e Click on Save tab after editing all details of a particular selected user His District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Services Create new user Details Username Password Retype
301. o de elementos de datos Editor de grupo de elemento de datos Set de grupos de elementos de datos Categor as de elementos de datos Combinaci n de categor as de elementos de datos 4 1 Mantenimiento de elementos de datos Cada una de las opciones de mantenimiento de elementos de datos se describen en la secci n siguiente Elementos de datos Crear modificar ver y eliminar elementos de datos e Grupo de elementos de datos Crear modificar ver y eliminar grupos de elementos de datos e Editor de grupo de elemento de datos A adir o eliminar f cilmente elementos de datos de un grupo de elementos de datos e Set de grupos de elementos de datos Crear modificar ver y eliminar sets de grupos de elementos de datos e Categor as de elementos de datos Crear modificar ver y eliminar categor as de elementos de datos 4 1 1 Elementos de datos Data elements form the basis of DHIS2 Data elements define what is actually recorded in system e g number of immunisations or number of cases of malaria The actual creation and definition of the data elements themselves are 25 Elementos de datos Elementos de datos far beyond the scope of this manual to describe but it is assumed that an administrator will be provided with a list of standardised data elements for inclusion into the DHIS2 system To access the data element maintenance module choose Maintenance gt Data elements and Indicators gt Data element Th
302. o en n meros grandes En el primer caso generalmente descartaremos estos outliers mientras en el segundo caso deberemos ser cautos al utilizar herramientas estad sticas o interpretaciones que asuman una distribuci n normal El an lisis est basado en una distrubuci n normal est ndar Seleccionando qu datos queremos analizar 1 Seleccionamos las fechas de inicio y fin de y a de los datos que ser n incluidos en el an lisis 2 Seleccionamos el set de datos desde el cual obtendremos los elementos de datos 3 Seleccionamos todos o algunos elementos de datos del set de datos haciendo doble click o bien marc ndolos y despu s pinchando en los botones de a adir quitar 4 Seleccionamos la unidad organizativa padre que vamos a utilizar Al hacer esto se incluir n autom ticamente todas las unidades hijas las que se encuentran por debajo de sta en la jerarqu a 5 Seleccionamos el n mero de desviaciones t picas As fijamos el n mero de desviaciones t picas que los datos pueden alejarse desde la media o valor promedio antes de ser marcados como outliers 57 Utilizando la funcionalidad de Calidad de An lisis de outliers en rangos Max Min Datos 9 5 Validation Rule Std Dev Outlier Analysis Validation Rule Validation Rule Group From date To date A E y 2010 10 01 a 2010 12 31 Data Analysis Validation Rule Analysis Available data sets Std Dev Outlier Analysis Min Max Outl
303. o follow up 22 2 2 2 1 Visit Schedule This will be used to provide the user at a facility or in an area with a list of upcoming visits to better plan for daily weekly activities This can also be used as quick navigation to the data entry screen when using the system as a live real time data entry system Clicking on an event to open the data entry screen and plan is updated when closing data entry form The plan expected visits for the upcoming period will typically be a mix of recently overdue stages and stages that are non completed and scheduled for the coming days week After selecting organisation unit on the left panel select a program in list Then status which you would like Select show events since if any and Show events up to if any Finally click Show Event List button to get events which are satisfied with searching criteria Click Export XLS button to export the result to excel file 22 2 2 2 2 Program Tracking This function supports the work practices around tracking persons within a health program that have not shown up for a scheduled visit stage e g that are lost to follow up After selecting organisation unit on the left panel select a program in list And click on List All Person button to load all over due events of persons Click on person s name to open his her dashboard Click on an event box to re schedule and set status for the selected event or see all tracking history for this event To
304. o los datos en el formulario Cuando ya hemos rellenado todos los valores disponibles en el formulario podemos lanzar un chequeo de validaci n sobre los datos del formulario Pincha en el bot n Validar en la esquna superior derecha Todas las reglas de validaci n que implican elementos de datos en el formulario actual y que forman un set de datos se lanzar n compar ndolos con los nuevos datos Cuando termine el proceso se nos mostrar un listado de fallos o un mensaje sencillo que diga algo as La pantalla de entrada de datos ha sido validada con xito Para aprender c mo definir las reglas de validaci n revisa el cap tulo de Calidad de Datos Cuando hayamos corregido los valores err neos y hayamos terminado el formulario es recomendable pinchar en el bot n Completado en la parte inferior para registrar que el formulario ha sido completado Esta informaci n es utilizada cuando se generan reportes de grado de completitud por distrito departamento o a nivel nacional 53 Entrada de datos Entrada de datos en desconexi n offline Kenya HIS Validation Result The data entry screen has validation errors please correct these before proceeding The following values violates validation rules Validation rule Expression Description Value Operator Value Description ANC 4th visits New ANC clients gt Client completed 4 ANC Visit ANC clients 3 0 gt 50 ANC 4th Visit 8 2 4 Entrada de datos en desconexi n offline
305. oca de oaia e es e TEE E EEEa GR EAEE TTI Gaet 127 18 7 2 SQL View management oooocononnnonnnonnnr rera e e Ee E EET EEES e EE 127 18 8 Organisation unit Merge sissors na conse Eea ITSE RAE TEER S PERE REIO age EE EAEN EREEREER ESES 128 18 9 Duplicate data elimination 2 0 0 0 a irie E cena E EEN E S E 128 A A TAS 128 ESTI Lock A o ee eak e EAEE E RES EEE E E EE Ibe casts eed Seiad esas lady 129 18 12 Zero value stora se ceea oen n E a oe vetoes RN EIEE ye EE oh wed EEA AIR 129 18 13 Organisation UNIt PrUNING ens ea e EE E S EN E E E EE EENE EERS 129 18 14 Min Max Value Generations cose eea a e E aa a a A S AENEAS 129 TSAS Constant ts A ii A As NEESS 130 O A OS eaten dnsn 130 18 17 Cache Statisties ista ii id proa ii pencil aia id 130 18 18 Dynamic attriblles titi iii crei este 130 AS 9 0 s2563sscass pes bathe seeoptig sk voteads Tact deed pete a saga as vetted Goa th ans E nates seh E EE GEES 131 19 Setting See is 133 19 1 User Settini di SEE ol nds SEESE ETENE 133 19 1 1 User general settings nicesine e ioa e TESE E pe Oe EEE EEE E SS 133 19 122 Us r message settings s sneins O 133 19 2 SYSlEMcSeTHIN GS e A R Pah E E E IAE o iia de 133 19 2 1 System general settings vt rnae e S a E R EEE E EE E A EE EAEE 133 19 2 2 System appearance Settings topenie ie enet E EE R E E S ENEN EECA E ESEE 134 19223 System email Settings arero ee E a e lee sti E R E ENE ESEE 134 20 DELS Moblen ainera e Raa A 135 20 1 A NN ES 13
306. ocnnccnnccnnccnnccnnconncnnncnnnrnnncnarenose 6 1 5 Diferencias entre datos agregados y datos de paciente en un SIS oooooccnnconnconcconocnnccnncnnnconccnnccnninnno 7 1 6 Software libre y de c digo abierto FOSS beneficios Y retos ocoooccconoccncnccnnnccnnnoconnnononnconnnaccnnions 8 2 Comenzando com DHIS Laracha dis e a donc daGadersehen dene espino deidades E dicas 11 2 1 Primeros pasos con DAIS Boi dida 11 ZAM Requisitos Previo S ri Erin 11 2 1 2 Un comienzo con el paquete DHIS 2 Live oooccccccnccnnconnconnconnconoconoconncnnncnononnconccnnccnninnno 11 2 1 2 1 Empezando con una base de datos vac a occoococononocononocononocononoconanocononoronanoronanos 11 2 1 3 Trabajando directamente con la base de datos H2 oooocoooccnnconcconcconccnnocnncnnnrnnccnnconnconncono 11 2 1 4 Descargar e instalar la versi n de servidor oocooccoccnccncnncnncnnconcnnconcnnroncnnroncnnrononoroncnaronos 12 22 Loguearse en DHIS Zilina iia chads OSOS EER EEE EOE IEEE T PERRE 12 2 3 Creaci n de nuevos usuarios y roles oooocccnconcconoconccnnocnnocnncnnncnnccnnccnnccnnconnconncnnncnnncnnncnnccniconns 12 2 3 1 Abrir ellmen de USUATIO sseni anen a a EE EE a EAEE 12 23 2 Definir n NUEVO Tol i253 a8 Ged eeeednea ii eR ea aed 13 2 3 33 A adir n NUCVOUSUALIO 38 0 2des hy doren aE e a e ita 14 2 Ae Salar de DAIS Za Id A id cheba boven sia austere ia DE eaters 15 2 5 Una introducci n r pida al dise o de una base de
307. odremos elegir entre varios tipos de leyenda autom tica y predefinida La leyenda autom tica significa que la aplicaci n crear un set de textos leyenda en base al m tido n mero de clases color superior y color inferior que elegiamos El m todo se refiere al tama o de las clases de leyenda Para Intervalos regulares contendr el valor m s grande y m s peque o del mapa dividido entre el n mero de clases Para Conteo de grupos iguales el generador de leyendas tratar de distribuir las unidades organizativas uniformemente Para L mites fijos deberemos definir nuestros propios valores de corte de clases por ejemplo 20 40 60 utilizando una coma para separar cada valor La leyenda aparecer como una gradaci n uniforme del color inicial al color final Los conjuntos de leyendas predefinidos se describen en Secci n 15 3 2 Registro de sets de leyendas Los radios grande y peque o solo tienen efecto en los establecientos puntos del mapa y resuelven los radios circulares para los puntos con el valor mayor y el valor menor El cuadro de combinaciones en la vista de mapa lista todas las vistas de mapa favoritas guardadas por el usuario La configuraci n se guarda en la vista del mapa y se aplica autom ticamente al panel de mapa tem tico Las vistas favoritas de mapas se explican m s en Secci n 15 3 1 Registro de vistas favoritas de mapa Todas las opciones disponibles de capas est n ahora agrupadas en el men de c
308. of two separate data element categories each consisting of several data element category options In most HMIS systems different data elements are disaggregated according to a common set of categories By combining these different categories into a data element category combination and assigning these combinations to data elements the appropriate disaggregation levels can be applied efficiently and quickly to a large number of data elements To access the data element category combination maintenance module select Maintenance gt Data element and indicators gt Data element category combinations from the main DHIS2 menu As with the other maintains modules you can filter the listed category combinations by entering the name or portion thereof of the category combination Other operations such as Edit Delete and Information should be familiar to the reader To add a new category combination click the Add new button The following dialogue will be displayed dm P District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Services Help Log out Create new data element category combination Details Name Test category Y Avallablo categorias Selected categories Age over under 1 a naa a Age over under 15 Age over under 5 L lt ART Treatment age group Attendance Cases and deaths default y Family Planing Change of methods Financial Information Food Quality Control Food Water Seizure and Sampling Ge
309. olog a REST pueden obtenerse en los formatos de representaci n de datos m s populares de la Web como HTML XML JSON PDF y PNG Estos formatos son ampliamente soportados en aplicaciones y lenguajes de programaci n y permiten a los desarrolladores de terceros un amplio abanico de opciones de implementaci n Information Systems Web Portal Dashboards Mash ups Document Repository Reports Plans Guidelines FAQs Visualizers Clients Mobiles Smart Phones Tablets Operational Systems 7 Logistics Registries EMRs Web API Resource Abstraction Layer Web Sites News Weather Health Predefined Data A Discussion Forums Views Data View Engine Charts Maps Data Tables Data Store 1 4 2 Comprendiendo la independencia de plataforma Todas las computadoras tienen un Sistema Operativo SO para manejarlas y manejar los programas instalados El sistema operativo sirve como nivel intermedio entre la aplicaci n software como DHIs2 y el hardware como la CPU o la memoria RAM DHIS2 funciona en la M quina Virtual de Java y por eso puede funcionar en cualquier sistema operativo que soporte Java La independencia de plataforma significa que la aplicaci n software puede ejecutarse en cualquier SO Windows Linux Macintosh etc DHIS2 es independiente de plataforma y es extremadamente til en el contexto de salud p blica donde pueden estar en uso m ltiples sistemas operativos distintos M s all DHIS2 es tamb
310. ompletes successfully you should now be able to utilize the geographical data in the DHIS2 GIS If not check the log for hints and look for common errors such as 110 Setting up GIS Importing coordinates Name duplicates in the GML file The name column in the database is unique and does not accept two organisation units with the same name The shortname column in the organisationunit table in your database has a too small varchar definition Increase it to 100 Special name characters in the GML file Be sure to convert these to appropirate XML equivalents or escape sequences 111 Import and export What is import and export Capitulo 17 Import and export Learning objectives After reading this module you will be able to understand e Why do we need functions of export and import data e How to export data from DHIS2 e How to import data into DHIS2 17 1 What is import and export In a primary health system the HMIS typically involves a distributed application where the same application is running in different geographical locations PHCs CHCs hospitals districts and state Most of these physical locations do not have Internet connectivity and hence they work offline At some point normally at the district level the data needs to be synchronised in order to have a consolidated database for the a particular geographical region For this it is important to be able to export data from one location
311. on the right Press the Generate button to generate or regenerate all min max values Press Remove to remove all min max values which are currently stored in the database 129 Data Administration Constant Min Max Value Generation Available data sets Organisation Unit Selection Care amp Support a Selectatlevel Federal Governn w Un selectatievel Unselectall HCTest a SS Ha Selectin group AIDSRelief Un selectin group Selectchildren PMTCT E ng Federal Government Sareen E ab Abia State OVC Dataset Elab Aba North Local Government Area ab Seventh Day Hospital Bab Aba South Local Government Area ab Aba Health Office ab Aba IDH Hospital 18 15 Constant Constants are static values which can be made available to users for use in data elements and indicators Some indicators such as Couple year protection rate depend on constants which usually do not change over time Simply press Add and provide a name in the Name field and define it s value in the Value field Press Add The constant will now be available to users for use in their expressions Add Constant Details Name Pi Y Value 3 14159265 A Add Cancel 18 16 Option sets Option sets can be associated with data elements in the add update data element interface for name based data elements You can define any kind of options for instance an option set called Delivery type where Normal B
312. on to bring up the Expression editor Next we have to insert some Java code In the following example we will be replacing the shortname of three indicators with their proper names The code searches for the shortname and then replaces it with a proper name F indicatorname equals Bed Util All Bed Utilisation All Wards F indicatorname equals Bed Util Mat Bed Utilisation Maternity F indicatorname equals Bed Util Ped Bed Utilisation Paediatric F indicatorname From this we can see a pattern that is reusable for more general cases e For each indicator or data element we want to change the name for we need one line e Each line is separated by a colon e We finish the expression with a regular line Each line has the same format where the red text is the shortname the blue text is what we want to insert instead The same expressions can be used for example when having indicator names along the category axis of a chart 13 4 2 7 Adding horizontal totals By using the expression editor it is possible to add a column to the table with totals for each row In the following example we will make a table with three months as columns as well as a column with the totals for the three months We start by dragging a text label into the table header and changing its text to Total and dragging a text field into the details row 91 Setting up report functionality Designing Standa
313. on units Immunization BCG Coverage 2012 04 28 00 22 Ongantation Galt groups ot Immunization Coverage Stacked Bar 2012 02 07 21 56 y P Chart options y ya a pe y j P Save eS 14 15 Compartiendo interpretaciones de los datos En determinados recursos relacionados con el an lisis de datos en DHIS2 como son las gr ficas y las tablas de reporte podemos compartir tambi n interpretaciones de los datos Una interpretaci n es sencillamente un enlace al recurso relevante junto a un texto explicativo sobre los datos Si queremos compartir una interpretaci n de un gr fico primero guardamos el gr fico como favorito Luego sin realizar ning n cambio en el gr fico pinchamos el bot n Compartir en la barra de herramientas Se abrir una ventana donde podremos escribir nuestra interpretaci n 101 Utilizando el Visualizador de Datos Saliendo del m dulo de visualizaci n de datos Cuando hayamos terminado pinchamos en el bot n de Compartir en la esquina derecha de la ventana La ventana se cerrar autom ticamente y si la interpretaci n se comparti con xito encontraremos una notificaci n en la barra de herramientas inferior 14 16 Saliendo del m dulo de visualizaci n de datos Para salir del m dulo y regresar a la p gina de inicio de DHIS pincharemos en el bot n Salir en el lado derecho del men superior central 102 Utilizando el Sistema de Informaci n Un vistazo al m dulo SIG Geogr fica SIG
314. one or many organisation units In Identifiers and Attributes tab select options to show it into the result na A uu N In Data element tab Select a program stage Double click data elements which you need to show into the result to move it from Availablefield to the Selected field Nota If the selected program has only one stage this field is hidden and data element list of the stage is shown in the Available field 6 In the Options tab there are two options e Use data from level s Specify the level which you need to get events 1 Children only Individual data from the children of the selected organisation unit will be aggregated 2 Selected Individual data from the selected organisation unit will be aggregated 3 All Individual data from both selected organisation unit and its children will be aggregated e Show hierarchy from level The level of organisation units which you want to show E g If an event belongs to an organisation unit in district level and this option is selected as province level the result is shown with the name of province za Click Update button on toolbar The result is shown on the main page To filter data by person attributes identifiers or data elements click on the DOWN button on the column corresponding to field which you want to filter Click Filter button and enter value in the field shown 177 DHIS TRACKER Individual records module To clear filter values click Cle
315. only crosstab dimension We start by removing the indicator column since this in not needed in our case and realign the other fields to fit the report Next we create out Report group Go to the report insepctor right click on the report name dpt is the default and choose Add Report Group A window will appear with a report group wizard Select a name for the group in this case we choose Indicator In the drop down menu we can select what columns in the report table we want the groups to be based on So if we wanted one table for each organisation unit we would choose organisation unit name as the report object to group according to However since we are grouping by indicators in this example we choose indicatorname Then click next The next step is to select whether or not we want a separate Group header and Group footer band for each report group In this case we choose to include both Click Finish and the group bands should appear in the report If you upload and run the report it will now create one table for each indicator However it will not look very good as there will be no header row over each table only one header at the top of each page Also there is no indication as to which table is showing which indicator In the following we will fix this Instead of having the title row in the column header we can instead move it to the Group header This will make the heading show up above each individual table Furthermo
316. opulations Use Process Interpret Analyse R A Ata dal e ot Self assessment Pres Epidemiological Present E iia thinking A argets Tables Graphs Population Maps Figura 1 1 El ciclo de vida de la informaci n en salud DHIS2 participa en las diferentes facetas del ciclo de vida de la informaci n donde se incluyen e Recogida de datos e Realizaci n de chequeos de calidad e Acceso a los datos a m ltiples niveles Qu es DHIS2 Antecedentes tecnol gicos e Reporte e Elaboraci n de gr ficas mapas y otras formas de an lisis e Posibilidad de comparaciones a lo largo del tiempo por ejemplo frente a meses anteriores y del espacio por ejemplo entre distintos establecimientos y distritos e Detecci n de tendencias mostrando datos en series temporales para verificar niveles m ximos y m nimos tolerados En un primer paso DHIS2 sirve como herramienta para la recogida registro y compilaci n de datos y todos los datos ya sea en forma de n meros o texto pueden introducirse en la aplicaci n La entrada de datos puede hacerse en listas de elementos de datos o mediante formularios definidos por los usuarios que pueden elaborarse a imagen y semejanza de los formularios en papel para facilitar a los usuarios el proceso de registro de datos En un segungo paso DHIS2 puede utilizarse para aumentar la calidad de los datos Por un lado en los puntos de entrada de datos puede realizarse un chequeo par
317. or calculating number of persons who registered in system However if a program without registration is selected person attributes aren t displayed Program tab_ Provide formulas for calculating data value related to the selected program and program stage The number of persons who enrolled the selected program The number of persons times that Date of enrollment Date of incident is greater then a certain number e The number of persons who visited the selected program stage OR the number of visits what are registered in the system The number of persons by age at the report time 169 DHIS TRACKER Persons and Programs maintenance Condition section This section contains comparing operations lt lt gt gt calculation operation priority operation boolean values Yes No status operations NULL NULL relation operations AND OR These operations are used for supporting in setting condition for query Description section Show description for the condition above E g To get number of girls who got Vitamin A dose 6 enrolled Child Health program on January 2012 Then query is created as in the figure below Note that January 2012 is period parameter which user will select when generate report It is not set in the query 22 2 1 6 2 Sample of person aggregation E g Find the number of the children vaccinated BCG by defining a linking rule between the data elem
318. os a nuestra elecci n Estas gr ficas pueden a adirse f cilmente a una de las cuatro secciones del dashboard destinadas a gr ficas y as las tendremos disponibles directamente al entrar en nuestra sesi n Para esto deberemos fijar el m dulo dashboard como el m dulo de inicio en la configuraci n de usuario 19 Unidades organizativas La jerarquia organizativa Capitulo 3 Unidades organizativas En esta secci n aprenderemos c mo e Crear una nueva unidad organizativa y montar la jerarqu a de unidades organizativas e Crear grupos de unidades organizativas sets de grupos y vincularlos con unidades organizativas e Realizar cambios en la jerarqu a de unidades organizativas 3 1 La jerarqu a organizativa La jerarqu a organizativa define la estructura de la instancia DHIS2 indicando c mo se relacionan entre s establecimientos de salud reas administrativas y otras reas geogr ficas Es esencialmente la dimensi n d nde en DHIS similar a como los periodos representan el cu ndo o la dimensi n tiempo DHIS2 se estructura de tal manera que la jerarqu a de unidades organizativas es tambi n una jerarqu a geogr fica y el m dulo SIG depende de ello Las jerarqu as no geogr ficas son ignoradas y se prefiere su representaci n mediante la utilizaci n de grupos de unidades organizativas Esta dimensi n de los datos se define como una jerarqu a con un nodo ra z por ejemplo el Ministerio de Salud del pa s y
319. os e indicadores que pueden intercambiarse con otros sistemas DHIS Generalmente se utilizan para definir un set de elementos de datos y de indicadores al configurar inicialmente el sistema DHIS Las dimensiones son los criterios de clasificaci n de elementos de datos en el an lisis Las dimensiones proporcionan un mecanismo para agrupar y filtrar datos en base a caracter sticas comunes Generalmente podremos agregar o filtrar elementos de datos relacionados entre s durante el an lisis utilizando dimensiones Las dimensiones pueden ser parte tambi n de una jerarqu a Por ejemplo la dimensi n Periodo puede a su vez dividirse en D a gt Mes gt Trimestre gt A o Ver Formato de intercambio de datos por sus siglas en ingl s Data exchange format El elemento de datos es la piedra angular de DHIS2 Es una unidad at mica de datos con un significado propio y bien definido B sicamente es un valor de datos que se 203 Glosario de DHIS2 F Formato de intercambio de datos G Grupo de elementos de datos Indicador N Nivel de una unidad organizativa Numerador O Unidad Organizativa ha observado o registrado y que se caracteriza por unas dimensiones determinadas Un ejemplo de elemento de datos ser a el N mero de ni os inmunizados que contiene el n mero de ni os y ni as que han recivido este servicio concreto de vacunaci n Los elementos de datos est n ligados siempre a un periodo y a una u
320. ossible to combine two dimensions in cross tabbing e g period and indicator which makes it possible to e g look at three selected indicators for two specific relative periods This would e g make it possible to make a table or chart based report with BCG DPT3 and Measles coverage both for the last month and the accumulative coverage so far in the year All in all by combining the functionality of cross tabbing relative periods and report table parameters you should have a tool to support most report scenarios If not we would be very happy to receive suggestions to further improvements to report tables As already mentioned we have started to look at more fine grained parameters for the period dimension as the Reporting month does not cover enough or at least is not intuitive enough when it comes to e g quarterly reports 13 3 Report table outcome When the report table is run the system will calculate values for specified indicators data elements data sets orgunits and periods The data will be presented in DHIS 2 in a table layout The column headers will correspond to the cross tab dimension you have selected An example report table showing ANC coverage for a district in The Gambia is shown below Here the indicator and the periods are cross tabbed as can be seen from the column headers Above the table there are six buttons five download buttons and one Back button Clicking the Back button will simply take you back to the pr
321. ou assign groups to your group set by using the arrow buttons to move highlighted groups between the two lists selected If no groups appear in the list then you must go to orgunit groups and create new groups there first Note that assigning groups that will violate the exclusive rule on group sets is not possible e g adding a group that already has assigned an orgunit that again is already member of a group that has already been selected by this group set will not be possible since one orgunit will end up with two group memberships in the same group set To avoid such situations we recommend first adding groups to group sets and then orgunits to groups 3 2 3 Grupos de unidades organizativas This function will allow you to add new and manage existing organisation groups and their memberships It can be accessed by choosing Maintenance gt Organisation units gt Organisation Unit group from the main menu To add a new orgunit group click on the Add new button in the top right corner of the list of groups 3 2 3 1 Edicion de grupos de unidades organizativas Click on the Edit __ button next to the name of the orgunit group that you want to modify The following properties can be defined in the Edit or Create new window 23 Unidades organizativas Nivel de la unidad organizativas e Name Provide a precise name for the orgunit group e Organisation unit tree selection This is where you assign orgunits to the group The tree
322. ough name identifiers location or user defined person s attributes address child contact name e g If the person already exists in the system the program enrollment process can continue If the person is not available new registration takes place The system supports for creating identifier type for the registration such as Passport number PAN driving license health identifier UID However a system unique identifier is created automatically after registration and used to track the person For identification a person the health worker is first identified through any of the identifiers or name of patient in the system and the person is identified through identifiers for receiving a health service After identification the individual case history can be viewed or a treatment case can be updated for the new visit that they have received 22 1 2 2 Program enrollment When a person is enrolled into any health programme he she is be provided identifier number e g PARA parish and declare some attributes which belong to the program After the person is provided various services through the treatment are recorded Based on the services of the program by the time the system creates an activity plan for person 22 1 2 3 Treatment case Each interaction with the person related to the case is considered to be an treatment case and these cases are recorded into the individual case Individual case is updated with the identification of
323. oups which itself is a member of an organisation unit group set This will result in a data integrity violation If you have organisation unit groups which are not exclusive they should not be members of a group 4 A better way to ensure that you do not mistakedly assign an organisation unit to multiple members of a group set is you can use the edit feature of each organisational unit to assign memberships to each group set You will only be able to assign a single organisation unit at a time however It is important to keep in mind when using the Organisational unit group set function that unless great care is taken organisational units can be assigned to multiple groups of a group set This can be checked through the Data Integrity module which will report which organisational units are not members of a compulsory organisational unit group set and which organisational units have been assigned to more than one member of a group set 3 2 2 1 Edicion de los sets de grupos de unidades organizativas C Click on the Edit button next to the name of the orgunit group set that you want to modify The following properties can be defined in the Edit or Create new window e Name Provide a precise name for the group set e Description Describe the phenomena the group set is measuring capturing e Compulsory Indicate whether ALL orgunits need to be member of a group in this group set or not e Available groups Selected groups Here y
324. oved from original form In order to update these new changes we have a Automatic Update Activity Plan and Program function This function is completely automatic After user start the application and enter PIN a requested to be sent to server to update new data While this function perform the Current Activity Plan is temporarily blocked and it will be open again as soon as the updating process complete This function update both Activity Plan and Program Form Update Completed message will appear on the screen after the update process finish Select Dismiss to close this window and go back to Activity Main Menu Your Current Activity Plan is now updated When a data element removed due to the changing of form structure all data value that related to that data element will be hiding also You are no longer seeing the value in the form 20 4 Legacy J2ME client with SMS transport With the J2ME client with SMS transport solution the forms filled in on the phone is sent using SMS messages to a central server The SMS message is decrypted and converted and then imported into the DHIS2 database By default DHIS2 does not ship with the DHIS SMS Mobile web module You will need to build in these modules yourself You also need to modify the client side application with your own data elements 20 4 1 Build DHIS2 with the dhis web mobile module Download the latest source code from launchpad i e the DHIS2
325. ovider details are entered in the application In the registration itself person is provided with the unique identification number This number will be unique and will not match with the identification number of any person in the state jurisdiction The issue of identification number will be the responsibility of facility where person is registered first time Aviso No matter what program persons need to enroll they must register into the system first Then health providers will enroll the persons into relevant programs E g every pregnant women and the child need to be registered first as a person then they will be enrolled in Mother Care program or Child Health program Person registration process For the registration process the details which are related to the personal information identification contact and location details and health provider details are entered 1 To register a person go to the Services menu select option Individual Records 2 Click the Find Add person option below Person header to go to Person management window 3 Select a facility from the facilities hierarchy displayed on the left side of the screen Then click the Add new button on the right side 4 Start process of registration by providing name location details identification details contact details and other details like child contact name and child contact type The click the Add button to complete to process of registration or click the P
326. p from the left panel Click the Move selected items button to add the selected attributes to the attribute group Click the Remove selected items button to remove attributes from the group that have been selected in the right panel Finally click the Add button to save changes or the Cancel button to discard any changes The created attribute members will be displayed by the attribute groups into person registration form To sort order of attribute groups for displaying in person registration form click Move up and Move down button next to Selected attributes section 22 2 1 3 Person identifier type To access the person identifier type maintenance module from Maintenance menu go to Persons and Programs option and click on it Select Person Identifier Type option to create a new identifier type To creating a new identifier type click the Add button into Person Identifier Type Management window to go to Add New Person Identifier Type window Basic information e Name Name of identifier type e Description Description of identifier type e Mandatory Entering value for the identifier is required or not e Related Representative re uses the identifier of person e Number of characters Maximum number of characters for value inputed e Type Data type of value inputted includes Text Number and Letter Only 22 2 1 4 Relationship type Relationship type section provides a mechanism for defining relationship types and l
327. p views RSS Health El El El Insert Close Clear CIRO TIA TOS TOO PTA AA AA OOO A amp A SS PP SS SF PY SSS SS PY aS eS Pg VT aD ee Ae Pe AV Se Vt at AV CU Av A ERAS as ACA TR DA LA TA ASAS Map views ASIS SES ES E SS SIS e y St 6 EMS SE SE ye T E SE FH ES ANC 1st visit Facility py CR 2 Se Y o ANC_IPT 1Coverage ANC_IPT 2 Coverage ANC_IPT 1Coverage ANC_IPT 2 Coverage sen Close Clear nsert Close Clear BCG Coverage ANC dropout national Sierra Leone ANC 3 District 2010 E Diarrhoea Chiefdom 2010 Diarrhoea District 2010 Skilled deliveries Chiefdom 2010 El El El E Skilled deliveries Districts 2010 Insert Close Clear d 25 RSS Health Target Line African children face life without healthcare repon Mon 19 Sep 2011 12 11 11 GMT Scuba Diving May Help Paralyzed Vets Mon 19 Sep 2011 11 04 36 GMT SQ AS WS WB 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 gt ESAS SS S S Soret stot st SES Pest SX S E Health Tip How to Spot Underage Drinking Mon 19 BCG coverage lt 1 A Dar Sep 2011 11 04 34 GMT MS as Bo Bombali Bonthe Kailahun Kambia RO wre Child abuse rose during recession research says Mon e Kenema e Koinadugu Kono Moyamba 19 Sep 2011 10 53 04 GMT Port Loko e Pujehun e Tonkolili ANC Dropout Rate En esta captura de pantalla el panel de control ha sido ya publicado con varios reportes y vistas de mapas Ahora basta pinchar en uno de los enlaces azules para ir di
328. pi reports Cb2BcgxB UPz data http apps dhis2 org demo api charts nwqNUFG9Vky data http apps dhis2 org demo api charts data in JIVMtpj VZqJ amp ou O6uvpzGdS5pu http apps dhis2 org demo api charts data in JIVMtpj VZqJ amp ou O6uvpzGd5pu amp periods true http apps dhis2 org demo api documents MfHNOQx5 1HT9 data 23 13 Example Embedding charts with the Visualizer chart plug in In this example we will see how we can embed good looking Ext JS charts http www sencha com products extjs with data served from a DHIS back end into a Web page To accomplish this we will use the DHIS Visualizer plug in The plug in is written in Javascript and depends on the Ext JS library only A complete working example can be found at http apps dhis2 org portal chart html Open the page in a web browser and view the source to see how it is set up We start by including three required Javascript files in the header section of the HTML document The first file is the Ext JS Javascript library we use the Google content delivery network in this case The third file is the Visualizer plug in Make sure the path is pointing to your DHIS server installation lt script type text javascript src http ext3s public googlecode com svn tags ext3Js 4 0 7 release ext all j3s gt lt script gt lt script type text javascript src http apps dhis2 org demo dhis web visualizer app plugin plugin js gt lt script gt 188 W
329. pleteDate date period period orgUnit orgUnitID gt lt dataValue dataElement dataElementID value 1 gt lt dataValue dataElement dataElementID value 2 gt lt dataValue dataElement dataElementID value 3 gt lt dataValueSet gt Note We have omitted the categoryOptionCombo attribute as it is optional and not needed for this example Please refer to the date and period section above for time formats 181 Web API Example Sending data values using SDMX HD From the example we can see that we need to identify the period the data set the org unit facility and the data elements for which to report The dataValueSets resource description tells us that the identifier for monthly periods should be on the format yyyyMM which means that we will use 20 201 for January 2012 To obtain the identifier for the data set we return to the the entry point at http apps dhis2 org demo api and follow the embedded link pointing at the dataSets resource located at http apps dhis2 org demo api dataSets From there we find and follow the link to the Mortality lt 5 years data set which leads us to http apps dhis2 org demo api dataSets pBOMPrpg1QX What we did was effectively to retrieve the HTML representation of our data set of interest and from it we can easily see the identifier which is pBOMPrpg1QX The resource representation for the Mortality lt 5 years data set conveniently advertises links to the data elements whi
330. pport Multi language support is available DataSet and DataElement are translated through web based function Default language on server is used on mobile in cases requested language from mobile is not available 20 3 5 Mobile application setup 20 3 5 1 Installation and initialization 20 3 5 1 1 Installation Download the jar packages from the DHIS 2 homepage dhis2 org The URL download for each packages Facility reporting Program Tracking 20 3 5 1 2 Initialization Initialization should be performed before the phones are delivered end users Given the large variation in possible phone configurations it is impossible to describe the exact steps which are required in order to enable the client on the phone However for most phones simply copying the DHIS Web Mobile client JAR file to the phone with a USB cable or via Bluetooth is sufficient Of course GPRS 3G connectivity must be enabled Contact your mobile service provider for exact details on the configuration of the phones and networks 143 DHIS Mobile Mobile application setup Once the client has been installed ot the phone an initialization process must occur by providing a user name password and server URL 1 Logging into the server for the first time The first time the client logins to the server or if the client is reinitialized the username password and server URL must be entered If the client is unable to login there could be several possib
331. press the archive button The operation might take a few minutes To unarchive beneficiary data first enter a start date and an end date for the time span of the data which should be unarchived Then press the unarchive button The operation might take a few minutes In some cases you might end up with overlapping data For instance one might archive beneficiary data for a given timespan then later enter data for a period in that timespan In such cases the system will automatically overwrite the oldest of the overlapping values with the newest during the archive or unarchive operation 125 Data Administration Maintenance 18 5 Maintenance The data maintenance module has five options each described below Clear data mart aggregated datavalues The data mart is where DHIS 2 stores aggregated data produced during the export to data mart process This function clears the database table which contains aggregated data element values Clear data mart aggregated indicatorvalues The data mart is where DHIS 2 stores aggregated data produced during the export to data mart process This function clears the database table which contains aggregated indicator values Clear zero values This function removes zero data values from the database Values registered for data elements with aggregation operator average is not removed as such values will be significant when aggregating the data contrary to values registered for data elements with
332. prevent data from being entered into this specific data element category option during data entry Be sure to press Done to save your changes Section grey field management Section Details Name PMTCTSec1 Dataset PMTCT Category combinations Pregnancy stage A at ANC at L amp D Post partum Number of pregnant women with known HIV status includes women who were tested for HIV and received their results Disable Disable Disable Number of pregnant women who were tested for HIV and received their test results Disable Disable Disable Number of pregnant women who were tested received their results and were HIV positive Disable Disable Disable Done A sample section form is displayed in the next figure Notice how each data element category has been separated into a separate section and a data entry table has been automatically generated by the system Use of section forms in combination with data element categories can drastically reduce the amount of time which is required to create data entry forms for datasets 39 Sets de datos y formularios de entrada de Custom Forms datos Obstructed Labour Sepsis Amani Family Medical Clinic January 2011 PAC Services TB cases detected Children lt 14yrs Female Manual Vacuum Aspiration Dilation and Curettage Family planning uptake at PAC TB Control Children lt 14yrs Adult gt 14yrs Female Male Female Male
333. ptions from a single operator or if many operators are used One operator is simpler 20 2 Mobile browser based data entry 20 2 1 Getting started with mobile browser data entry This approach is for data entry on a smart phone with a mobile browser by navigating to the URL of the DHIS2 instance for example the full URL link for demo on dhis2 org http apps dhis2 org dev mobile index action And your mobile browser will automatically detect the DHIS2 application where the server URL is given e g http apps dhis2 org dev Here is the login form to access the application with user name and password Click on Login to continue or Reset to reset After logging in there are the list of functions Aggregate Reporting Entries for aggregate data with defined assigned dataset by organisation units Tracking e Find Person find person based on Name Phone Number or ID and Organization unit e Activity Plan Entries data for the persons by organisation units persons and programs program stages e Person Registration Registry a new person e Anonymous Entries for anonymous person based on programs Messages Manage the messages and discussions from the server Message reply is available User can send feedback message in Messages 136 DHIS Mobile Getting started with mobile browser data entry Reports The output reports from the server Settings User information e g First name Surname Phone number
334. r each data dimension we decide what level of detail the data should be collected on 1 the data element e g diagnosis vaccine or any event taking place and its categories e g age and gender 2 the period frequency dimension and 3 the orgunit dimension For any report or data analysis you can never retrieve more detailed data than what is defined in the datasets so the design of the datasets and their corresponding data entry forms the data collection tools dictate what kind of data analysis that will be possible 21 5 2 Input Output It is important to understand that the data entry forms or datasets themselves are not linked to the data values and that the meaning of data the What is only described by the data element and its categories This makes it perfectly safe to modify datasets and forms without altering the data as long as the data elements stay the same This loose coupling between forms and data makes DHIS flexible when it comes to designing and changing new forms and in providing exactly the form the users want Another benefit of only linking data to data elements and not to forms is the flexibility of creating indicators and validation rules based on data elements and also in providing any kind of output report in pivot tables charts maps etc that can combine data individually or across forms e g to correlate data from different health programs Due to this flexibility of enabling integration of data from var
335. r role to the user which was created in the previous step D Importante Assign the user to exactly one organisation unit Each mobile reporting client will need their own user name and password 20 3 3 J2ME GPRS 3G program reporting client Like facility reporting module sever side of activity reporting included in DHIS2 war file Basically server side setup for activity does not require any additional step The mobile application use the same user name and password as the web based application Make sure that the user is assigned to the correct organization unit In short if a user is able to enter data for activity reporting in DHIS2 web based application he she is able to download and enter data in mobile application 20 3 4 Detailed configuration of data sets and reporting forms Though the previous steps is all that should be needed for testing the solution more detail configuration of the datasets may be required and are described in the following sections 20 3 4 1 The mapping of data sets to form layout on the phone By default a data set is mapped to a single form on the phone If the data set is divided into sections each section is displayed as a seperate page on the phone If a data element has more than one category option combo it will be displayed as a heading with the category combination options following Tabla 20 1 Form design element DHIS2 Metadata Metadata element Form title Data set Short Name if it ex
336. ra c mo los datos evolucionan en el tiempo por ejemplo si su rendimiento est mejorando o empeorando Esot tiene sentido cuando seleccionamos los periodos como categor as e Ocultar subt tulo oculta el t tulo y subt tulo del gr fico e Ocultar leyenda oculta la leyenda y amplia el espacio para el pr pio gr fico e Etiqueta de eje X muestra una etiqueta bajo el eje X el eje horizontal Puede ayudar a contextualizar la informaci n del gr fico por ejemplo mostrando el tipo de periodos que se est n listando e Etiqueta de eje Y muestra una etiqueta junto al eje Y o eje vertical Puede ayudar a contextualizar la informaci n del gr fico como por ejemplo mostrando la unidad de medida que est siendo utilizada e L nea objetivo muestra una l nea horizontal para el valor de referencia dado Esto es til cuando queremos comparar el resultado obtenido con el objetivo a alcanzar e Etiqueta de l nea objetivo muestra una etiqueta junto a la l nea objetivo e L nea base muestra una l nea horizontal para el valor de referencia dado Es til por ejemplo cuando queremos visualizar c mo han evolucionado los resultados desde el principio del proceso e Etiqueta de l nea base muestra una etiqueta junto a la l nea base 14 11 Mostrando una gr fica Podemos mostrar un gr fico basado en las selecciones que hemos realizado pinchando en el bot n Actualizar en el men superior central Esto requiere que hayamos seleccion
337. ram Step 3 Choose a Beneficiary for entry the screen shot with an example with Hybia Welde option Step 4 Choose a current and active program stage for entering the data the screen shot with an example with 16 24 months after birth option You can also see the beneficiary s information ID gender Date of Birth and Blood Group by clicking on the Details on top of the list appeared 139 The details information of the chosen beneficiary DHIS Mobile Getting started with mobile browser data entry 2 Beneficiary Registration Registry a new beneficiary Step 1 Choose an OrganisationUnit Step 2 Fill in the Beneficiary Registration form There necessary information Full Name Gender Date of Birth and Blood Group Click on SAVE to register a new beneficiary A message Successfully Saved will appear when the beneficiary is created registered successfully Beneficiary Enrollment Enroll a beneficiary to one or many programs Before enrolling a beneficiary to a program the search function for a beneficiary is provided If the beneficiary is found the result will be listed The simply click on the beneficiary name for navigating to the programs in which the beneficiary enrolled The below screen shot example describes the beneficiary named Nguyen Van A Has not enrolled any programs before There is one program Child Health Program available for enrollment The list of the available prog
338. ramientas ubicada sobre el rbol y seleccionamos un grupo de la lista desplegable Este panel tiene tambi n dos casillas de verificaci n Seleccionando la casilla Unidad Organizativa del usuario se desactivar el rbol de todas las unidades organizativas y nos mostrar nicamente la unidad organizativa asociada al usuario logueado actualemente en el sistema Esta funcionalidad es til para los administradores ya que pueden crear un sistema coherente predeterminado con esta opci n activada de modo que todos los usuarios encontrar n su respectiva unidad organizativa cuando abran esta secci n El funcionamiento es id ntico para la casilla de Hijos de la Unidad Organizativa del usuario 99 Utilizando el Visualizador de Datos Seleccionando grupos de unidades organizativas 14 9 Seleccionando grupos de unidades organizativas Poedmos dividir desde el nivel nacional en grupos de unidades organizativas seleccionando un conjunto de grupos en el cuadro grupal Los grupos del conjunto de grupos seleccionado ser n sustituidos por cualesquiera unidades organizativas en el panel de unidades organizativas 14 10 Seleccionando opciones de gr ficas Tenemos varias opciones disponibles para la graficaci n en el encabezado Opciones de gr ficas a la izquierda del panel e Mostrar datos de series representa el valor correspondiente junto a las barras del diagrama e Mostrar tendencia destaca la l nea de tendencia que muest
339. rams for enrollment will be listed Just click on the program for enrollment by specifying the date of enrollment and the date of incident See the example After clicking on the ENROLL button if successful the program enrolled will be listed under Enrolled Programs for lt Name of the beneficiary gt see the example Messages Manage the messages and discussions from the server Message reply is available The number showed is the unread messages Click on that to view the list of the messages the unread messages are in bold and dark blue color Then you can pick up the message topic for the discussions by leaving the reply message see this example 140 DHIS Mobile J2ME GPRS 3G Client 5 Reports The output reports from the server will be updated 6 Settings User information e g First name Surname Phone number E mail and the Interface language Here is the form for setting the user account access and the interface language Click on SAVE for completing the settings see the example below 7 Feedback the extra function for creating a new message to send to the server The new created feedback from this will be listed under Messages After clicking on the Feedback there will be a form for editing sending out a new message discussion See the example below After sending out the new feedback the message feedback will be listed under Messages for further following up 8 Logout to log out
340. rd reports in iReport As was discussed in the section on Text field we have to change the properties of the new text field so that it can display numbers To do this change the Expressions Class in the properties panel to java lang Double Right click the text field and choose Edit Expression This will bring up the Expressions editor As the expression we want to sum up all the columns In this case we have three value expressions we want to sum up September October 2010 November 2010 The name of these fields will vary depending on the crosstab dimension you have chosen in the report table In our case the expression we make is f September f October 2010 f November 2010 Each row of the table have a totals column to the right 13 4 2 8 Groups of tables There are cases when it can be useful to have several tables in one report This can be done using Report groups Using this functionality one can for example create a report one table for each indicator or one table of each organisation unit In the following we will go through the steps needed to make a report with three indicators each represented in one table It is important that the report table does not crosstab on indicators when we want to make groups of tables based on indicators In our example the jrxml file downloaded from DHIS 2 will by default have one column for organisation unit and on for indicators assuming we have chosen periods as the
341. re we can add a heading to each table with the name of the indicator Move the column headers from the Column header band to the Indicator group header band Next add a text field to the Indicator group heading band and edit it s expression to display the indicator name The report should now have three tables one for each indicator Each table will have a heading with the name of the indicator and also a table header row 13 4 2 8 1 Sorting and grouping When using grouping some precautions must be taken with regards to sorting Notably when adding sorting parameters whatever parameter is used as basis for the grouping must come first Thus if you are grouping the report 92 Setting up report functionality Designing Standard reports in iReport by indicator and want sort the organisation units alphabetically you have to choose to sort first by indicator then by organisation unit name as shown below For instructions on how to add sorting see the sorting section above 13 4 2 9 Charts By default a 3D bar chart is included in the jrxml file that is downloaded from DHIS 2 This is set up so that only data from the parameter orgnisation unit often the parent or grand parent is used Usually this is a good solution Since it is the default we will start by looking at bar charts before looking at line charts 13 4 2 9 1 Bar charts Bar charts are the default chart type in DHIS 2 In this section we will look
342. re described in detail below 13 2 1 General options Cross tab dimensions You can cross tab one or more of the following dimensions data element indicator orgunit and period which means that columns will be created based on the values of the dimensions chosen e g if indicators is selected you will get column names in the table reflecting the names of the selected indicators For example if you cross tab on indicators and periods the column headers will say lt indicator title gt lt period gt The organisation units will be listed as rows See screenshot for clarification If you cross tab on indicators and organisation units the column headers of the table will say lt indicator title gt lt organisation unit gt Now the periods will be listed as rows See screenshot for clarification Note that the options made here regarding crosstab dimensions may have consequences for what options are available when using the report table as a data source later for example for standard reports Sort order Affects the rightmost column in the table allows you to choose to sort it low to high or high to low Top limit Top limit allow you to set a maximum number of rows you want to include in the report table Include regression This adds additional columns with regression values that can be included in the report design e g in line charts 13 2 2 Selecting data Indicators Data elements Here you select the data elements indic
343. reach Caesarian and Assisted would be the options This option set can later be associated with any number of data elements When doing data entry in name based records module those elements will then appear in the form as drop down lists with auto completion support 18 17 Cache Statistics This option is for system administrators only to use The cache statistics shows the status of the application level cache The application level cache refers to the objects and query results that the application is caching in order to speed up performance If the database has been modified directly the application cache needs to be cleared for it to take effect 18 18 Dynamic attributes Dynamic attributes can be used to add additional information to certain objects namely data elements indicators organisation units and users In addition to the standard attributes each of these objects have it may be required in certain installations to have additional attributes such as a fax number which is associated with an organisation unit To add a new dynamic attribute to an object select Maintenance gt Data administration from the main menue then Attribute from the left side panel and press the Add new button 130 Data Administration Scheduling Details Name Fax number Mandatory m Assigned to El Data element El indicator Y Organisation Unit User Value Type Text y Save f Cancel To create a new attribute
344. rectamente a la vista de reporte o de mapa Pinchando en una de las gr ficas se mostrar el diagrama ampliado que podemos guardar como una imagen para luego incluirlo en un reporte u otro documento Podemos redefinir la estructura del panel de control vaciando cada una de las ventanas pinchando en el enlace Limpiar Si pinchamos de nuevo el bot n Insertar podremos seleccionar una nueva gr fica para que aparezca en la ventana Todos los reportes documentos tablas de reportes y gr ficas se pueden a adir al listado de opciones disponibles pinchando en el icono A adir al panel de control a que encontraremos en los m dulos respectivos Recomendamos revisar las secciones correspondientes de este manual para m s detalle Una vez hayamos a adido el objeto al listado podemos Insertar el objeto en el panel de control 47 Panel de control Dashboard Mensajes y retroalimentaci n Nota El panel de control est configurado particularmente para cada usuario 7 2 Mensajes y retroalimentaci n La aplicaci n DHIS2 contiene determinadas funciones que facilitan la comunicaci n entre usuarios y grupos de usuarios Este tipo de comunicaci n es importante para agilizar la retroalimentaci n sobre calidad de los datos puntualidad del registro de datos o simplemente para dar respuesta a cuestiones o dudas planteadas por alg n usuario concreto Los mensajes de retroalimentaci n se env an a un grupo particular de usuarios
345. rectas Tambi n se conoce con el nombre de series temporales Es til por ejemplo para visualizar la tendencia de datos de un indicador a lo lardo de m ltiples periodos de tiempo 6 Diagrama de rea es un gr fico basado en el gr fico lineal donde el espacio entre los ejes y la l nea aparece rellenado en color y las l neas para cada elemento representado se apilan unas sobre otras Resulta til para comparar tendencias entre indicadores relacionados 7 Gr fica circular es un gr fico con forma de tarta dividida en sectores o rodajas Es til por ejemplo para visualizar 14 3 la proporci n de datos de elementos de datos infividuales en comparaci n con la suma total de todos los elementos de datos en el gr fico Seleccionando series categor as y filtros Esta secci n nos permite definir qu dimensi n de los datos queremos que aparezca como series categor as o filtros Ac entendemos por dimensi n los elementos que describen los valores de datos en el sistema En DHIS2 hay tres dimensiones principales 1 Datos incluye elementos de datos indicadores y sets de datos tasas de reporte que describen fen menos o eventos de los datos es decir qu sucedi 2 Periodos que describen cu ndo sucecieron los eventos 3 Unidades organizativas que describen d nde sucedieron los eventos El m dulo de visualizaci n nos permite usar estas dimensiones de forma totalmente flexible en el sentido de que ap
346. ribed in a separate document Keep in mind that even though a data connection is currently 141 DHIS Mobile J2ME GPRS 3G facility reporting client required for communication between the server and the mobile phone it is only required when initializing or updating the mobile application and when sending reports to the server The phone stores all entered data locally so it it can work fine with only temporary access to a data connection on a regular basis 20 3 2 J2ME GPRS 3G facility reporting client The server side component of the web based solution is included in the general build of DHIS2 In order to configure the DHIS2 web based mobile reporting you should follow the following steps e Set the Available for Mobile Reporting flag for the data sets you want reported Under Maintenance gt DataSet gt Edit mark the Available for Mobile Reporting check box and save e Create a user role for the mobile user Select Maintenance gt Users gt User Role gt Add new Add a user role name and description Add the desired data sets for the role The mobile user role will need to have at least privileges for DHIS Web APL Save the user role by clicking Save e Create a user which will be used by the client to login from Maintenance gt Users gt User gt Add new Fill in all of the required details keeping in mind that the password must be at least 8 digits long contain one capital letter and one digit Assign the desired use
347. rios y la aplicaci n detecta que el servidor est online ser s informado de que hay datos que deben ser sincronizados con el servidor His There is data stored locally please upload to server Upload Cuando los datos se han sincronizado con xito en el servidor recibir s un mensaje de confirmaci n de que los datos han sido cargados con xito en el servidor 54 Utilizando la funcionalidad de Calidad de Un vistazo a los chequeos de calidad de Datos datos Capitulo 9 Utilizando la funcionalidad de Calidad de Datos El m dulo de calidad de datos proporciona medios para mejorar la precisi n y fiabilidad de los datos que se encuentran en el sistema Esto es posible a trav s de reglas de validaci n y diversos chequeos estad sticos Podremos encontrar las funcionalidades que se describen a continuaci n en el men lateral izquierdo dentro del m dulo de Servicios gt Calidad de Datos 9 1 Un vistazo a los chequeos de calidad de datos Garantizar la calidad de los datos es un punto clave para la construcci n de un Sistema de Gesti n de la Informaci n de Salud eficaz La calidad de datos tiene diferentes dimensiones tales como e Precisi n Los datos deben encontrarse dentro del rango normal de datos recogidos en ese establecimiento de salud No deber an existir grandes discrepancias cuando comparamos con datos de elementos de datos relacionados e Integridad o Completitud El total de los datos requeridos
348. rnnnnnnrnnnrnnccnncinncconions 23 3 2 3 1 Edici n de grupos de unidades organizativas ooocooccnnccnnccnnconnconeconnconncnnncnnncnaronoss 23 3 2 4 Nivel de la unidad organizativas oocoooccnnccnnconconcnnncnnncnnnnnnronnronnrnnconnronncrnncrnnccnncnnncnnnoos 24 3 2 5 OperaciOnes jer rquicas cidad EESE AEs ER one sd syssaaeseleeote adshessueseshecandsaesepaebs 24 4 Flementos de datos ci a Er dia 25 4 1 Mantenimiento de elementos de datos ocoooccnoconccnnccnnncnncnnornnccnnccnnconncrnnconncrnncnnncnnnrnnncnnronanano 25 4 11 Elementos dedo viii God eae See ah a ase eee BEE ay 25 4 1 1 1 Editando elementos de datos resenseer pane e NES E ES S 26 4 1 1 2 Traducci n de elementos de datos ooooocccnccnnccnnconnconoconncnnocnnonnncnnnronncnnccnncinnconns 28 4 1 1 3 Eliminando un elemento de datos coooconoconccnnccnnccnnnnnnconocnnccnnconnccnnccnncnnnconacinncos 29 4 1 1 4 Mostrar detalles de un elemento de datos 2 0 0 0 cece cece cece nece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 29 4 1 2 Grupo de elementos de datos crisser cece cece cence EEE ceca cena cena eeu EEEE EEEE EINS 29 iii Manual completo de Usuario DHIS2 Contents 4 1 3 Editor de grupo de elementos de datos oooocccoccnnccnnconnconeconeconoconanonccnnronoronccnnconncinniinns 30 4 1 4 Sets de grupo de elementos de datos oocooocnnccnnccnncnnncnnccnnccnnconnccnnconnconncnnncnnncnnncnnrcnninnns 30 4 1 5 Categor as de elementos de datos osise seers eenei
349. roupsetstructure This table provides information about which data elements are members of which data element group sets The table has one row for each data element one column for each data element group set and the names of the data element group as values Indicator group set structure _indicatorgroupsetstructure This table provides information about which indicators are members of which indicator group sets The table has one row for each indicator one column for each indicator group set and the names of the indicator group as values Organisation unit group set structure _organisationunitgroupsetstructure This table provides information about which organisation units are members of which organisation unit group sets The table has one row for each organisation unit one column for each organisation unit group set and the names of the organisation unit groups as values Category structure _categorystructure 126 Data Administration SQL View This table provides information about which data elements are members of which categories The table has one row for each data element one column for each category and the names of the category options as values e Data element category option combo name categoryoptioncomboname This table should be regenerated any time there have been changes made to the category combination names It contains readable names for the various combinations of categories 18 7 SQL View Database a
350. rson Attribute Group Create modify and view Person attribute groups Groups makes it more convenient to add attributes to a Person e Person Identifier Type Create modify and view Person identifier types Any type and multiple identifiers can be registered e Relationship Type Create modify and view relationship types A relationship is typically wife and husband or mother and child e Program Create modify and view programs A program has program stages and defines which actions should be taken at each stage e Person Aggregation Query Builder Define formulas expressions rules for aggregation data from tracker to aggregation module e Validation Criteria Create modify and view validation criteria A criteria is used for validation of Person data e Schedule Message Configure message reminders to be automatically sent to enrolled persons XX days before scheduled appointments and or XX days after a missed visit e Schedule Automated Aggregation Schedule an automated person aggregation process e g to run all pre defined aggregation queries every midnight 22 2 1 1 Person attribute Create modify and view person attributes An attribute can be used to register extra private information for a person or information when that person enrolled into a certain program From Maintenance menu go to Persons and Programs option and click on it Select Person Attribute option to create a new attribute for persons After cli
351. rting options can be added in addition to this for example to make a list where the param organisation unit is at the bottom of the table with the other organisation units listed alphabetically above it 13 4 2 4 3 Hiding other rows Using the expression editor it is also possible to exclude other rows from the table in addition to the parent organisation unit as was explained above In Ghana for example all regions have a fake district which is the name of the region in square brackets This can also be excluded from the table using the Print when expression that was introduced above To to this follow the instructions above to bring up the Expression editor window Then we use Java expressions to test whether or not the row should be hidden 13 4 2 4 3 1 Example removing rows with organisation units starting with Example removing rows with organisation units starting with F organisationunitname charAt 0 This makes the report skip any rows where the first character of the organisation unit name is It is also possible to combine several of these expressions To do this we put the expressions in a parenthesis with the two characters amp amp in between For example to make a table that leaves both organisation units whose name starts with and the parent organisation unit we can use the following expression F organisationunitname charAt 0 amp amp F organisation_unit_is_parent equals No
352. ruary 2010 March 2010 Badjia 836 451 460 Baoma 2673 2691 2730 Bargbe 1257 1175 1316 Bargbo 1128 1214 974 Bumpe Ngao 1672 1587 1792 Gbo 253 234 229 Jaiama Bongor 1313 1283 1 267 Kakua 3547 3393 3435 Komboya 707 792 675 Lugbu 1625 1491 1824 Niawa Lenga 477 784 770 Selenga 359 344 337 Tikonko 1273 1020 1144 Valunia 987 1045 1286 Wonde 418 476 511 By clicking on one of the organisational units two drill down modes are presented to the user e Summary drill down Drill down to the selected organisational units children to see the count of data elements e View raw data at this level View the actual raw data at the selected organisational unit A typical view of the raw data export can be seen below Organisation units Ngelehun CHC From date 2010 01 01 To date 2010 03 31 Period Type Monthly _ Download as Excel_ DownloadasCSv J Downloadas PDF Back Start Sierra Leone Bo Badjia Ngelehun CHC Raw data pts ont January 2010 February 2010 March 2010 Data can be exported into Excel CSV and as a PDF report by clicking the appropriate button 18 2 Data integrity Acute Flaccid Paralysis AFP follow up 0 11m Acute Flaccid Paralysis AFP follow up 12 59m Acute Flaccid Paralysis AFP follow up 15y Acute Flaccid Paralysis AFP follow up 5 14y Acute Flaccid Paralysis AFP new 0 11m Acute Flaccid Paralysis AFP new 12 59m A
353. s URL You can use this field to insert a URL link to an external web site that has additional information about this specific orgunit e Informaci n de contacto A contact person address email and phone number can be entered in these fields This information can be vital for facilitating follow up e Sets de datos Datasets can be assigned to organisational units here See the chapter on Data sets for more detailed information on assigning datasets to organisational units e Grupos de unidades organizativas Assignments to organisational units group sets can be assigned through the individual drop down boxes which appear for each group set 3 2 2 Sets de grupos de unidades organizativas Group sets can be understood as a flexible tool to add more categorisation to orgunits Any number of group sets can be added but as a default start all databases will have the two group sets Type and Ownership Using these group sets will simplify how reporting is done and facilitate analysis through the use of tools such as Excel PivotTables While a group set like Type describes a measure dimension the actual categories are represented by the groups and the categorisation of an orgunit through the orgunit s group memberships This can be understood as a parallel hierarchy 22 Unidades organizativas Grupos de unidades organizativas of orgunits with the group set as the root Type the groups at level 2 e g Clinic Hospital
354. s coooconoconccnnncnnnnnnncnnronoronccnnconnconncrnncrnnco nero nncrnncnnncnnncnnnenass 186 viii Manual completo de Usuario DHIS2 Contents 23 12 Example Embedding reports in Web pages occooconoconccnnccnnncnnconononocnnccnnccnnoconccnnconnconncnnicnnnes 187 23 13 Example Embedding charts with the Visualizer chart plug in 2 0 0 0 cece eect ce eee neee eee e noes 188 23 14 Example Creating a chart carousel with the carousel plug in ooooccoccnnccnnconnconncnnccnnncnnncnononoso 191 23 15 Example Embedding report tables with the table plug in ooooconoccnocnnccnnccnncnnncnnccnnconnconncnnno 192 23 16 Example Working with SQL ViewS 0 0 0 0 cee ceee cece ceee nyerne I cena EKI E R E SE 194 24 Inte station Epi v 23 joist i E S A eed eee te A Oa a ee alae leita 197 24 1 A NN 197 24 2 Synchronising orgunits an XML route 2 0 0 eee cee cence ee eeeecaeeeaeeeeeeae eens eeaeeneeeeeeeenes 197 24 3 Loading an XML TOU coil inte dieses vio 198 24 4 Transforming data a Java TOUTE siroce s nai reser ESPENS SEERE INTESE REPES ngs lr 198 A Gu a para la Documentaci n de DHIS2 0 0 0 cece cece cc ee ce nece ence eeceeeceeeeaeeea seca seen sean eeuseeaeeeeeeeeees 199 A 1 Una panor mica del sistema de documentaci n de DHIS 2 00 0 0 eee eee ceee ce eeca ceca sean eenes 199 As 2 Introducci n estorba sods Dobles paras 199 A 3 Primeros pasos Com Launchpad sssrin fn caus pesetess need deep sundss ESE E
355. s de entrada de datos 5 1 Sets de datos All data entry in DHIS2 is organised through the use of datasets You can add and edit datasets in Maintenance gt Datasets A dataset is a collection of data elements grouped together for data collection and data export between instances of DHIS2 e g from a district office local installation to a national server A dataset also has a frequency which controls the data collection frequency which can be daily weekly monthly quarterly six monthly or yearly Both which data elements to include in the dataset and the frequency is set in the Add Edit Dataset window together with a name short name and code In order to use a dataset to collect data for a specific orgunit you must assign the orgunit to the dataset and this mechanism controls which orgunits that can use which datasets Datasets also are assigned to specific organisation units which will be allowed to enter data for all data elements in a given dataset You can assign orgunits to a dataset in the Dataset Management list of available datasets are shown by clicking on the blue folder icon the first icon under Operations corresponding to the dataset you would like to modify Alternatively you can manage orgunit assignments for all datasets together in the Dataset Assignment Editor available in the right side menu for Datasets Your dataset will then be ready to be used in Services gt Data Entry for the orgunits that you have assig
356. s de secci n y personalizado 2 5 3 1 1 Formularios de Secci n Los formularios de secci n nos permiten una mayor flexibilidad que los formularios en tabla por defecto y son r pidos y sencillos de dise ar Frecuentemente nuestros formularios de entrada de datos requieren m ltiples tablas con subt tulos y a veces necesitamos deshabilitar poner en gris unos pocos campos de la table por ejemplo para algunas categor as que no aplican a todos los elementos de datos y estas funciones son soportadas en los formularios de secci n Despu s de definir un set de datos podemos definir sus secciones con subsets de elementos de datos un encabezado y posibles campos en gris Tambi n podemos fijar el orden de las secciones en un set de datos En Entrada de Datos podemos comenzar a utilziar el formulario de secci n deber aparecer autom ticamente cuando las secciones quedan disponibles para el set de datos seleccionado Podemos cambiar pasar de formularios por defecto a secci n en la esquina superior derecha de la pantalla de entrada de datos Muchos formularios de entrada de datos tabulares deber an poder convertirse en formularios de secci n y cuantos m s de estos utilicemos m s facil nos resultar Si estos dos tipos de formularios no cumplen nuestros requisitos entonces tenemos tambi n una opci n totalmente flexible aunque nos llevar m s tiempo su dise o los formularios personalizados de entrada de datos 2 5 3 1 2 Formulario
357. s de elementos El fragmento de c digo XML muestra c mo podemos especificar que una imagen ocupe el 80 de la anchura de p gina Para capturas de pantalla en formato horizontal esta cantidad parece apropiada Tal vez queramos experimentar un poco para obtener el ancho m s adecuado para nuestras im genes Una alternativa es editar la resoluci n de la imagen para obtener un tama o adecuado al renderizar lt screenshot gt lt screeninfo gt DHIS2 Login screen lt screeninfo gt lt mediaobject gt lt imageobject gt lt imagedata fileref dhis2_login_screen jpg format JPG width 80 gt lt imageobject gt 200 Gu a para la Documentaci n de DHIS2 C mo enlazar documentos lt mediaobject gt lt screenshot gt Para otras im genes pueden precisarse valores distintos dependiendo de su tama o Si no tenemos una anchura espec fica para las im genes y el tama o real es mayor que el ancho de pantalla la imagen puede desbordar algunos tipos de documento con anchura fija como los PDF A 7 C mo enlazar documentos DocBook tiene un entorno modular donde es posible enlazar muchos documentos distintos en un mismo documento master Los fragmentos de esos documentos deber an montare en forma de art culo o cap tulo Los cap tulos son partes esenciales de un libro de modo que se pueden enlazar de nuevo en un documento mayor con facilidad Los art culos son generalmente documentos independientes pero tambi n pueden comb
358. s est ndar se construyen con tablas de reportes pero su dise o avanzado permite modificar su apariencia y estilo Estos reportes pueden combinar m ltiples tablas y gr ficas en el mismo informe y se pueden visibilizar como reportes de un click que son muy f ciles de usar Podemos descargar estos reportes en formato PDF por lo que son ideales para imprimir as como para compartir y copiar offline Reportes de Set de datos Los reportes de set de datos son simplemente una forma amigable para ver e imprimir los formularios de entrada de datos con datos en bruto o datos agregados por lugar o tiempo El dise o utilizado en la entrada de datos es el mismo que se utiliza en estos reportes de set de datos Aunque esto funcionar solo para los sets de datos que han pre establecido un formulario de entrada de datos personalizado Panel de control Dashboard Es la manera m s r pida de ver los datos El panel de control puede mostrar hasta cuatro gr ficas actualizadas as como enlaces a los reportes favoritos tablas de reportes y vistas de mapas Cada usuario puede configurar su propio panel personal de control Visualizador de datos Permite formas flexibles de visualizar los datos como gr ficas y tablas de datos Es posible incluir aqu tantos indicadores y elementos de datos como deseemos Tambi n podemos elegir entre muchos tipos de gr ficas tales como gr ficos de barras barras apiladas lineales y diagramas de tarta Podremos guardar l
359. s field Each orgunit must have a unique name e Nombre corto Typically an abbreviation of the full name This attribute is often used in reports to display the name of the orgunit where there is limited space available e C digo In many countries orgunits are assigned a code This code can be entered in this field e Fecha de apertura Used to control which orgunits that where existing at a point in time e g when analysing historical data This attribute is required The default date for opening of organisation units is 1900 01 01 but can be set to any date even dates which occur in the future e Registra datos This property is used to identify which orgunits that can register data or not Sometimes administrative orgunits at higher levels in the hierarchy are not supposed to register any data This can help control the data entry process as only orgunits with this property set to Yes will be available for data entry e Comentarios Any additional information that you would like to add can be put here e Coordenadas This field is used to create the maps in the GIS module Paste in the coordinates of the orgunit in this field either a polygon for orgunits that represent an administrative boundary or a point for health facilities Without this information the GIS module will not work It might be more efficient to import these coordinates later as a batch job for all orgunits using the import module See the GIS chapter for more detail
360. s m s una herramienta gen rica que una aplicaci n de base de datos preconfigurada con un modelo de metadatos abierto y una interfaz de usuario flexible que permite al usuario dise ar los contenidos de un sistema espec fico de informaci n sin necesidad de c digos de programaci n DHIS2 y sus extensiones son un paquete software web y modular elaborado con entornos de c digo libre y abierto Java DHIS2 es software de c digo abierto publicado bajo la licencia BSD y puede utilizarse sin coste alguno Funciona en cualquier plataforma que tenga instalado JRE 6 o una versi n superior Simplemente se descarga de dhis2 org se desempaqueta se lanza el fichero ejecutable y estamos listos para comenzar DHIS2 ha sido desarrollado por el Health Information Systems Programme HISP en un proceso abierto y distribuido globalmente con desarrolladores que actualmente est n en India Vietnam Tanzania Irlanda y Noruega El desarrollo est coordinado desde la Universidad de Oslo con un soporte principal de Norad En Octubre de 2012 el software DHIS2 se utiliza en los sistemas de salud de m s de 30 pa ses en frica Asia y Latinoam rica y entre los pa ses que han adoptado DHIS2 como software de SIS nacional est n KEnia Tanzania Uganda Ruanda Ghana Liberia y Bangladesh Un n mero creciente de pa ses y organizaciones es n comenzando nuevos despliegues con DHIS2 La documentaci n ofrecida aqu trata de ofrecer una panor mica global de la
361. s personalizados Cuando el formulario que queremos dise ar es demasiado complicado para los formatos por defecto o de secci n esta es nuestar ltima opci n Nos llevar m s tiempo pero ofrece total flexibilidad en t rminos de dise o En DHIS2 hay un editor HTML Editor FcK para el dise ador de formularios y podemos dise ar el formulario en el interfaz de usuario o bien pegar nuestro c digo HTML directamente utilizando la ventana Fuente del editor En el formulario personalizado podemos insertar texto est tico o campos de datos vinculados a elementos de datos y categor as en cualquier posici n del formulario y tendremos total libertad para dise ar la apariencia del formulario Una vez hayamos a adido el formulario personalizado a un set de datos deber estar disponible en Entrada de Datos y podremos comenzar a usarlo inmediatamente Podemos cambiar o regresar a los formularios por defecto o de secci n en la esquina superior derecha de la pantalla de entrada de datos 2 5 4 Reglas de validaci n Una vez que hayamos configurado la parte de entrada de datos del sistema y comenzado a recoger datos entonces es momento de definir chequeos de calidad de los datos que ayuden a mejorar la calidad de los datos que se est n recopilando Podemos a adir tantas reglas de validaci n como queramos que estar n compuestas por expresiones a izquierda y derecha de un operador matem tico que a su vez est n formadas por elementos de datos La
362. s reglas t picas consisten en comparar los subtotales con los totales de algo Por ejemplo si tenemos dos elementos de datos Test VIH realizados y Test VIH resultado positivo entonces sabemos que en el mismo formulario es decir para el mismo periodo y unidad organizativa el n mero total de tests deber ser siempre igual o mayor que el n mero de tests positivos Estas reglas deber an ser reglas absolutas que significa que son matem ticamente correctas y no simplemente asunciones o casi siempre correctas Las reglas se pueden ejecutar en la entrada de datos despu s de rellenar cada formulario o como un proceso por tandas testeando m ltiples formularios de una vez por ejemplo para todos los establecimientos durante el mes de reporte previo Los resultados de los tests de validaci n mostrar n un listado con todas las infracciones y con los valores detallados de cada lado de la expresi n donde se produjo la infracci n para facilitar que regresemos a la entrada de datos y corrijamos los valores 2 5 5 Indicadores Los indicadores representan seguramente la herramienta m s poderosa de an lisis incluida en DHIS 2 Mientras los elementos de datos representan los datos en bruto conteos que son recopilados los indicadores representan f rmulas 18 Comenzando con DHIS 2 Reportes y tablas de reportes que proporcionan tasas cobertura tasas de incidencia ratios y otras unidades de an lisis calculadas Un indicador se compone
363. s the number of days after the end of a period in which a data entry form must be marked as complete in order to be considered timely This affects the reporting rate tool in the reporting module which lists forms marked as complete as well as marked as complete in time The default value is 15 19 2 2 System appearance settings Application title Sets the application title to the left on the top menu Style Sets the style look and feel of the system The corresponding user style setting overrides this Flag Sets the flag which is displayed in the left menu of the dashboard module Start page Sets page module which the user will be redirected to after logging in The dashboard module is the recommended start module 19 2 3 System email settings Host name Refers to the host name of the SMTP server For instance when using Google SMTP services this should be smtp gmail com User name The user name of the user account with the SMTP server For instance mail dhis2 org Password The password of the user account with the SMTP server 134 DHIS Mobile Introduction Capitulo 20 DHIS Mobile 20 1 Introduction DHIS2 provides a range of options to allow data entry from mobile devices including a dedicated GPRS 3G J2ME client a SMS based client and a version of DHIS2 which has been optimized specifically for mobile browsers Each of these solutions will be described in detail in the following sections Collection of da
364. sation units A panel will appear where you can choose orgunits to always include in the report If you leave it blank the users select orgunits when running the report through the use of report parameters Use the drop down menu to filter organisation units by level double click or use the buttons to add remove Fixed Periods To add fixed periods click Toggle fixed organisation units A panel will appear where you can choose periods to always include in the report If you leave it blank the users select periods when running the report through the use of report parameters Use the drop down menu to choose period type week month etc the Prev and Next button to choose year and double click or use the buttons to add remove Relative periods Instead of using fixed static periods like Jan 2010 or Q1 2010 more generic periods can be used to create reusable report tables e g for monthly reports the period Reporting month will simply pick the current reporting month selected by the user when running the report Note that all relative periods are relative to a reporting month The reporting month is either selected by the users otherwise the current month is used Here is a description of the possible relative periods e Reporting month Use this for monthly reports The month selected in the reporting month parameter will be used in the report e Months Quarters this year This will provide one value per month or quarter in t
365. set status for each events of activity plan show messages and report of the program The dashboard of the person is opened after register successfully or click the first icon under Operations corresponding to the person who you would like The Demographics section provides links for editing profile and changing other location of the person Click on Edit profile link to update individual information of person Click on Change location link to change other location for the person 172 DHIS TRACKER Individual records module The Active programs section provides links for activity program and the next visit of person for this program Click on Enroll into program link to open the Enrollment form Click on a program link to open the data entry form for the next visit of the selected program A form is open below with five tab 1 Data entry screen tab Where data is manually registered for each person Click on a event box in tab Then fill a report date to open data entry form of the selected event After entering data values into the data entry form user should click on Run validation button before clicking on Complete button to check reality of data The event is only completed successfully if all validation is valid 2 Identifier Attribute tab Load identifier types and person attributes which belong to the selected program for users to enter values for this program 3 Reschedule and set status tab Provides function for r
366. setting Dashboard charts to display Sets the numer of charts to display on the front page of the dashboard module For small screens four charts are recommended while eight charts are recommended for widescreens 19 1 2 User message settings 19 2 Message email notification Decides whether you want to receive email notifications Currently the system offers email notifications of messages received in the dashboard This requires that you have entered your email address in your personal account details you can access it under Help User account System settings The system settings section provides general configuration options and options specifically for appearance and email 19 2 1 System general settings Aggregation strategy This setting defines how the system generates and provides aggregated data to the output tools There are two options available Batch means that all output tools like reports charts and maps will read aggregate data from pre built data mart tables in the database This strategy provides the best performance and inflicts less load on the application since data retrieval only implies reading from one or a few database tables using a simple query This strategy requries that those data mart tables are populated with the relevant data before the reports are requested This can preferrably be done using nightly scheduled jobs or manually through the data mart user interface A potential downside is that users
367. setting the Number option to Yes will be that the indicator will effectively not have a denominator You will therefore only be able to define a numerator which will serve as the formula of the calculated data element 11 1 3 Grupos de indicadores Indicator groups function essentially the same as data element groups Multiple indicators can be assigned to a group for easy filtering and analysis To assign indicators to groups simple press Maintenance gt Data elements and indicators gt Indicator groups See the section on Data element groups for detailed instructions of how to use this module 11 1 4 Editor de grupos de indicadores The indicator group editor module functions essentially the same as the data element group editor module except on indicators You can easily rearrange the groups that indicators belong to with this module To access it choose To assign indicators to groups simple press Maintenance gt Data elements and indicators gt Indicator group editor from the main menu See the section on Data element group editor for further instructions 11 1 5 Sets de grupos de indicadores Similar to data element group sets indicator group sets serve to create combined groups of similar indicators For instance you might have a group of indicators called Malaria and Leishmaniasis Both of these groups could be combined into a group set called Vector borne diseases Indicator groups sets are used during analysis of data to
368. span of the data which should be archived Then press the archive button The operation might take a few minutes To unarchive data first enter a start date and an end date for the time span of the data which should be unarchived Then press the unarchive button The operation might take a few minutes In some cases you might end up with overlapping data For instance one might archive data for a given timespan then later enter data for a period in that timespan In such cases the system will automatically overwrite the oldest of the overlapping values with the newest during the archive or unarchive operation 18 4 Beneficiary Data Archive The purpose of the beneficiary data archive function is to move beneficiary data value which is currently not being used for analysis to a secondary storage location in order to improve performance of the application Data can be both archived and unarchived When archiving data one moves it from the primary storage to the secondary storage location while unarchiving moves it from the secondary storage location to the primary Analysis functionality in DHIS 2 heavily utilizes queries to the data value database table and by reducing the size of this table these operations will be significantly faster Typically one would want to archive beneficiary data that is older than two years To archive beneficiary data first enter a start date and an end date for the time span of the data which should be archived Then
369. ssioni rsrs ered asiron es Rai ISERE EES PEOP TOSE PEIA EIEEE ERE 76 13 Setting up report functionality rssicon esni neonin eE EEE E OE EE e EEE EE EEE 79 13 1 Data sources for reporting sisese r e a a ina pate rice ass bona EE OEE sobar 79 13 1 1 Types of data and aggregation coooccnccnnccnncnnccnnccnnconnccnnconnconncnnncnnncnnnrnnrnnnronccnnccnnccnnions 79 1311 1 Tenninolo gy sioe a aa a a ip 79 13 1 1 2 Basic rules of aggregation eeni ieron C EEE REESEN ETEO ANES 79 13 1 1 3 Dimensions Of ap gregati N iineoa e a e a EA TEE EEA 80 13 1 1 4 Aggregation operators methods for aggregation ooocooccccccnccnnconnconnccnnccnnconaconnnos 80 13 1 1 5 Advanced aggregation settings aggregation levels oooooccnoccnoconccnnncnnnnnnconironono 81 13422 Data Mati eee ee heeds estab eaten ees AE eel PE AN 81 13 1 2 1 The data mart export Process 1 0 0 lee ce eece ence ence ences ceeeseeeeaeeeaeeea seas ecaeeegs 81 13 1 3 Resource tables mrien ss estas ass e aati bcm es ated sah sea ps E oeak oe stag saa Mess aR 82 13 1 4 Report tables ceci is 82 13 2 Howto Create report tables cssissscisceseshoseag Siesbseas sspisog settnewsesyote sg Syetadessveves af ieeioundeshodesgsoeseanens 82 13 2 1 General Options sssi oae a E stints O EE EE E S dbase ene 83 13 2 2 Selecting data sospiri ee er a E a e E seabed S E TE Ta 83 13 2 3 Selg ti ng report parameters siii tia dl it Pitra 83 13 2 4 Data element dimension tables pwes a eE
370. stay the way they are when the report is run 13 4 2 3 1 Static text Static text are text plain text labels that can be edited normally There are two ways to edit text labels e By double clicking in the text box e By using the Static text properties in the Properties panel 13 4 2 3 2 Text fields Text fields are formulas that will be filled from the report table when the report is run Unlike static text these can not be edited in a normal way However they can be manipulated in various ways to ensure that the desired output will be produced There are three ways to edit the text fields e By right clicking on the text box and selecting Edit expression e By double clicking the text field not recommended as this will not bring up the expression editor e By using the Text field properties in the Properties panel Text fields can represent either numbers or text so that they can be used both for showing for example names of district or for numeric values It is therefore important the the Expression class seen in the Text field properties matches the Text field expression For the default text fields in the jrxml file downloaded from DHIS 2 this is not a problem but it is important when making new text fields The two most important Expression classes are java lang Double for numbers and java lang String for text 13 4 2 3 2 1 Example For example let us say you have a quarterly report where you would like to add a new column wi
371. sto a E wer e A ie TEEPEE EERE 113 17 1 What 1s 1mport and export hina we sh et eed hele A DO naka seg eid ade eed ee 113 1722 Exporting data isccscssci cock shoes secs tee see geese bee TEE Gab veces seve ugebasgucetetacye ceva peda EE E qt 113 17 2 1 Exporting from DUIS Lucas colla stag Ai sotse ds saig asad teu desestidast E EE tienes ile 113 17 2 2 Exporting data to other DHIS 2 systems 2 0 0 0 cee cence eeee ceca cece tenn eeneeneeennees 113 17 2 3 Exporting metadata to other DHIS 2 systems 20 0 0 cece cece cece ceee ce eece cece cena eeneeeneeennees 114 17 2 3 1 Metadata export coincide desea EEE E ES SS 114 17 2 3 2 Detailed metadata export socccsi oscsesssoecsdeauects spare E ida etnias 114 17 24 DHIS 1 4 Metadata export 2d iodo ide 114 17 2 5 DHIS 1 4 Detailed Metadata Export ooocococonoconoconccnnonnnccnnconoronnrnnccnnconnccnnccnnccnncnnncnnnoos 114 17 2 0 PDF Metadata EXport solia E is iS A 114 13 Importing data ect irte destin 114 17 3 1 Importing data from another DHIS 2 instance coooccnoccccnnccnnnccnnnccnnnnconnnccnnnccnnnncinnnicnns 114 17 3 1 1 Preview before Importing seisne dese teoria 115 17 3 2 Importing data from DHIS Td occ conocio ronca sss enas EEs PTE PEMEs e iPS SESER er EE 115 17 3 2 1 DHIS 1 4 File database Import ocooccoccnccnconccnconcnnconcnnconococononnconocnconannconanonos 115 17 3 2 2 DHIS 1 4 XML IMpoTt esco ones dde cerrojo tasa 116 17 3 2 3 Limitations to DHIS 1 4 impor
372. stration gt Resource Table window and more information on this is available in a later chapter called Data Administration in DHIS2 or from the inline help text in that window 21 4 The time period dimension The period dimension becomes an important factor when analysing data over time e g when looking at cumulative data when creating quarterly or annual aggregated reports or when doing analysis that combines data with different characteristics like monthly routine data annual census population data or six monthly staff data 155 Data dimensions in DHIS2 Period Types 21 4 1 Period Types In DHIS2 the periods are organised according to a set of fixed period types 1 Daily 2 Weekly 3 Monthly 4 Quarterly 5 Six monthly 6 Yearly 7 Two yearly and 8 a special period type called Relative As a rule of thumb all organisation units should collect the same data using the same frequency or periodicity so first of all the periods play an important role in standardising data collection across the country A data entry form therefore needs to know its period type to make sure data is always collected according to the correct and same periodicity across the country It is possible however to collect the same data elements using different period types by assigning the same data elements to multiple data sets with different period types however then it becomes crucial to make sure no orgunit is collecting data using both data sets
373. supports multiple selection so select all the orgunits that you want to add the selected ones appear with orange color and click on Save Click on Cancel to undo your changes and return to the list of orgunit groups Use the Select at level button and dropdown if you want to select all orgunits at a specific level in the hierarchy e g all districts 3 2 4 Nivel de la unidad organizativas Here you specify a contextual name for each level in the hierarchy e g Country Province District Health Facility and these names will be used all over the application where levels are referred to This page will take some time to load if the orgunit hierarchy is very big 3 2 5 Operaciones jerarquicas Here you can move orgunits around in the hierarchy by changing the parent of a selected orgunit This process is done in three steps 1 Select the orgunit you want to move in the hierarchy in the left side menu and click Confirm under the Select an organisation unit to move label 2 Select the new parent orgunit again by using the hierarchy in the left side menu If no parent is selected then the orgunit will be moved up to root level top of the hierarchy Click on the Confirm button under the Select the new parent organisation unit for the one to move label 3 Click on the Move button to apply your changes to the hierarchy Your changes will be immediately reflected in the left side menu hierarchy At any time in the
374. t a program in the list and click on List All Person button An event list of persons who enrolled into the selected program is shown 3 Click an event to open data entry form After filling and selecting data for a form You have to click on Run validation button to check whether your inputs are valid Then click on Complete button to finish the entry 22 2 2 3 2 Single event with registration The data to register is defined by a single event with registration program The functionality supports health providers to register person information and input data values for a program into one form In order to register an event from the Services option go to the Individual Records option and click it Then select Single event with registration option on left menu to proceed To list all persons in the selected facility click List All Persons button To add new event select a program in the combo box And then click Add new button To update event of a registered person 1 Click Advanced search button Then enter criterion for searching available persons The search result is displayed below User can read the user guide for Advanced search function in Person registration section 2 Click on Data entry icon the first icon under Operations corresponding to the person you would like to edit to update data values for the event 22 2 2 3 3 Single event without registration The data to register is defined by a single event without re
375. t build of DHIS2 you ll have to create the mi folder manually This file specifies which data elements are to be imported There s one line for each different mobile application in use The lines start with a mobile application s id then followed by comma separated data element ids and their categoryoptioncombo ids The lines will be on the form 1 lt data element id gt lt categoryoptioncombo id gt 149 DHIS Mobile Register users lt data element id gt lt categoryoptioncombo id gt lt data element id gt lt categoryoptioncombo id gt E g kL O52 200 09272067 DOI 271 POIS NA Ges da Note If the same mobile application is installed on several phones the id for each application is the same The formIDLayout csv file should thus only have one line starting with 1 20 4 3 Register users The phone numbers of the cell phones used for reporting with the mobile application needs to be registered in DHIS 2 in order for the data to be imported and stored in the database A phone number has to be registered for a user and the user can only be associated with one organisation unit The phone number must include the regular phone number as well as the country code without or 00 E g for a Norwegian number having the country code 47 and phone number 98765432 the phone number to store is 4798765432 20 4 4 Install the mobile application on a phone If you ve got a phone and a computer with Bluetooth you
376. t category Y Conceptname default i Category options Name Test option 2 aa J canei Type the name of the new data element category in the Name field in the Details region Category options can be added by typing the name of the category option in the Category option region and pressing the Add category option button Category options can be reordered using the Move up and Move Down Y buttons Categories 32 Elementos de datos Combinaciones de categorias de elementos de datos options can be deleted by selecting the data element category option and pressing the pete lll button Once all data element categories options have been added to the data element category press the Add button to save all changes or the Cancel button to discard any changes All data element category options must be added and defined properly in this step Subsequent alterations to the data element category other than reordering of the category options themselves is not possible 4 1 6 Combinaciones de categorias de elementos de datos Data element category combinations allow multiple data element categories to be combined into a related set As an example a data element Number of new HIV infections might be disaggregated according to the following categories e Age Under 5 5 15 15 24 24 and above e Gender Male Female In this example there would be two levels of disaggregation consisting
377. t execute the view on the DHIS2 server This is essentially a materialization process and ensures that we have the most recent data available through the SQL View when it is retrieved from the server Cun Unto apos dhs Oro dew dhis web maintenance dataadmin xecuteSqlViewQuery action id 1150154 Ht acma cli strict wv This curl command simply has the internal ID of the view as a single parameter 194 Web API Example Working with SQL views The next step in the process is the retrieval of the data The basic structure of the URL is as follows http s server api sqlViews uid data csv The server parameter should be replaced with your own server The next part of the URL api sqlViews should be appended with the specific unique identifier not the internal ID of the view Append either data for XML data or data csv for comma delimited values As an example the following URL would retrieve XML data for the SQL view defined above Cual http apps dhis2 org dev api sqlViews wlljel9gGAr data csv U icing sia 195 Integration Engine Introduction Capitulo 24 Integration Engine DHIS2 has a built in component for managing integration scenarios The functionality is provided by Apache Camel which is itself an implementation of the Enterprize Integration Patterns EIP described in the book http www eaipatterns com by Gregor Hohpe and Bobby Woolf It complements the web api by providing the means to
378. t it would be stupid and most likely cause inconsistency to register manually calculated values such as the ones mentioned above You only want to capture the raw data in your datasets forms and leave the calculations to the computer and presentation of such values to the reporting tools in DHIS 21 8 1 From tables to category combinations designing multidimensional data sets As we have seen in the examples above the data element categories and their options are helpful in representing tabular data when adding dimensions to a field in a paper form We have also seen how the data element is the central dimension and that the data element categories are used to provide further details or disaggregation to the data element As we will see in the example below there are often more than one way to represent a paper form in DHIS and it can be difficult to know which dimension to represent with a data element name and which to represent as categories or even as groups as we have seen above Here are some general lessons learned from working with data element and category combinations e Design your dimensions with data use in mind not data collection This means that disaggregation of data values at collection time should be easily aggregated up along the various dimensions as in adding up to a meaningful total e Reuse dimensions as much as possible as it increased the ability to compare disaggregated data e g age groups fixed outreach gender
379. t presents manually chosen data in a manually specified layout Still it s highly flexible as it can be designed to be reused over and over again by making use of the powerful report tables A standard report can present any value from any table in the DHIS 2 database but for the report design we want the reports to be flexible so we want to connect the reports to tables that changes through time The report tables are therefore ideal for the report design 13 4 2 Designing Standard reports in iReport Jasper iReport Designer is a tool for creating reports that can be used as Standard Reports in DHIS 2 The tool allows for the creation of standard report templates that can easily be exported from DHIS 2 with up to date data The process of creating reports involves four major steps 1 A report table must be created in DHIS 2 with the indicators data elements datasets to be used in the report 2 You have to run the report table and download the design file Click the Download as JRXML button 3 Open the downloaded jrxml file using the free software Jasper iReport Designer to edit the layout of the report 4 The edited report can then be uploaded to DHIS 2 to be used as a standard report If you want to preview your report during the design in iReport you actually have to upload your file to DHIS 2 to see how it looks These four steps will be describe in detail in the coming sections In general when you are making standard reports
380. tPW3g2J We are now ready to put our XML message together to form a message where we want to ask the mobile user whether she has reported data for January 2012 lt message xmlns http dhis2 org schema dxf 2 0 gt lt subject gt Mortality data reporting lt subject gt lt text gt Have you reported data for the Mortality data set for January 2012 lt text gt lt users gt lt user id PhzytPW3g2J gt lt users gt lt message gt To test this we save the XML content into a file called message xml We use cURL to dispatch the message the the DHIS 2 demo instance where we indicate that the content type is XML and authenticate as the admin user curl d message xml http apps dhis2 org demo api messageConversations H Content Type application xml u admin district X POST v If all is well we receive a 201 Created HTTP status code Also note that we receive a Location HTTP header which value informs us of the URL of the newly created message conversation resource this can be used by a consumer to perform further action We will now pretend to be the mobile user and read the message which was just sent by dispatching a GET request to the messageConversations resource We supply an Accept header with application xml as the value to indicate that we are interested in the XML resource representation and we authenticate as the mobile user curl http apps dhis2 org demo api messageConversations H Accept application x
381. ta entry click on lt Save and close gt 5 2 4 Data set assignment editor The data set assignment editor is a tool for adding and removing many data sets to organisation units in batch style Start by selecting an organisation unit from the selection tree In the area below the tree a grid will be displayed showing all data sets as columns and the child organisation units as rows From the grid you can now assign or unassign data sets simply by clicking on of the corresponding icons in the grid If you want to assign or unassign an organisation unit to all data sets you can check or uncheck the checkbox next to the organisation unit Your changes will automatically be saved 41 User management Creating new users and roles Capitulo 6 User management DHIS2 allows for multiple users to access the system simultaneously each with a define set of permissions These permissions can be finely tuned so that certain users can only enter data while others may generate reports Multiple user roles can be created each with their own set of permissions and then assigned to users which grant them certain privileges within the system This chapter describes how to manage users and user roles 6 1 Creating new users and roles This section will describe how to add new users and manage existing users to the DHIS2 application You can create as many user names as you need Each user can be assigned certain privileges and can be assigned to certai
382. ta in the field can be technically challenging and expensive Mobile phone solutions has the potential to significantly reduce the complexity of deploying a distributed data collection system Using a simple Java client installed on a mobile phone or a web browser which works on the mobile phone field workers can report directly to the DHIS2 database through their mobile device While mobile phone solutions have a great potential it is also an area that can be difficult to get right Phones lack processing power and have a small display need to be charged and often makes the most sense in areas where mobile network coverage is weak and patchy There are currently three main mobile solutions for DHIS2 and we continue to evolve these as well as look at other possible solutions A mobile browser optimized data entry module This module allows for data entry directly with the browser of the mobile device A wide range of devices and mobile browsers are supported including Opera mini 3 amp 4 basic and advanced Opera mini 4 Nokia S40 mobiles Windows Phone 7 Window Mobile 6 Palm Pre Blackberry v5 and v6 Firefox mobile iOS devices iPhone and Android devices This client does not have offline support and an active GPRS 3G connection is required It does not require a new application installation on the phone to support new features but does require a stable data connection for use This solution is described in Secci n 20 2 Mobile
383. taElement f7n9E0hX8qk period 201201 orgUnit DiszpKrYNg8 value 12 gt lt dataValue dataElement f7n9E0hX8qk period 201201 orgUnit FNnj3jKGS7i value 14 gt lt dataValue dataElement f7n9E0hX8qk period 201202 orgUnit DiszpKrYNg8 value 16 gt lt dataValue dataElement f7n9E0hX8qk period 201202 orgUnit Jkhdsf8sdf4 value 18 gt lt dataValueSet gt We test by using cURL to send the data values curl d datavalueset xml http apps dhis2 org demo api dataValueSets H Content Type application xml u admin district v The data value set resource provides an XML response which is useful when you want to verify the impact your request had The first time we send the data value set request above the server will respond with the following import summary lt importSummary gt 183 Web API Example Reading data values lt dataValueCount imported 2 updated 1 ignored 1 gt lt dataSetComplete gt false lt dataSetComplete gt lt importSummary gt This message tells us that 3 data values were imported data value was updated while zero data values were ignored The single update comes as a result of us sending that data value in the previous example A data value will be ignored if it references a non existing data element period org unit or data set In our case this single ignored value was caused by the last data value having an invalid reference to org unit The data set complete elem
384. table Now another figure shows the relationship between the group sets and elements these are fake data values This small detail of the pivot table show how the actual data elements link to the group sets e The four data elements as defined in DHIS are Measles death Measles follow up Measles new and Measles referrals e They all belong to the group set diagnosis where they have been lumped together in the group Measles e The group set morbiditymortality contains the groups New cases Follow up Referrals and Deaths e Only the data element Measles deaths has data related to the group Deaths thus this is where the data value 20 is shown at the upper right corner The same for Measles new the value 224 is shown at the intersection of the data element Measles new and the group New cases in the group set morbiditymortality e All the intersections where the data element does not link with the groups in morbiditymortality are left blank Thus in this case we would get a nice table if we excluded the dataelement from the table and just had diagnosis and the group set morbiditymortality as in the figure shown earlier Now lets see how the data element categories can be used In the data entry form for Morbidity the new cases and follow ups use one age category the referral data another and the mortality data a third age breakup so these are available as three individual age group fields in the pivot tables called morbidity_age
385. ted 4 1 1 4 Mostrar detalles de un elemento de datos This operation displays an in line panel in the browser which displays all metadata about a given data element Press the information button access this view 4 1 2 Grupo de elementos de datos Data element groups provide a mechanism for classifying related data elements into a common theme For instance two data elements Measles immunisation and BCG Immunisation might be grouped together into a data element group Childhood immunisation To access the data element group maintenance page click Maintenance gt Data elements and Indicators gt Data Element Group Similar to the Data element maintenance page data elements groups can be searched with by entering a search string in the Filter by name field To add a new data element group click the Add new button and the following screen will be displayed dm P District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Services Help Log out Create new data element group Details Name Available data elements Group members lt Filters gt Adult started on ART a a Adverse Events Following Immunization All other diseases All other external causes All other special clinics attendance All other Surgery All others currently on ARVs All others FP All others non technical HR All others on post exposure prophylaxis All others technical HR Allergic Conjuctivitis Alzheime s di
386. tem settings apply to the whole system and all its users while the user settings apply to the environment of the currently logged in user 19 1 User settings The user settings section provides general configuration options and options specifically for email 19 1 1 User general settings Interface language Sets the locale language of the user interface such as labels menus and headers You can currently select between 18 languages Database language Sets the locale language of the database contents in the system such as the list of data elements and reports Sort order property Sets the property for which to base the sorting of the element lists in the system such as the list of data elements and indicators Available properties are name short name alternative name and code For instance if you set the sort order property to short name all lists will be sorted based on the short name property You can also do manual sorting of all lists by going to the desired list and click sort and perform the sorting This sorting can then be enabled by selecting custom as the sort order property Display property Sets the property which will be displayed in the element lists in the system such as the list of data sets Style Sets the style look and feel of the system You can choose among four different styles while the light blue style is the default and recommended style The user setting overrides the corresponding style system
387. th the yearly total You therefore add a new Static text field to the column header band and a Text field to the details band in By default new Text fields are set to java lang String text However the yearly total column will be filled with numbers We therefore have to change the Expression class for the new text field to java lang Double When we edit the text field expression we see the Expression editor window with all the available columns from the report table We can see here that each of these are marked with what type they are text or number What we need to make sure of is therefore that the expression class we choose for the text field matches the actual expression 13 4 2 4 Filtering the table rows In the default table exported from DHIS 2 there are some rows that it might be better to leave out of the table and some that it would be preferable to have at the end For example when making a table based on a report table with the parent organisation unit parameter the default table might have a row with the national level somewhere in between 89 Setting up report functionality Designing Standard reports in iReport all the regions In iReport this can be changed so that the parent organisation unit appears at the bottom of the table This involves two steps that will be explained below Note that this will not work where there is only one organisation units and it is therefore most useful when using the pare
388. the application 9 Desktop version navigate to the desktop version of DHIS2 for administration Here is the GUI of the desktop version which require much memory for loading not recommended for normal mobile The example with DHIS2 Demo from dhis2 org 20 3 J2ME GPRS 3G Client The DHIS2 GPRS 3G mobile module provides a mechanism for remote clients using mobile phones to enter data directly into the DHIS2 system There are two functions of the client namely The solution relies on the mobile phone having a data connection available i e GPRS Edge 3G over which it communicates with a DHIS2 instance which must be publicly available on the internet as any other web server The client application on the phone downloads the data entry forms to the phone from the server and the forms can therefore be updated without installing a new application This is also a crucial feature for community reporting which relies on regularly downloading activity plans from the server e Facility reporting for data entry and reporting of regular DHIS2 aggregate data e Activity reporting for supporting individual activity reporting with the Community module 20 3 1 Data connection availability Data connection availability can be a problem in many of the contexts where DHIS2 mobile reporting would otherwise be a good solution for getting data directly into DHIS2 If that is the case for you you might want to consider trying the SMS based solution desc
389. the external system decides the identifiers of the objects In that case we can use the code property of the organisation unit and data element objects to set fixed identifiers dictated by the other system When importing data values we hence need to reference the code property instead of the uid property and can do so using the dataElementIScheme and orgUnitIdScheme paramaters 23 8 Example Reading data values This section explains how to retrieve data values from the Web API by interacting with the dataValueSets resource Data values can currently be retrieved in XML format Since we want to read data we will use the GET HTTP verb We will also specify that we are interested in the XML resource representation by including an Accept HTTP header with our request The following query parameters are required Tabla 23 5 Data value set query parameters Parameter Description dataSet Data set identifier 184 Web API Example Reading aggregated data values Parameter Description period Period identifier in ISO format orgUnit Organisation unit identifier It is assumed that we have posted data values to DHIS according to the previous section called Sending data values We can now put together our request and send it using CURL curl http apps dhis2 org demo api dataValueSets dataSet pBOMPrpg10X amp period 201201 amp o0rgUnit DiszpKrYNg8 H Accept application xml u admin district v The response
390. the organisational hierarchy and these calculations are then based on the aggregated data values available at each level A level attribute in the aggregateddatavalue table refers to the organisational level of the orgunit the value has been calculated for e Period and Period type are used to specify the time dimension of the raw or aggregated values and data can be aggregated from one period type to another e g from monthly to quarterly or daily to monthly Each data value has one period and that period has one period type E g data values for the periods Jan Feb and Mar 2009 all of the monthly period type can be aggregated together to an aggregated data value with the period Q1 2009 and period type Quarterly 13 1 1 2 Basic rules of aggregation 13 1 1 2 1 What is added together Data raw can be registered at any organisational level e g at at national hospital at level 2 a health facility at level 5 or at a bigger PHC at level 4 This varies form country to country but DHIS is flexible in allowing data entry or data import to take place at any level This means that orgunits that themselves have children can register data sometimes the same data elements as their children units The basic rule of aggregation in DHIS 2 is that all raw data is aggregated together meaning data registered at a facility on level 5 is added to the data registered for a PHC at level 4 It is up to the user system administrator designer to make sure that no
391. thentication was successful the server will send a HTTP cookie in the response with a session identifier This will make sure that the current user is authorized to view reports for up to 60 minutes Caveat The username and password will be present in the web page in plain text Make sure you create a dedicated user in DHIS 2 for this purpose provided only with the minimum authorities required For a more robust way of exposing resources without requiring authentication see the the section on reverse proxy setup in the installation chapter For a full example visit http apps dhis2 org portal and view the page source in a browser Note that the example web page is hosted within the same domain apps dhis2 org as the demo DHIS 2 instance This is done to avoid issues related to the same origin policy a concept which prevents scripts hosted on one domain to access resources running on another While one can circumvent this through techniques such as CORS there are none which have wide browser support at the moment Therefore we recommend hosting web pages and portals on the same domain Techniques using reverse proxies described in the installation chapter can be useful in this regard Finally we provide some sample URLs pointing to various data resources for your inspiration e http apps dhis2 org demo api maps JIXSUIcLsmd data e http apps dhis2 org demo api maps data in JIVMtpj VZqJ amp ou O6uvpzGd5pu http apps dhis2 org demo a
392. they wish to input data so be sure that your custom form contains all data elements which may be required To add a custom form design to a dataset then first locate your dataset in the Dataset Management window and click on the Design data entry form icon under Operations the fifth icon see the mouse over text to be sure 40 Sets de datos y formularios de entrada de Data set assignment editor datos First provide a Name for the form There are a few important buttons in the Editor that you must pay special attention to The blue monitor icon is the full screen mode on off button which can be very useful The there is a Source button that shows the HTML code for your form If you already have the HTML for your form then you should start by pasting it in here Click on Source again to go back to preview non HTML mode Then there is an icon in the top right corner with a sign on it this will open a list of available data elements to add to your form the Data Element Selector window All the input fields need to have a link to a data element or indicator To add new data elements to the form double click them from the data element indicator box as shown below You can also select a data element indicator and press the Insert button You can switch between either data elements or indicators by pressing the respective buttons Selection Box x l ker 0er Number of HIV positive adults and children receiving a minimum of one
393. ti n de usuarios e Podemos editar detalles como contrase a apellido etc y eliminar detalles de nuevos o antiguos usuarios seleccionando el Usuario correspondiente haciendo click en el bot n Editar y luego Eliminar e Hacemos click en Guardar despu s de editar todos los detalles de un usuario en particular 14 Comenzando con DHIS 2 Salir de DHIS 2 dm District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Services Create new user Details Username Password Retype password Surname First name E mail Phone number _ Available roles Selected roles Superuser a a District Online Data user online Roles N Organisation Unit Tree Selection Select at level National lv Un select at level Un select all Un select children 7 Select in group Blood Bank lv Un select in group Select all Select children Kenya Organisation unit 2 4 Salir de DHIS 2 Para salir de la aplicaci n simplemente haremos click en el enlace Salir en la esquina superior derecha de la pantalla 2 5 Una introducci n r pida al dise o de una base de datos en DHIS2 La aplicaci n DHIS2 viene con un conjunto de herramientas para la recolecci n validaci n reporte y an lisis de datos pero los contenidos de la base de datos por ejemplo qu recolectar qui n deber a registrarlo y en qu formato depender del contexto de uso Estos meta
394. tically when the report is run In this case we want to have one bar for each organisation unit We therefore edit the category expression by clicking on the button to the right As the expression we chose organisationunitname as shown below When we are finished the series editor should look like below Click OK then Close to close the Chart Details window If you add a good description in the Category expression area you can leave out the legend box This is done in the Report properties panel of Report where you can also edit many other details of the chart We can also add a title to the chart for example the name of the indicator This is also done in the Chart properties panel under Title expression The Expression editor window will appear where you can enter the title Note that the title must be in quotes as shown below 93 Setting up report functionality Designing Standard reports in iReport The chart is now ready 13 4 2 9 2 Line charts Line charts can be useful in many circumstances However to make line charts the report data report table must be suited for it Thus if you want to make a line chart it is important that the report table does not have periods in the crosstab dimension Examples where this is useful is if you are making a report for a single organisation unit with one or more indicators or if you are making a report with one indicator and one or more organisation units Below we will
395. tion Datasets without sections All fields are displayed on one screen with the title that is the name of DataSet The user simply fills in each data element with the appopriate value 4 Save and Complete After finishing data entry the user can choose to save the data locally on the phone or to upload the data directly to the DHIS2 server If the user saves the data form they can edit the form at a later point in time if they need to When selecting a period once again the period will be marked as Saved as seen in the next screen shot If the user selects Complete and the data entry form is not complete the user will be asked if they are certain they wish to submit the form as incomplete Once the form has been submitted a message should be displayed informing the user that the transmisison was successful 20 3 5 3 2 Notes 1 Period list Periods marked with an asterisk is the period that is completed or saved depending on the status of the data entry All periods that are not in period list are considered old and will be deleted automatically 2 Storing values duration The number of saved forms on mobile are limited only by the effective amount of storage of the moble device Forms are saved for limited period only depending on the frequency of collection of the particular dataset e Daily Forms 2 months current and previous month e Weekly Forms 4 weeks current and 3 previous week e Monthly Forms 2 months c
396. to listo para impresi n Utiliza los botones Imprimir y Guardar de tu navegador para imprimir o guardar como HTML el reporte 12 5 Utilizando la herramienta de Recursos La herramienta de Recursos nos permite cargar ficheros de nuestra computadora local en la aplicaci n DHIS y a adir enlaces a otros recursos de Internet mediante direcciones URL Para compartir un enlace directo a los recursos DHIS pincharemos en el bot n Ver Recurso y copiaremos la direcci n del enlace en el campo que aparece Para crear un recurso nuevo pincharemos en el bot n A adir nuevo Introducimos un nombre para el recurso y elegimos entre cargar un archivo o una URL externa Si elegimos la carga de archivo local deberemos pinchar en Elegir archivo y seleccionar el documento de nuestra computadora Si elegimos URL deberemos introducir el enlace al recurso de Internet Para finalizar pinchamos en Guardar 12 6 Utilizando el visualizador de datos Podemos acceder al m dulo de visualizaci n de datos en el men principal Servicios Para saber m s consulta el cap tulo titulado Utilizando el visualizador de datos donde se explica en detalle este m dulo 12 7 Utilizando el panel de control El panel de control es la primera vista de los datos que vemos siempre al abrir la aplicaci n y loguearnos en el sistema Cada usuario tiene su propio panel de control que consiste generalmente en cuatro reas de gr ficas en la parte derecha y tres reas de a
397. tor Indicator Type Indicator Group Data Element Group Editor Easily add or remove data elements to and from data element groups as well as deleted data elements Indicator Group Editor Indicator Group Set Data Dictionary Data Element Group Set Create modify view and delete data element group sets Group sets are used for improved analysis Data Dictionary En el men lateral izquierdo o m s abajo en la zona central podemos acceder a las diversas secciones de Indicadores Indicador Tipo de indicador Grupo de indicadores Editor de grupos de indicadores y Set de grupos de indicadores 11 1 Mantenimiento de indicadores Indicator maintenance functions essentially the same as each of the respective sections in the previous section on data elements The basic operations will be described in this section but the reader should refer to the corresponding sections above for detailed instructions 11 1 1 Indicadores Indicators are composed of multiple data elements and typically consist of a numerator and denominator Indicators are never entered in DHIS2 but are derived from combinations of data elements and factors Indicators are used to calculate coverage rates incidence and other values are are a result of data element values that have been entered into the system To access the Indicator maintains page press Maintenance gt Data Element and Indicators gt Indicator from the main DHIS2 menu Similar to data ele
398. tos El software lleva las instrucciones que indican a una computadora c mo funcionar La forma legible y con autor a humana de esas instrucciones es denominada c digo fuente Antes de que la computadora pueda realmente ejecutar las instrucciones el c digo fuente debe traducirse en un formato legible por m quinas binario llamado c digo objeto Todo el software disponible incluye el c digo objeto pero FOSSpublica tambi n el c digo fuente Los due os de software propietario licencian su c digo objeto con copyright a un usuario lo cual permite a ste ejecutar el programa Los programas FOSS sin embargo licencian tanto el c digo objeto como el c digo fuente permitiendo al usuario no s lo utilizarlo sino tambi n modificar y tal vez distribuir los programas Teniendo acceso al c digo fuente los usuarios tienen la libertad de ejecutar el programa para cualquier fin redistribuirlo probar adaptar aprender de ello personalizar el software para responder a sus necesidades y volcar mejoras p blicamente para el bien de la comunidad Por lo tanto algun FOSS es conocido tambi n como software libre donde libre se refiere primero y ante todo a las libertades antes descritas que a un sentido monetario de la palabra en relaci n a la gratuidad En el sector de la salud p blica FOSS puede tener muchos beneficios como por ejemplo e Menores costes ya que no implica el pago de costes de licencia prohibitivos e Dado que las necesida
399. total Selecting data Use the drop down menu to choose category combinations The data elements using this category combination will be listed Double click to add to the report or use the buttons 13 2 5 Report table best practices To make the report tables reusable over time and across orgunits they can have parameters Four types of parameters are allowed orgunit parent orgunit for listing of orgunits in one area grand parent orgunit and reporting month As a side note it can be mentioned that we are looking into expanding this to include reporting quarter and year or to make that period parameter more generic with regard to period type somehow The ability to use period as a parameter makes the report table reusable over time and as such fits nicely with report needs such as monthly quarterly or annual reports When a report is run by the user in DHIS 2 the user must specify the values for the report tables that are linked 85 Setting up report functionality Report table outcome to the report First the report table is re generated deleted and re created with updated data and then the report is run in the background in Jasper report engine Report tables can consist of values related to data elements indicators or data completeness which is related to completeness of reporting across orgunits for a given month Completeness reports will be covered in a separate section There are three dimensions in a report tabl
400. ts ocooocnnccnnccnnconocnnccnnccnnccnnccnnconnconncnnncnnrnnnronase 116 17 4 Importing CSV data cora ii oi dorar ines sagt facies 117 17 5 Importing XML data 25 0 5 irrorata o EEE e AAE E O EEOSE EEES ESS 117 DN AAN e e EE A EEN E E ENES EEA E ARE SE 119 181 Datai DrOWSER sitiada ir Ia E E ee iS A 119 18 2 Data INte grity iii a eE E e e EE SE EES NE 122 18 2 1 Data elements without data set oooccooccncconoconnconccnnnnnnncnnnonnconncnn seca eeae cena eeu eeneeeeeeeenees 123 18 2 2 Data elements Without QrOUPS sensis teete eee e cece ce nce e a a o E esau seas eeans 123 18 2 3 Data elements violating exclusive group Sets oooccocccnconnconnccnnconnconoconnconncnnncnnronaroninnnns 123 18 2 4 Data elements assigned to data sets with different period types coooccocccccnnccnnccnnccnnconnccnno 123 18 2 5 Data sets not assigned to organisation Units 1 0 0 0 eee cee cence ee ceeeeeeeea seen esau sean eeaes 123 18 2 6 Indicators with identical formulas oocoooccnncnnccnnccnnncnnnnnncnnncnnccnnconnconncnnncnnnconncnnicnnnss 123 18 27 Indicators AN estes ses ieie er Doveg EE a EEEIEE DEE ETS 123 18 2 8 Invalid indicator numerators ooooccnccnnccnnccnnconncnnnconnconncnnnronnrnnrnnnrnnncnnconncrnnccnncnnncnnncos 123 18 2 9 Invalid indicator denominators iscsi sesidir sessi ii irrena E ani SPEER KEET PSEA ISESE ERESSE 124 18 2 10 Indicators violating exclusive group Sets oocoooccccncnccnccnnccnnconnconnconnconnconncn
401. ts are configured using urls The trigger expression for the quartz URL should be cron 0 0 but the character cannot appear unencoded in the XML route hence the escaped 3F Similarly the amp is replaced in the query string with amp mp e Additional parameters to the URL such as authenticationPreemptive etc are documented for the Camel http component http camel apache org http html These are consumed by the camel processor and not sent to the server as part oif the request e The dhis2 metadata endpoint is not part of the camel core It is a DHIS2 specific component which is available to the author of DHIS2 routes as a destination for importing DXF2 metadata 24 3 Loading an XML route Routes like the one in the previous section can be loaded into a running DHIS2 instance through the integration configuration screen found under the Import Export module From here routes can be enabled and disabled The route definition can be updated by adding a new route with the same route id DHIS2 also provides a means to automatically load a set of XML routes on application startup When the application starts it will look for a directory called routes under the DHIS2_ HOME directory Any XML routes found in that directory will be loaded into the running application 24 4 Transforming data a Java route This route is used internally in the DHIS2 integration module to perform the transformation from SDMX input data to the DH
402. ts to better plan for daily weekly activities 3 Help the person in recording treatment history in one place which could be used later in case of referral 4 Facilitate in recording entire treatment information of each person 5 Help strengthen the quality and fidelity of data The data in primary registers at sub center level is recorded and maintained by individual data or treatment cases and sent up wards as aggregate reports 22 1 2 Getting started with DHIS Tracker The module supports health providers for registering treatment cases and tracks these cases over time through different forms that are filled for the treatment of each person 163 DHIS TRACKER User guide The process starts with the person registration Then she he can be enrolled in the program for which registered The application will guide the health provider the services required for her him through activity plan and the services from time to time can be updated into his her profile The working process is described in steps depicted in picture below Nota For programs without registration e g In Patient Morbidity and Mortality program users only need to input treatment case and then export reports 22 1 2 1 Person registration The process of creating a new person in the system is through the registration process The person is first registered in the system or checked if the person already exists in system Searching a person can be done thr
403. ues calculated back from the selected reporting month If you want to create a report with data aggregated by quarters the ones that have passed so far in the year you can select Individual quarters this year Other relative periods are described under the reporting table section of the manual Common for all the relative periods is that they are relative to a selected reporting month Even quarterly or annual reports need to know their reporting month to derive the year the quarter and so on The reporting month then becomes one of the report parameters the users have to select when running a report based on relative periods Tabla 21 5 Organisation Unit Data Element Reporting month So far this year Reporting month name Gerehun CHC Measles doses given 15 167 Oct 09 Tugbebu CHP Measles doses given 17 155 Oct 09 21 4 3 Aggregation of periods While data needs to be collected on a given frequency to standardise data collection and management this does not put limitations on the period types that can be used in data analysis and reports Just like data gets aggregated up the organisational hierarchy data is also aggregated according to a period hierarchy so you can create quarterly and annual reports based on data that is being collected on a Monthly basis The defined period type for a data entry form data set defines the lowest level of period detail possible in a report 21 4 3 1 Sum and average aggregation along the
404. umptopage 1 Go La pantalla siguiente se abrir y en el primer cuadro de texto introduciremos el Nombre del nuevo Rol como Superusuario Administrador etc El segundo cuadro de texto llamado Descripci n da m s informaci n sobre el tipo de Rol de Usuario que se ha creado por ejemplo Usuario Administrador Estatal Entrada de datos en distrito 13 Comenzando con DHIS 2 A adir un nuevo usuario dm P District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Services Help Log out Create new user role me AA Description Avallable ART Treatment Consumption and Request Logistic Management Environmental Health Services Health Sector Source of Funding Daak Morbidity and Mortality Integrated RH HIVAIDS Malaria TB amp Nutrition Laboratory Report Medical Equipments New Integrated tool Opthamic Services Outpatient Population estimates Service Workload ALL Add Chart Add Data Dictionary Add Data Element Add Data Element Groups Add Data Set Add Data Value Add Document Add Indicator Add Indicator Group Add Indicator Type Add Min max rule Add Organisation Unit Add Organisation Unit Group Add Organisation Unit Group Set Add Patient m Authorities A continuaci n especificamos los sets de datos concretos que est n disponibles para ese rol Tambi n deberemos especificar el tipo de autoridad que damos al usuario concreto Para c
405. units into any number of dimensions by using the group sets and groups functionality E g if all PHUs are given an official type like CHC CHP MCHP etc it is possible to create an orgunit group set called Orgunit type and add groups with the names of the types mentioned above Then you can link your orgunits to their corresponding groups orgunit types Other common orgunit dimensions are Rural Urban Rural Urbal Peri urban and Ownership Public Private NGO etc When analysing data from the PHU level it then becomes possible to aggregate data by these dimensions e g look at Measles immunisation in BO district by the type of PHU in stead of the PHUs themselves 21 3 1 1 Alternative orgunit hierarchies advanced use of group sets and groups A more advanced use of orgunit group sets and groups is to create alternative hierarchies e g use administrative borders from other ministries In Sierra Leone that could mean an alternative hierarchy of 1 MoHS 2 Districts and 3 Local councils instead of the 4 level hierarchy with chiefdoms and PHUs E g if all PHUs where linked to a specific local council it would be possible to look at data aggregated by local council instead of chiefdom Then you would first need to create a group set called Local council and then create one orgunit group for every local council and finally link all PHUs to their corresponding local council group Tabla 21 4 District OrgUnit Type Data Elem
406. urrent and previous month e Quarterly Forms 2 quarters current and previous quarter e Yearly Forms 2 years current and previous year 3 Completed forms Uneditable forms If the form has been completed the user can view the form on their phone but they cannot make any subsequent edits to the form Each field is greyed out and inactive for editing 4 Re Edit completed forms If the user wishes to edit data which has already been submitted to the server they can do so by pressing the Edit button They are allowed to do this assuming that the dataset has not been locked for the period in question If they attempt to upload the data the user will be informed that the dataset has been locked and it is not possible to upload the data 5 Update Forms This function is used to synchronize the forms on mobile and on server The process is automatically triggered after entering PIN number 145 DHIS Mobile Mobile application setup Note Checking and downloading updated forms process run in background After finished prompt is displayed to ask user whether refresh form list or stay where they are Multi Language Support This function help user to choose language of mobile s GUI graphical user interface and content s language Forms The forms must be translated on server otherwise default language is used Default language of first login is English Change language in Setting menu will affect both interface and conte
407. varios niveles y nodos debajo Cada nodo en esta jerarqu a es lo que llamamos unidad organizativa en DHIS2 El dise o de esta jerarqu a determinar las unidades geogr ficas de an lisis disponibles a los usuarios a medida qeu los datos se registran y agregan siguiendo esta estructura Solo hay una jerarqu a organizativa al mismo tiempo de modo que el dise o de esta estructura requiere una atenci n cuidadosa Otras jerarqu as como l mites administrativos paralelos al sector salud pueden modelarse utilizando grupos organizativos o sets de grupos pero la jerarqu a organizativa es el principal veh culo de la agregaci n de datos en la dimensi n geogr fica Generalmente las jerarqu as organizativas nacionales en los sistemas p blicos de salud tienen entre 4 y 6 niveles aunque DHIS2 acepta cualquier n mero de niveles La jerarqu a se construye on relaciones padre hijo Por ejemplo un pa s puede tener 8 provincias y cada provincia de nuevo tener varios distritos como hijos Normalmente los establecimientos de salud donde se registran los datos se encuentran en el nivel m s bajo pero tambi n pueden estar ubicados en niveles superiores por ejemplo hospitales nacionales o provinciales de modo que puede haber rboles organizativos truncados donde un nodo hoja puede estar ubicado en el nivel 2 mientras todos los dem s est n en el nivel 5 Notemos que es bastante f cil realizar cambios en los niveles superiores de la jerarqu a
408. w birth weight in community and LLITN given after delivery POST NATAL CARE table This table is simple and we used the same approach as for the ANC table 3 data elements listed in the first column and then link these to the catcombo called fixed outreach Reusing the same category fixed outreach for these data elements enables analysis on fixed outreach together with ANC data and other data using the same category TT table This is a bit more tricky We decided to use TTL TT2 TTS as data elements which makes it easy to get the total of each one of these There is fixed outreach dimensio here but there is also the In school place that 161 Data dimensions in DHIS2 From tables to category combinations designing multidimensional data sets is only applied to the Non Pregnant or more correctly to any of the two as the school immunisation is done whether the girls are pregnant or not We consulted the program people behind the form and found out that it would be ok to register all school TT immunisations as non pregnant which simplifies the model a bit since we can reuse the TT1 to TTS data elements So we ended up with a new category called TT place with the three options Fixed Outreach In School and another category called Pregnant Non pregnant with two options The new catcombo TT is then a combination of these two and applied to the 5 TT data elements Since we agreed to put all In Schools immunisations un
409. will have to wait to the next day to view their reports after doing data entry This approach is the recommended for large online deployments where there are medium to high user concurrency Real time means that aggregated data is generated and retrieved on the fly every time a report is requested This implies that there is no delay after doing data entry before the data is accessible in reports Performance will not scale adequately and hence this strategy is suitable for small typically offline deployments 133 Settings System appearance settings Infrastructural data elements This setting defines a data element group where the member data elements should describe data about the infrastructure of organisation units Examples of such infrastructural data elements could be population doctors beds internet connectivity and climate This infrastructural data can currently be viewed in the GIS module in the facility information sheet Infrastructural period type Sets the frequency for which the data elements in the infrastructural data elements group are captured This will typically be yearly When viewing the infrastructual data you will be able to select the time period of the data source Feedback recipients This setting defines a user group where the members will recieve all messages being sent through the function for writing feedback in the dashboard module This will typically be members of the super user team who are ablet to
410. wn below The other way to adjust the band height is to select a band in the Report Inspector and then adjust the Band height value in the Detail 1 properties area in the lower right corner As the fields are already present on the report you probably don t want to do anything than just fix the layout and drag fields around You can also resize the fields by dragging the side top or bottom lines If you want to change the text in the column headers you simply double click the field and change the text To add the a field to the table we simply drag it to the Detail 1 band from the Report Inspector The column header will be added automatically By double clicking the box the text can be edited The format of the text such as size font and alignment can be adjusted with the tools above the document 88 Setting up report functionality Designing Standard reports in iReport NOTE Fields starting with F present values that are retrieved from the database every time the report is run The values here will vary so do not change these fields unless you want a static value here 13 4 2 3 Text There are two types of text in iReport Text labels and Text fields data fields They work in different ways and should be used for different purposes The main point is that text fields are just placeholders that will be filled with the correct text from the report table when the report is run while text labels will
411. wse by drop down menu In order to produce a summary of submitted data for a given period and grouped by data sets the user should follow this procedure Begin by selecting a given periodicity type e g Weekly monthly yearly etc and then a From date and To date e g January 2009 to March 2009 Select the type of summary to be produced e g Dataset from the Browse by drop down menu Click the Browse button to view the summary disp District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Services Data Administration Data Browser Data Browser Data Integrity Period Type Monthly AAKA Data Archive Beneficiary Data Archive Maintenance Resource Table Saes Todate 2010 01 31 a Organisation Unit Merge Duplicate Data Elimination Data Statistics Browse by Data sets LIRA Data Locking Zero Value Storage Organisation Unit Pruning Min Max Value Generation From date 2010 01 01 El System Administration Cache Statistics A summary of the number of data element values that have been submitted over the user selected time period is shown below 119 Data Administration Data browser dm P District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Services Help Log out Data Browser Data Integrity Data Administration Search results for Data Set Data Archive Beneficiary Data Archive Maintenance Resource Table Navigation Sql View Organisation Unit Merge Start Data Set
412. x 227 Cholera 0 Clinical Malaria 250 Confirmed Malaria 245 The functionality of the grouping by Datasets Data element groups and Organisational groups is essentially the same The functionality of grouping by organisation units will be discussed below Begin by selecting Organisation units from the Browse by drop down menu The organisational hierarchy present in the database will now be displayed Organisational units can be expanded by clicking on the plus symbol in the organisational tree view 120 Data Administration Data browser Data Browser Period Type Monthly Y From date 2010 01 01 cal To date 2010 03 31 Y Browse by Organisation units Allow Zero showed Select parent organisation unit amp Bonthe EHKailahun EHKambia HHKenema EHKoinadugu Kono EHMoyamba EWPortLoko 3 RPUIAAO Browse data at this level only m Browse By clicking on an organisational unit and the clicking the Browse button a summary of submitted data elements present in the database is returned for all immediate children of the selected organisational as shown below 121 Data Administration Data integrity Organisation units Bo From date 2010 01 01 To date 2010 03 31 Period Type Monthly Download as Excel DownloadasCSV DownloadasPDF Back Start Sierra Leone Bo Hit s Organisation Unit January 2010 Feb
413. xchange file and click Import The following section describes the CSV format used in DHIS 2 The first row is assumed to be a header row and will be ignored during import Tabla 17 1 CSV format of DHIS 2 Column Required Notes Data element Yes Refers to uid by default can also be name and code based on selected id scheme Period Yes In ISO format Org unit Yes Refers to uid by default can also be name and code based on selected id scheme Category option combo No Refers to uid Value No Data value Stored by No Refers to username of user who entered the value Timestamp No Date in ISO format Comment No Free text comment Follow up No true or false The following is an example CSV file which can be imported into DHIS 2 It can be imported both as plain text file or as compressed ZIP file archive dataelelement period orgunit categoryoptioncombo value storedby timestamp comment use ue YZOLZ0A Era OA Mr lt Oca U7 Yoomiceula YY ZO LOO YE Vitalie MDC SOC Gage SMI Yy V2OLAO2ZY MeiPGian SO SiO LADO MU Mola YAOI O O4 iy Virals se LDUSPASUGSMiy wee OZ OA O ES 52 GOZAN CUL SA Olu aL So LLH W2OLO 04 09 Y Halset 17 5 Importing XML data DHIS 2 supports import of data in XMI format The format is called DXF DHIS Exchange Format To import an XML file navigate to the XML Data Import item in the left side menu Upload the exchange file and click I
414. xpression builder area Save the expression by clicking save then save the validation rule by clicking save To edit a validation rule click the editicon next to the relevant validation rule in the list Then follow the same producedures as above To delete a validation rule click the deleteicon next to the relevant validation rule in the list To view validation rule details click the view detailsicon next to the relevant validation rule in the list 10 6 Grupo de reglas de validacion A validation rule group provides a mechanism for classifying related data elements Another advantate of using validation rule grops is that it can later be run separately contrary to running all validation rules 62 Indicadores Mantenimiento de indicadores Capitulo 11 Indicadores Cuando elegimos la opci n Elementos de datos e Indicadores del men de Mantenimiento aparece la pantalla siguiente Services dm P District Health Information Software 2 Maintenance Data Element Data Elements and Indicators Data Element Data Element Group Data Element Group Editor Data Element Group Set Data Element Category Data Element Category Combination Concept Data Element Create modify view and delete data elements Data elements are phenomena for which will be captured and analysed Data Element Group Indicator Create modify view and delete data element groups Groups are end used for improved analysis Indica
415. y They are supposed to look like e g lt ogr Name gt Moyamba District lt ogr Name gt Note that the name of the feature members in the GML file must be spelled exactly the same as the organisation units in the database Otherwise the importer will not recognize it and thus not transfer any coordinates E g Moyamba in the GML file might be called Moyamba District in the database Creative use of the rename all function in the text editor is usually of great help in these situations as you do not want to edit numerous feature members manually Have a brief look at the names and compare them to the names in the database If they seem to match fairly good it 1s about time to do a preview in the import export module Go to Services gt Import Export select Preview select the GML file and click Import Look for new updated organisation units Our intention is to add coordinates to already existing organisation units in the database so we want as many updates as possible and O new Those listed as new will be created as root units and mess up the organisation unit trees in DHIS 2 If any listed as new click the number and the organisation units in question will appear in the list below If there are any slight misspellings compared to the organisation unit names in the database fix them and do the preview again Otherwise click the discard all button below the list and then the Import all button above the list If the import process c
416. y setting the aggregation operator see further down Monthly service data are normally summed together over time e g the number of vaccines given in a year is the sum of the vaccines given for each month of that year For population equipment staff and other kind of what is often called semi permanent data the average method is often the one to use as e g number of nurses working at a facility in a year would not be the sum of the two numbers reported in the six monthly staffing report but rather the average of the two numbers More details further down under aggregation operators 13 1 1 3 Dimensions of aggregation 13 1 1 3 1 Organisational units and levels Organisational units are used to represent the where dimension associated with data values In DHIS 2 organisational units are arranged in a hierarchy which typically corresponds to the hierarchical nature of the organisation or country Organisational unit levels correspond to the distinct levels within the hierarchy For instance a country may be organized into provinces then districts then facilities and then sub centers This organisational hierarchy would have five levels Within each level a number of organisational units would exist During the aggregation process data is aggregated from the lower organisational unit levels to higher levels Depending on the aggregation operator data may be summed or averaged within a given organisational unit level to deriv
417. y the persons can be updated from time to time when they visit the facility or whenever the health providers need to track The system will automatically calculate due date for each the program stage and will show same the below enrollment In health program a person registered and enrolled needs to be checked from time to time by health providers The case update is designed in the same manner so that services which are received by the persons can be updated from time to time when they visit the facility or whenever the health providers need to track 22 2 2 1 3 Editing person profile After enrolling a person to a certain program you can edit profile for that person 1 Click the second icon under Operations corresponding to the person you would like to edit Or click the Edit profile link in Dashboard of person 2 Then a dialog box may appear to require you verify the date of birth if it is not verified You just simply click OK to go to the edit page 3 Click Update button to update data and go to his her dashboard 22 2 2 1 4 Adding relationship Now you can add relationships for person To do that you have to click on the Relationship management icon under Operations or click on the Management link on Relationships section in Dashboard Then the management page appears To add relationship for a person you have to click on Search available person link to navigate to search page To register a new person and create relatio
418. zado Si hay un fallo al mantener la sincronizaci n del set de metadatos conllevar la p rdida de capacidad para enviar datos desde los distritos y o una base de datos nacional inconsistente ya que los datos introducidos por ejemplo a nivel de distrito no ser n compatibles con los datos a nivel nacional 1 4 3 2 Despliegue Online Conectado Un despliegue online implica que una sola instancia de la aplicaci n DHIS se instala en un servidor conectado a Internet Todos los usuarios clientes se conectan con el servidor central online a trav s de Internet utilizando un navegador web Este estilo de implementaci n suele beneficiarse de las grandes inversiones y extensiones de las redes de comunicaciones de acceso m viles celular y de banda ancha en pa ses en desarrollo Esto posibilita el acceso a servidores online incluso en las reas m s rurales utilizando modems de Internet m vil tambi n llamadas dongles Esta forma de despliegue online tiene implicaciones muy positivas en el proceso de implementaci n y en el mantenimiento de la aplicaci n en comparaci n con el estilo tradicional desconectado e Hardware Los requisitos hardware del lado del usuario se limitan a una computadora o port til laptop razonablemente modernos y conexi n a Internet a trav s de l nea fija o m dem celular No hay necesidad de tener servidores especializados del lado del usuario sino que cualquier computadora que pueda navegar es suficiente e P

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Baxi Potterton G.C.No 47 393 23 Boiler User Manual  MANUAL DE INSTRUÇÕES - Amazon Web Services  Gigaset 4000  FN1242A  Victory Refrigeration RFS-2D-S7-EW User's Manual  Manual CaprinoWeb  Operating Manual - Lloyds Bank Cardnet  novo documento  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file